manual kia rondo

Kia, THE COMPANYThank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehi-cles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing youwith a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual is accurate at thetime of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changesat any time so that our policy of continual product improvement canbe carried out.

This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descrip-tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As aresult, you may encounter material in this manual that is not applica-ble to your specific Kia vehicle.

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!

i

Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle.When you require service, remember that your Kia dealerknows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech-nicians, recommended special tools and genuine Kia replace-ment parts. It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfac-tion.Because subsequent owners require this important informationas well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it issold.This manual will familiarize you with operational, mainte-nance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is sup-plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manualthat provides important information on all warranties regardingyour vehicle.We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow therecommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operationof your new vehicle.Kia offers a great variety of options, components and featuresfor its various models. Therefore, some of the equipmentdescribed in this manual, along with the various illustrations,may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.

The information and specifications provided in this manualwere accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right todiscontinue or change specifications or design at any timewithout notice and without incurring any obligation. If youhave questions, always check with your Kia dealer.We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoringpleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.

© 2013 Kia Canada Inc.All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, electronic ormechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by anyinformation storage and retrieval system or translation inwhole or part is not permitted without written authorizationfrom Kia Canada Inc..Printed in Korea

Foreword

ii

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

IntroductionHow to use this manual / Fuel requirements / Vehicle break-in process

Your vehicle at a glanceExterior overview / Interior overview / Instrument panel overview / Engine compartment

Safety features of your vehicleSeats / Seat belts / Child restraint system / Air bag

Features of your vehicleKeys / Door locks / Tailgate / Windows / Hood / Fuel filler lid / Panoramic sunroof / Steering wheel / Mirrors/ Instrument cluster / Lighting / Wipers & Washers / Climate control system / Audio system / Etc.

Driving your vehicleBefore driving / Engine start/stop button / Transaxle / Brake system / Cruise control system / Active ECO system / Winter driving / Vehicle load limit / Etc.

What to do in an emergencyRoad warning / Emergency while driving / Emergency starting / Engine overheat / TPMS / Flat tire / Towing / Etc.

MaintenanceEngine compartment / Maintenance service / Engine oil / Engine coolant / Brake fluid / Washer fluid /Parking brake / Air cleaner / Wiper blades / Battery / Tire and wheels / Fuses / Etc.

Specifications & Consumer information

Index

table of contents

1

Introduction

How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

• Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . . 1-3• Do not use methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4• Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Introduction

21

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from yourvehicle. Your Owner’s Manual canassist you in many ways. We strong-ly recommend that you read theentire manual. In order to minimizethe chance of death or injury, youmust read the WARNING and CAU-TION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the wordsin this manual to best explain how toenjoy your vehicle. By reading yourmanual, you will learn about fea-tures, important safety information,and driving tips under various roadconditions.

The general layout of the manual isprovided in the Table of Contents.Use the index when looking for aspecific area or subject; it has analphabetical listing of all located inthe back of this manual.Sections: This manual has eight sec-tions plus an index. Each sectionbegins with a brief list of contents soyou can tell at a glance if that sectionhas the information you want.

You will find various types of safetyinstructions in this manual. Theseinstructions were prepared toenhance your personal safety.Carefully read and follow ALL proce-dures and recommendations provid-ed in these instructions.

✽✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting orhelpful information is being provided.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING A WARNING indicates a situationin which harm, serious bodilyinjury or death could result if thewarning is ignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situationin which damage to your vehiclecould result if the caution isignored.

1 3

Introduction

Your new Kia vehicle is designed touse only unleaded fuel having apump octane number ((R+M)/2) of87 (Research Octane Number 91) orhigher.

Your new vehicle is designed toobtain maximum performance withUNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-mize exhaust emissions and sparkplug fouling.

Never add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat has been specified. (Consult anauthorized Kia dealer for details.)

✽✽ NOTICETighten the cap until it clicks onetime, otherwise the fuel cap openwarning indicator light (or LCDdisplay) will illuminate.

Gasoline containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alco-hol), and gasoline or gasohol con-taining methanol (also known aswood alcohol) are being marketedalong with or instead of leaded orunleaded gasoline.Do not use gasohol containing morethan 10% ethanol, and do not usegasoline or gasohol containing anymethanol. Either of these fuels maycause drivability problems and dam-age to the fuel system.Discontinue using gasohol of anykind if drivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or drivability prob-lems may not be covered by themanufacturer’s warranty if they resultfrom the use of:1. Gasohol containing more than

10% ethanol.2. Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

WARNING - Refueling• Do not "top off" after the noz-

zle automatically shuts off.Attempts to force more fuelinto the tank can cause fueloverflow onto you and theground causing a risk of fire.

• Always check that the fuel capis installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage, especiallyin the event of an accident.

Introduction

41

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15percent gasoline, and is manufac-tured exclusively for use in FlexibleFuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compati-ble with your vehicle. Use of “E85”may result in poor engine perform-ance and damage to your vehicle'sengine and fuel system. Kia recom-mends that customers do not usefuel with an ethanol content exceed-ing 10 percent.

✽✽ NOTICEYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantydoes not cover damage to the fuelsystem or any performance prob-lems caused by the use of “E85” fuel.

Use of MTBEKia recommends avoiding fuels con-taining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary ButylEther) over 15.0% vol. (OxygenContent 2.7% weight) in your vehicle.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0%vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight)may reduce vehicle performance andproduce vapor lock or hard starting.

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (woodalcohol) should not be used in yourvehicle. This type of fuel can reducevehicle performance and damagecomponents of the fuel system.

Fuel AdditivesKia recommends that you use goodquality gasolines treated with deter-gent additives such as TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline, which helpsprevent deposit formation in theengine. These gasolines will help theengine run cleaner and enhance per-formance of the Emission ControlSystem. For more information onTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline,please go to the website (www.top-tiergas.com).For Customers who do not use TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline regularly,and have problems starting or theengine does not run smoothly, addi-tives that you can buy separatelymay be added to the gasoline. IfTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is notavailable, one bottle of additiveadded to the fuel tank at 12,000 kmor every engine oil change is recom-mended. Additives are available fromyour authorized Kia dealer along withinformation on how to use them. Donot mix other additives.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle LimitedWarranty may not cover damageto the fuel system and any per-formance problems that arecaused by the use of fuels con-taining methanol or fuels con-taining MTBE (Methyl TertiaryButyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)

1 5

Introduction

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehiclein another country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding

registration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is

available.

No special break-in period is needed.By following a few simple precautionsfor the first 1,000 km (600 miles) youmay add to the performance, econo-my and life of your vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine

speed (rpm, or revolutions perminute) between 2,000 rpm and4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed forlong periods of time, either fast orslow.Varying engine speed is need-ed to properly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-gencies, to allow the brakes to seatproperly.

• Don't let the engine idle longer than3 minutes at one time.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first2,000 km (1,200 miles) of operation.

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS

Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2


22

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Hood .....................................................4-32

2. Head lamp ..........................................4-100

3. Fog lamp.............................................4-104

4. Wheel and tire ......................................7-46

5. Outside rearview mirror ........................4-51

6. Panorama sunroof ................................4-38

7. Front windshield wiper blades ...4-105, 7-40

8. Windows ...............................................4-27

9. Parking assist system..........................4-91

ORP013001C

■ Front view

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

2 3


10. Door locks...........................................4-21

11. Fuel filler lid ........................................4-34

12. Rear combination lamp.....................4-100

13. High mounted stop lamp

14. Rear window wiper blade ........4-110, 7-41

15. Tailgate................................................4-25

16. Antenna ............................................4-163

17. Rearview camera................................4-97

18. Parking assist system................4-87, 4-91

ORP012002

■ Rear view



42

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Inside door handle ................................4-21

2. Power window switch ............................4-27

3. Power window lock switch.....................4-30

4. Outside rearview mirror control.............4-52

5. Outside rearview mirror folding.............4-53

6. Fuel filler lid open lever .........................4-34

7. Instrument panel illumination control switch ....................................................4-55

8. Steering wheel heater On/Off Button....4-45

9. Active ECO On/Off button.....................5-50

10. ESC Off button....................................5-37

11. Steering wheel ....................................4-43

12. Tilt and telescopic steering control lever............................................................4-44

13. Inner panel fuse panel ........................7-66

14. Hood release lever ..............................4-32

15. Seat.......................................................3-2

16. Transaxle shift lever ...................5-13, 5-17

17. Cup holder ........................................4-150

ORP013003C❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

2 5


INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Audio remote control buttons..............4-164

2. Driver’s front air bag .............................3-57

3. Horn......................................................4-45

4. Cruise control button ............................5-45

5. Instrument cluster .................................4-54

6. Lighting control lever...........................4-100

7. Wiper and washer control lever ..........4-105

8. Ignition switch orEngine start/stop button ..................5-5, 5-8

9. Audio...................................................4-163

10. Hazard warning flasher ...............4-98, 6-2

11. Climate control system..........4-117, 4-127

12. Front seat warmer/Seat cooler..............................................4-151, 4-153

13. Parking assist system On/Off button..................................................4-87, 4-92

14. Power outlet ......................................4-155

15. Center console storage box..............4-145

16. Glove box..........................................4-145

17. Passenger’s front air bag....................3-57

ORP013004C



62

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

ORP072002

1. Engine oil dipstick............................7-29

2. Engine oil filler cap ..........................7-29

3. Engine coolant reservoir..................7-31

4. Radiator cap ....................................7-33

5. Brake/clutch* fluid reservoir.............7-35

6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir....7-36

7. Air cleaner .......................................7-38

8. Positive battery terminal ..................7-43

9. Negative battery terminal ................7-43

10. Fuse box........................................7-61

■■ NU 2.0L GDI

❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

Safety features of your vehicle

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2• Front seat adjustment - manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5• Front seat adjustment - power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6• Headrest (for front seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8• Seatback pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10• Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11• Headrest (for rear seat). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19• Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19• Pre-tensioner seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28• Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31

Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35• Using a child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37• Tether anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40• Lower anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41

Air bag - supplemental restraint system. . . . . . . . . . 3-44• Air bag system operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45• Do not install a child restraint on the front

passenger’s seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47• Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47• SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48• Occupant Detection System (ODS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51• Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57• Side air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63• Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64

• Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag . 3-66• SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71• Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73

3


23

Front seat(1) Forward and backward(2) Seatback angle(3) Seat cushion height

(Driver’s seat)(4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)*(5) Seat cushion extension*(6) Headrest

2nd row seat(7) Forward and backward(8) Seatback angle and folding(9) Walk-in lever*(10) Headrest(11) Armrest

3rd row seat*(12) Seatback folding(13) Headrest

* if equipped

SEATS

ORP033001N

Manual seat

Power seat

3 3


WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust the

seat while the vehicle is mov-ing. This could result in lossof control, and an accidentcausing death, serious injury,or property damage.

• Do not allow anything to inter-fere with the normal positionof the seatback. Storing itemsagainst a seatback or in anyother way interfering withproper locking of a seatbackcould result in serious or fatalinjury in a sudden stop or col-lision.

• Always drive and ride withyour seatback upright and thelap portion of the seat beltsnug and low across the hips.This is the best position toprotect you in case of an acci-dent.

(Continued)

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatbackto its upright position, hold theseatback and return it slowlyand be sure there are no otherpassengers around the seat. Ifthe seatback is returned with-out being held and controlled,the back of the seat couldspring forward resulting in acci-dental injury to a person struckby the seatback.

WARNING - Looseobjects

Loose objects in the driver’sfoot area could interfere withthe operation of the foot pedals,possibly causing an accident.Do not place anything under thefront seats.

WARNING - Driverresponsibility for front seatpassenger

Riding in a vehicle with a frontseatback reclined could lead toserious or fatal injury in an acci-dent. If a front seat is reclinedduring an accident, the occu-pant’s hips may slide under thelap portion of the seat belt, apply-ing great force to the unprotect-ed abdomen. Serious or fatalinternal injuries could result.Thedriver must advise the front pas-senger to keep the seatback inan upright position whenever thevehicle is in motion.

WARNINGDo not use a sitting cushion thatreduces friction between the seatand passenger. The passenger’ships may slide under the lap por-tion of the seat belt during anaccident or a sudden stop.Serious or fatal internal injuriescould result because the seatbelt cannot operate normally.


43

(Continued)• When resetting the seatback to

the upright position, make sureit is securely latched by push-ing it forward and backwards.

• To avoid the possibility ofburns, do not remove the car-pet in the cargo area. Emissioncontrol devices beneath thisfloor generate high tempera-tures.

WARNINGAfter adjusting the seat, alwayscheck that it is securely lockedinto place by attempting tomove the seat forward or back-ward without using the lockrelease lever. Sudden or unex-pected movement of the dri-ver's seat could cause you tolose control of the vehicleresulting in an accident.

(Continued)• In order to avoid unnecessary

and perhaps severe air baginjuries, always sit as far backas possible from the steeringwheel while maintaining com-fortable control of the vehicle.We recommend that your chestbe at least 25 cm (10 inches)away from the steering wheel.

WARNING - Rear seat-backs

• The rear seatback must besecurely latched. If not, pas-sengers and objects could bethrown forward resulting inserious injury or death in theevent of a sudden stop or col-lision.

• Luggage and other cargoshould be laid flat in the cargoarea. If objects are large, heavy,or must be piled, they must besecured. Under no circum-stances should cargo be piledhigher than the seatbacks.Failure to follow these warningscould result in serious injury ordeath in the event of a suddenstop, collision or rollover.

• No passenger should ride inthe cargo area or sit or lie onfolded seatbacks while thevehicle is moving. All passen-gers must be properly seatedin seats and restrained proper-ly while riding.

(Continued)

3 5


Front seat adjustment - manualForward and backward

To move the seat forward or back-ward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment

lever up and hold it.2. Slide the seat to the position you

desire.3. Release the lever and make sure

the seat is locked in place.Adjust the seat before driving, andmake sure the seat is locked securelyby trying to move forward and back-ward without using the lever. If theseat moves, it is not locked properly.

Seatback angle

To recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the

seatback recline lever.2. Carefully lean back on the seat

and adjust the seatback of theseat to the position you desire.

3. Release the lever and make surethe seatback is locked in place.(The lever MUST return to its orig-inal position for the seatback tolock.)

WARNING• Do not adjust the seat while

wearing seat belts. Moving theseat cushion forward maycause strong pressure on theabdomen.

• Use extreme caution so thathands or other objects are notcaught in the seat mechanismswhile the seat is moving.

• Do not put a cigarette lighteron the floor or seat. When youoperate the seat, gas maygush out of the lighter andcause fire.

ORP032002

ORP032003


63

Seat height (for driver’s seat)

To change the height of the seat,push the lever upwards or down-wards.• To lower the seat cushion, push the

lever down several times.• To raise the seat cushion, pull the

lever up several times.

Front seat adjustment - power (if equipped)The front seat can be adjusted byusing the control switches located onthe outside of the seat cushion.Before driving, adjust the seat to theproper position so you can easilycontrol the steering wheel, pedalsand switches on the instrumentpanel.

ORP032004WARNING

The power seat is operable withthe ignition OFF.Therefore, children shouldnever be left unattended in thevehicle.

CAUTION• The power seat is driven by an

electric motor. Stop operatingonce the adjustment is com-pleted. Excessive operationmay damage the electricalequipment.

• When in operation, the powerseat consumes a largeamount of electrical power. Toprevent unnecessary chargingsystem drain, don’t adjust thepower seat longer than neces-sary while the engine is notrunning.

• Do not operate two or morepower seat control switches atthe same time. Doing so mayresult in power seat motor orelectrical component malfunc-tion.

3 7


Forward and backward

Push the control switch forward orbackward to move the seat to thedesired position. Release the switchonce the seat reaches the desiredposition.

Seatback angle

Push the control switch forward orbackward to move the seatback tothe desired angle. Release theswitch once the seat reaches thedesired position.

Seat height (for driver’s seat)

Pull the front portion of the controlswitch up to raise or press down tolower the front part of the seat cush-ion. Pull the rear portion of the con-trol switch up to raise or press downto lower the rear part of the seatcushion. Release the switch once theseat reaches the desired position.

ORP032005 ORP032006 ORP032007


83

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat)

The lumbar support can be adjustedby pressing the button.

Extendable cushion adjustment (for driver’s seat)

Push the control switch upward ordownward to move the seat cushionto the desired position. Release theswitch once the seat cushion reach-es the desired position.

Headrest (for front seat)

The driver's and front passenger'sseats are equipped with a headrestfor the occupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides com-fort for the driver and front passenger,but also helps protect the head andneck in the event of a rear collision.

ORP032008ORP032009

OHM038048N

3 9


Forward and backward adjust-ment

The headrest may be adjusted for-ward to 4 different positions bypulling the headrest forward to thedesired detent. To adjust the head-rest to it's furthest backwards posi-tion, pull it fully forward to the farthestposition and release it. Adjust theheadrest so that it properly supportsthe head and neck.

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower theheadrest, push and hold the releasebutton (2) on the headrest supportand lower the headrest to the desiredposition (3).

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the head-rest should be adjusted so themiddle of the headrest is atthe same height of the centerof gravity of an occupant'shead. Generally, the center ofgravity of most people's headis similar with the height ofthe top of their eyes. Also,adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible. Forthis reason, the use of a cush-ion that holds the body awayfrom the seatback is not rec-ommended.

• Do not operate the vehiclewith the headrests removed.Severe injury to the occu-pants may occur in the eventof an accident. Headrests mayprovide protection againstneck injuries when properlyadjusted.

• Do not adjust the headrestposition of the driver’s seatwhile the vehicle is in motion.

ORP032010

ORP032011

CAUTIONExcessive pulling or pushingmay damage the headrest.


103

Removal and installation

To remove the headrest, raise it asfar as it can go then press therelease button (1) while pulling theheadrest up (2).To reinstall the headrest, put theheadrest poles (3) into the holeswhile pressing the release button (1).Then adjust it to the appropriateheight.

Seatback pocket

The seatback pocket is provided onthe back of the front passenger’s anddriver’s seatbacks.

ORP032013ORP032012

WARNING - Seatbackpockets

Do not put heavy or sharpobjects in the seatback pockets.In an accident they could comeloose from the pocket andinjure vehicle occupants.

3 11


Rear seat adjustmentForward and backward (2nd row seat)

❈ The actual seat shape in the vehicle maydiffer from the illustration.

To move the seat forward or back-ward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment

lever up and hold it.2. Slide the seat to the position you

desire.3. Release the lever and make sure

the seat is locked in place.

Adjust the seat before driving, andmake sure the seat is locked securelyby trying to move forward and back-ward without using the lever. If theseat moves, it is not locked properly.

Seatback angle (2nd row seat)

❈ The actual seat shape in the vehicle maydiffer from the illustration.

To recline the seatback:1. Pull up the seatback recline lever.2. Hold the lever and adjust the seat-

back of the seat to the position youdesire.

3. Release the lever and make surethe seatback is locked in place.(The lever MUST return to its orig-inal position for the seatback tolock.)

ORP033060N

ORP033015N


123

Walk-in seat (2nd row seat, if equipped)

To get in or out of the 3rd row seat,1. Route the seat belt webbing

through the rear seat belt guide clip.After inserting the seat belt, tightenthe belt webbing by pulling it up.

2. Pull up the walk-in lever (1) on the2nd row seatback.

3. Fold the 2nd row seatback andpush the seat to the farthest for-ward position (2).After getting in or out, slide the 2ndrow seat to the farthest rearwardposition and pull the seatback firm-ly backward until it clicks intoplace. Make sure that the seat islocked in place.

Folding the rear seatThe rear seatbacks can be folded tofacilitate carrying long items or toincrease the luggage capacity of thevehicle.

WARNINGNever attempt to adjust the 2ndrow seat while the vehicle ismoving or the seat is occupiedas the seat may suddenly moveand cause the passenger on theseat to be injured.

WARNING The purpose of the fold-downrear seatbacks is to allow you tocarry longer objects that couldnot be accommodated in thecargo area.Never allow passengers to siton top of the folded down seat-back while the vehicle is mov-ing. This is not a proper seatingposition and no seat belts areavailable for use. This couldresult in serious injury or deathin case of an accident or sud-den stop. Objects carried on thefolded down seatback shouldnot extend higher than the topof the front seatbacks. Thiscould allow cargo to slide for-ward and cause injury or dam-age during sudden stops.

ORP032055

ORP033026N

3 13


To fold down the rear seatback 1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in

the pocket between the rear seat-back and cushion, and insert therear seat belt webbing in the guideto prevent the seat belt from beingdamaged.

2. Set the front seatback to theupright position and if necessary,slide the front seat forward.

2nd row seat 3rd row seat (if equipped)

ORP032064/ORP032055/ORP032067/ORP032021

❈ The actual seat shape in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.


143

3.Press the auto headrest foldingbutton on the rear outer headrest.The rear outer seat headrest willfold automatically. And lower therear center headrests to the lowestposition. Always be sure the head-rest has locked into position afteryou return the seatback.

ORP033080N

2nd row seat

ORP033062N/ORP033063N/ORP033024N/ORP033025N

❈ The actual seat shape in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

3rd row seat (if equipped)

3 15


4.Pull on the seatback folding leveror strap, then fold the seat towardthe front of the vehicle. When youreturn the seatback to its uprightposition, always be sure it haslocked into position by pushing onthe top of the seatback.

5.To use the rear seat, lift and pullthe seatback backward by pullingon the folding lever or strap.Pull the seatback firmly until itclicks into place.Make sure the seatback is lockedin place.

6.Return the rear seat belt to theproper position.

CAUTION - Rear seat beltsWhen returning the rear (2ndand/or 3rd row) seatbacks to theupright position, remember toreturn the rear shoulder belts totheir proper position. Routing theseat belt webbing through therear seat belt guides will helpkeep the belts from being trappedbehind or under the seats.

WARNING - CargoCargo should always besecured to prevent it from beingthrown about the vehicle in acollision and causing injury tothe vehicle occupants. Do notplace objects in the rear (2ndand/or 3rd row) seats, since theycannot be properly secured andmay hit the front seat occupantsin a collision.

WARNING - Cargo loadingMake sure the engine is off, theautomatic transaxle is in P (Park)or the manual transaxle is in R(Reverse) or 1st, and the parkingbrake is securely applied when-ever loading or unloading cargo.Failure to take these steps mayallow the vehicle to move if theshift lever is inadvertentlymoved to another position.


163

Armrest

To use the armrest, pull it forwardfrom the seatback.

Headrest (for rear seat)

The rear seat(s) is equipped withheadrests in all the seating positionsfor the occupant's safety and com-fort.The headrest not only provides com-fort for passengers, but also helpsprotect the head and neck in theevent of a collision.

OUN026140

WARNING - 3rd row seat3rd row occupants shouldalways remain in the center ofthe seat cushion so the occu-pants head is protected by theheadrest.If not, the tailgate may hit theoccupant's head, which couldcause injury.

ORP033061N OHM038049N

**

* if equipped

3 17


Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest :1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).

WARNING - Headrestadjustment

• For maximum effectiveness incase of an accident, the head-rest should be adjusted so themiddle of the headrest is at thesame height as the center ofgravity of an occupant's head.Generally, the center of gravi-ty of most people's head issimilar with the height of thetop of their eyes.Also adjust the headrest asclose to your head as possi-ble. For this reason, the use ofa cushion that holds the bodyaway from the seatback is notrecommended.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not operate the vehicle

with the headrests removed.Severe injury to an occupantmay occur in the event of anaccident. Headrests may pro-vide protection against severeneck injuries when properlyadjusted.

• Do not adjust the headrestheight while the vehicle is inmotion.

ORP032068

ORP033027N

2nd row seat



183

To lower the headrest :1. Push and hold the release button

(2) on the headrest support2. Lower the headrest to the desired

position (3).

Removal and installation

To remove the headrest :1. Raise it as far as it can go then

press the release button (1) whilepulling the headrest up (2).

To reinstall the headrest :1. Put the headrest poles (3) into the

holes while pressing the releasebutton (1).

2. Adjust it to the appropriate height.

ORP032069

ORP033028N

2nd row seat


WARNING• Make sure the headrest locks

in position after adjusting it toproperly protect the occu-pants.

• After installing the headrest,make sure that it is installedin the right direction.A headrest installed reverselycould increase whiplashinjury during rear impact.

3 19


SEAT BELTSSeat belt restraint system

WARNING• For maximum restraint system

protection, the seat belts mustalways be used whenever thevehicle is moving.

• Seat belts are most effectivewhen seatbacks are in theupright position.

• Children age 12 and undermust always be properlyrestrained in the rear seat.Never allow children to ride inthe front passenger seat. If achild over 12 must be seated inthe front seat, he/she must beproperly belted and the seatshould be moved as far back aspossible.

• Never wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback. An improperly positionedshoulder belt can cause seri-ous injuries in a crash. Theshoulder belt should be posi-tioned midway over your shoul-der across your collarbone.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Avoid wearing twisted seat

belts. A twisted belt can't doits job well. In a collision, itcould even cut into you. Besure the belt webbing isstraight and not twisted.

• Be careful not to damage thebelt webbing or hardware. Ifthe belt webbing or hardwareis damaged, replace it.

WARNINGSeat belts are designed to bearupon the bony structure of thebody, and should be worn lowacross the front of the pelvis orthe pelvis, chest and shoulders,as applicable; wearing the lapsection of the belt across theabdominal area must be avoided.Seat belts should be adjusted asfirmly as possible, consistentwith comfort, to provide the pro-tection for which they have beendesigned.

(Continued)

(Continued)A slack belt will greatly reducethe protection afforded to thewearer.Care should be taken to avoidcontamination of the webbingwith polishes, oils and chemicals,and particularly battery acid.Cleaning may safely be carriedout using mild soap and water.The belt should be replaced ifwebbing becomes frayed, con-taminated or damaged.It is essential to replace theentire assembly after it has beenworn in a severe impact even ifdamage to the assembly is notobvious.Belts should not be worn withstraps twisted. Each belt assem-bly must only be used by oneoccupant; it is dangerous to puta belt around a child being car-ried on the occupant's lap.


203

Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat)

The driver's seat belt warning lightand chime will activate pursuant tothe following table when the ignitionswitch is in "ON" position.

*1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times withan interval of 24 seconds. If the driver'sseat belt is buckled, the light will stopwithin 6 seconds and chime will stopimmediately.

*2 The light will stop within 6 seconds andchime will stop immediately.

1GQA2083

WARNING• No modifications or additions

should be made by the userwhich will either prevent theseat belt adjusting devicesfrom operating to removeslack, or prevent the seat beltassembly from being adjustedto remove slack.

• When you fasten the seat belt,be careful not to latch the seatbelt in buckles of other seat. It'svery dangerous and you maynot be protected by the seatbelt properly.

• Do not unfasten the seat beltand do not fasten and unfastenthe seat belt repeatedly whiledriving. This could result inloss of control, and an accidentcausing death, serious injury,or property damage.

• When fastening the seat belt,make sure that the seat beltdoes not pass over objects thatare hard or can break easily.

• Make sure there is nothing inthe buckle. The seat belt maynot be fastened securely.

Conditions Warning Pattern

Seat BeltVehicle

SpeedLight-Blink

Chime-

Sound

Unbuckled 6 seconds

Buckled 6 seconds None

Buckled →Unbuckled

Below 5 km/h

(3 mph)6 seconds None

5 km/h~

10 km/h6 seconds

Above 10 km/h

(6 mph)

6 sec. on / 24 sec. off

(11 times)

Unbuckled

Above 10 km/h

(6 mph)

↓

Below 5 km/h

(3 mph)

6 seconds *1

↓

Stop *2

3 21


Seat belt warning (for front passenger’s seat)

The front passenger's seat beltwarning light will activate to the fol-lowing table when the ignition switchis in "ON" position.

*1 The seat belt warning light will go off ifthe vehicle speed decreases below 5km/h (3 mph). If the vehicle speedincreases above 5 km/h (3 mph), thewarning light will blink again.

• You can find the front passenger'sseat belt warning light on the cen-ter fascia panel.

• Although the front passenger seatis not occupied, the seat belt warn-ing light will blink for 6 seconds.

• The seat belt warning light canblink when a briefcase or purse isplaced on the front passengerseat.

Conditions Warning Pattern

Seat BeltVehicle

SpeedLight-Blink

Unbuckled 6 seconds

UnbuckledAbove 10 km/h

(6mph)Continuously

Buckled 6 seconds

Buckled →Unbuckled

Above 10 km/h

(6mph)Continuously *1

Below 10 km/h

(6mph)None

WARNING Riding in an improper positionadversely affects the front pas-senger's seat belt warning sys-tem. It is important for the driverto instruct the passenger as tothe proper seating instructionsas contained in this manual.

ORP033081C

ORP033081N

■ Type A

■ Type B


223

Seat belt - Driver's 3-point systemwith emergency locking retractor

To fasten your seat belt:To fasten your seat belt, pull it out ofthe retractor and insert the metal tab(1) into the buckle (2). There will bean audible "click" when the tab locksinto the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts tothe proper length only after the lapbelt portion is adjusted manually sothat it fits snugly around your hips. Ifyou lean forward in a slow, easymotion, the belt will extend and letyou move around. If there is a sud-den stop or impact, however, the beltwill lock into position.

It will also lock if you try to lean for-ward too quickly.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you are not able to pull out theseat belt from the retractor, firmlypull the belt out and release it. Thenyou will be able to pull the belt outsmoothly.

Height adjustmentYou can adjust the height of theshoulder belt anchor to one of the 4positions for maximum comfort andsafety.The height of the adjusting seat beltshould not be too close to your neck.The shoulder portion should beadjusted so that it lies across yourchest and midway over your shouldernear the door and not your neck.To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the heightadjuster into an appropriate position.To raise the height adjuster, pull it up(1). To lower it, push it down (3) whilepressing the height adjuster button(2).

B180A01NF-1

OXM039026

Front seat

3 23


Release the button to lock theanchor into position. Try sliding theheight adjuster to make sure that ithas locked into position.

Seat belts - Front passenger andrear seat 3-point system withcombination locking retractorTo fasten your seat belt: Combination retractor type seat beltsare installed in the rear seat posi-tions to help accommodate theinstallation of child restraint systems.Although a combination retractor isalso installed in the front passengerseat position, it is strongly recom-mended that children always beseated in the rear seat. NEVERplace any infant restraint system inthe front seat of the vehicle.This type of seat belt combines thefeatures of both an emergency lock-ing retractor seat belt and an auto-matic locking retractor seat belt. Tofasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab intothe buckle. There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into thebuckle. When not securing a childrestraint, the seat belt operates in thesame way as the driver's seat belt(Emergency Locking Retractor Type).

B200A02NF

WARNINGYou should place the lap beltportion as low as possible andsnugly across your hips, not onyour waist. If the lap belt is locat-ed too high on your waist, it mayincrease the chance of injury inthe event of a collision. Botharms should not be under orover the belt. Rather, one shouldbe over and the other under, asshown in the illustration.Never wear the seat belt underthe arm that is near the door.

WARNING• Verify that the shoulder belt

anchor is locked into positionat the appropriate height.Never position the shoulderbelt across your neck or face.Improperly positioned seatbelts can cause seriousinjuries in an accident.

• Failure to replace seat beltsafter an accident could leaveyou with damaged seat beltsthat will not provide protec-tion in the event of anothercollision leading to personalinjury or death. Replace yourseat belts after being in anaccident as soon as possible.


243

It automatically adjusts to the properlength only after the lap belt portionof the seat belt is adjusted manuallyso that it fits snugly around your hips.When the seat belt is fully extendedfrom the retractor to allow the instal-lation of a child restraint system, theseat belt operation changes to allowthe belt to retract, but not to extend(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).Refer to “Using a child restraint sys-tem” in this chapter.

✽✽ NOTICEAlthough the combination retractorprovides the same level of protectionfor seated passengers in either emer-gency or automatic locking modes,have the seated passengers use theemergency locking feature forimproved convenience. The auto-matic locking function is intended tofacilitate child restraint installation.To convert from the automatic lock-ing feature to the emergency lockingoperation mode, allow the unbuck-led seat belt to fully retract.

To release the seat belt:The seat belt is released by pressingthe release button (1) on the lockingbuckle. When it is released, the beltshould automatically draw back intothe retractor.If this does not happen, check thebelt to be sure it is not twisted, thentry again.

CAUTIONDo NOT fold down the left por-tion of the rear seat back whenthe rear center seat belt is buck-led. ALWAYS UNBUCKLE therear center seat belt before fold-ing down the left portion of therear seat back. If the rear centerseat belt is buckled when theleft portion of the rear seat backis folded down, distortion anddamage to the top portion of theseat back and seat belt garnishmay result, causing the seatback to lock into the foldeddown position.

B210A01NF-1

3 25


3 Point rear center belt

To fasten the rear center belt1.Detach the mini tongue from hold-

er (1) and then extract the tongueplate from the hole on the beltassembly cover (2) and slowly pullthe tongue plates out from theretractor.

2.Insert the mini tongue (A) into theopen end of the anchor connector(C) until an audible “click" is heard,indicating the latch is locked. Makesure the belt is not twisted.

3.Pull the tongue plate (B) and insertthe tongue plate (B) into the openend of the buckle (D) until an audi-ble “click” is heard, indicating thelatch is locked. Make sure the beltis not twisted.

ORP032072

ORP032073C ORP032074

CAUTION - Cargo Be sure that the cargo is secure-ly loaded in the rear cargo area.Doing not so may damage therear center safety belt in suddenstop or certain collisions.

CAUTIONWhen using the rear center seatbelt, the buckle with the “CEN-TER” mark must be used.


263

There will be an audible “click” whenthe tab locks in the buckle. The seatbelt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt isadjusted manually so that it fits snug-ly around your hips, if you lean for-ward in a slow, easy motion, the beltwill extend and let you move around.If there is a sudden stop or impact,the belt will lock into position. It willalso lock if you try to lean forward tooquickly.

To unfasten the rear center belt

1.Press the release button on thebuckle (D) and remove the tongueplate (B) from the buckle (D).

2.To retract the rear center seatbelt,insert the tongue plate or similarsmall rigid device into the webrelease hole (C). Pull up on theseat belt web (A) and allow thewebbing to retract automatically.

WARNINGWhen using the rear seat centerbelt, you must lock all tongueplates and buckles. If anytongue plate or buckle is notlocked, it will increase thechance of injury in the event ofcollision.

ORP032075

ORP032076K

3 27


3.Insert the tongue plate into thehole (1) and then attach the minitongue on the holder (2).

Stowing the rear seat belt

The rear seat belt buckles can bestowed in the pocket between therear seatback and cushion when notin use.

Routing the seat belt webbingthrough the rear seat belt guides willhelp keep the belts from beingtrapped behind or under the seats.After inserting the seat belt, tightenthe belt webbing by pulling it up.

ORP032064

ORP032055

2nd row seat

ORP032067

ORP032021

3nd row seat (if equipped)

ORP032077


283

Pre-tensioner seat belt

Your vehicle is equipped with driver'sand front passenger's pre-tensionerseat belts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make sure that theseat belts fit tightly against the occu-pant's body in certain frontal colli-sions (or side collisions). The pre-tensioner seat belts may be activatedin crashes, where the frontal collisionis severe enough.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, orif the occupant tries to lean forwardtoo quickly, the seat belt retractor willlock into position. In certain frontalcollisions, the pre-tensioner will acti-vate and pull the seat belt into tightercontact against the occupant's body.If the system senses excessive seatbelt tension on the driver or passen-ger's seat belt when the pre-tension-er activates, the load limiter insidethe pre-tensioner will release someof the pressure on the affected seatbelt.

CAUTIONRemove the seat belt from theguides before using. If you pullon the seat belt when it is storedin the guides, it may damage theguides and/or belt webbing.

OED030300

WARNING• Do not put anything near the

buckle. Placing objects nearthe buckle can adverselyaffect the buckle pre-tension-er and may increase the riskof personal injury in the eventof a collision.

• For your safety, be sure thatthe belt webbing is not looseor twisted and always sitproperly on your seat.

3 29


The seat belt pre-tensioner systemconsists mainly of the following com-ponents.Their locations are shown inthe illustration:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module

✽✽ NOTICE• Both the driver's and front pas-

senger's pre-tensioner seat beltsmay be activated in certain frontalcollisions. The pre-tensionerswill not activate if the seat beltsare not worn at the time of the col-lision.

• When the pre-tensioner seat beltsare activated, a loud noise may beheard and fine dust, which mayappear to be smoke, may be visiblein the passenger compartment.These are normal operating condi-tions and are not hazardous.

• Although it is harmless, the finedust may cause skin irritation andshould not be breathed for pro-longed periods. Wash all exposedskin areas thoroughly after anaccident in which the pre-tension-er seat belts were activated.

ORP033083C

WARNINGTo obtain maximum benefitfrom a pre-tensioner seat belt:1. The seatbelt must be worn

correctly and adjusted to theproper position. Please readand follow all of the importantinformation and precautionsabout your vehicle’s occu-pant safety features – includ-ing seat belts and air bags –that are provided in this man-ual.

2. Be sure you and your passen-gers always wear seat beltsproperly.


303

✽✽ NOTICEBecause the sensor that activates theSRS air bag is connected with thepre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS airbag warning light ( ) on theinstrument panel will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds after theignition switch has been turned tothe ON position, and then it shouldturn off.

CAUTIONIf the pre-tensioner seat beltdoes not work properly, thiswarning light will illuminateeven if the SRS air bag has notmalfunctioned. If the SRS airbag warning light does not illu-minate when the ignition switchis turned ON, or if it remains illu-minated after illuminating forapproximately 6 seconds, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, please have anauthorized Kia dealer inspectthe pre-tensioner seat belt orSRS air bag system as soon aspossible.

(Continued)• Do not attempt to service or

repair the pre-tensioner seatbelt system in any manner.

• Improper handling of the pre-tensioner seat belt assem-blies, and failure to heed thewarnings not to strike, modify,inspect, replace, service orrepair the pre-tensioner seatbelt assemblies may lead toimproper operation or inad-vertent activation and seriousinjury.

• Always wear the seat beltswhen driving or riding in amotor vehicle.

• If the vehicle or pre-tensionerseat belt must be discarded,contact an authorized Kiadealer.

WARNING• Pre-tensioners are designed

to operate only one time. Afteractivation, pre-tensioner seatbelts must be replaced. Allseat belts, of any type, shouldalways be replaced after theyhave been worn during a colli-sion.

• The pre-tensioner seat beltassembly mechanismsbecome hot during activation.Do not touch the pre-tension-er seat belt assemblies forseveral minutes after theyhave been activated.

• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must bedone by an authorized Kiadealer.

• Do not strike the pre-tension-er seat belt assemblies.

(Continued)

3 31


Seat belt precautions Infant or small childYou should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear coun-try. For more information about theuse of these restraints, refer to “Childrestraint system” in this chapter.

✽✽ NOTICESmall children are best protectedfrom injury in an accident whenproperly restrained in the rear seatby a child restraint system thatmeets the requirements of the safetystandards of your country. Beforebuying any child restraint system,make sure that it has a label certify-ing that it meets safety standards ofyour country. The restraint must beappropriate for your child's heightand weight. Check the label on thechild restraint for this information.Refer to “Child restraint system” inthis chapter.

WARNINGEvery person in your vehicleneeds to be properly restrainedat all times, including infantsand children. Never hold a childin your arms or lap when ridingin a vehicle. The violent forcescreated during a crash will tearthe child from your arms andthrow the child against the inte-rior. Always use a child restraintappropriate for your child'sheight and weight.

WARNINGAll occupants of the vehiclemust wear their seat belts at alltimes. Seat belts and childrestraints reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries for alloccupants in the event of a col-lision or sudden stop. Without aseat belt, occupants could beshifted too close to a deployingair bag, strike the interior struc-ture or be thrown from the vehi-cle. Properly worn seat beltsgreatly reduce these hazards.Even with advanced air bags,unbelted occupants can beseverely injured by a deployingair bag.Always follow the precautionsabout seat belts, air bags andoccupant seating contained inthis manual.


323

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should alwaysoccupy the rear seat and use theavailable lap/shoulder belts. The lapportion should be fastened andsnugged on the hips and as low aspossible. Check if the belt fits period-ically. A child's squirming could putthe belt out of position. Children aregiven the most safety in the event ofan accident when they are restrainedby a proper restraint system in therear seat. If a larger child (over age12) must be seated in the front seat,the child should be securelyrestrained by the available lap/shoul-der belt and the seat should beplaced in the rearmost position.Children age 12 and under should berestrained securely in the rear seat.NEVER place a child age 12 andunder in the front seat. NEVER placea rear facing child seat in the frontseat of a vehicle.

If the shoulder belt portion slightlytouches the child’s neck or face, tryplacing the child closer to the center ofthe vehicle. If the shoulder belt stilltouches their face or neck they need tobe returned to a child restraint system.

Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wearlap/shoulder belt assemblies when-ever possible according to specificrecommendations by their doctors.The lap portion of the belt should beworn AS SECURELY AND LOW ASPOSSIBLE.

WARNING - Pregnantwomen

Pregnant women must neverplace the lap portion of thesafety belt over the area of theabdomen where the fetus islocated or above the abdomenwhere the belt could crush thefetus during an impact.

WARNING - Shoulderbelts on small children

• Do not allow small children toride in the vehicle without anappropriate child restrain sys-tem.

• Never allow a shoulder belt tobe in contact with a child’sneck or face while the vehicleis in motion.

• If seat belts are not properlyworn and adjusted on chil-dren, there is a risk of death orserious injury.

3 33


Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you shouldconsult a physician for recommenda-tions.

One person per beltTwo people (including children)should never attempt to use a singleseat belt. This could increase theseverity of injuries in case of an acci-dent.

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries inthe event of an accident and toachieve maximum effectiveness ofthe restraint system, all passengersshould be sitting up and the front andrear seats should be in an uprightposition when the vehicle is moving.A seat belt cannot provide properprotection if the person is lying downin the rear seat or if the front and rearseats are in a reclined position.

Care of seat beltsSeat belt systems should never bedisassembled or modified. In addi-tion, care should be taken to assurethat seat belts and belt hardware arenot damaged by seat hinges, doorsor other abuse.

WARNINGRiding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seri-ous or fatal injuries in the eventof a collision or sudden stop.The protection of your restraintsystem (seat belts and air bags)is greatly reduced by recliningyour seat. Seat belts must besecured against your hips andchest to work properly. Themore the seatback is reclined,the greater the chance an occu-pant's hips will slide under thelap belt causing serious internalinjuries. Also, the shoulder beltmay strike the occupant's neck.Drivers and passengers shouldalways sit well back in theirseats, properly belted, and withthe seatbacks upright.

WARNING When you return the rear seat-back to its upright position afterthe rear seatback has been fold-ed down, be careful not to dam-age the seat belt webbing orbuckle. Be sure that the web-bing or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rearseat. A seat belt with damagedwebbing or buckle could possi-bly fail during a collision or sud-den stop, resulting in seriousinjury. If the webbing or bucklesare damaged, get them replacedimmediately.


343

Periodic inspectionAll seat belts should be inspectedperiodically for wear or damage ofany kind. Any damaged parts shouldbe replaced as soon as possible.

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean anddry. If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solu-tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,strong detergents or abrasivesshould not be used because theymay damage and weaken the fabric.

When to replace seat beltsThe entire in-use seat belt assemblyor assemblies should be replaced ifthe vehicle has been involved in anaccident. This should be done even ifno damage is visible. Additionalquestions concerning seat belt oper-ation should be directed to anauthorized Kia dealer.

3 35


CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMChildren riding in the vehicle shouldsit in the rear seat and must alwaysbe properly restrained to minimizethe risk of injury in an accident, sud-den stop or sudden maneuver.According to accident statistics, chil-dren are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than inthe front seat. Larger children not ina child restraint should use one ofthe seat belts provided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant safety seats must beproperly placed and installed in therear seat. You must use a commer-cially available child restraint systemthat meets the requirements of theSafety Standards of your country.Child restraint systems are designedto be secured in vehicle seats by seatbelt, or by a tether anchor and/orLATCH anchors (if equipped).

Children could be injured or killed ina crash if their restraints are notproperly secured. For small childrenand babies, a child seat or infant seatmust be used. Before buying a par-ticular child restraint system, makesure it fits your vehicle seat and seatbelts, and fits your child.Follow all the instructions providedby the manufacturer when installingthe child restraint system.

WARNING• A child restraint system must

be placed in the rear seat.Never install a child or infantseat on the front passenger'sseat. Should an accidentoccur and cause the passen-ger-side air bag to deploy, itcould severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in aninfant or child seat. Thus onlyuse a child restraint in therear seat of your vehicle.

(Continued)

(Continued)• A seat belt or child restraint

system can become very hotif it is left in a closed vehicleon a sunny day, even if theoutside temperature does notfeel hot. Be sure to check theseat cover and buckles beforeplacing a child there.

• When the child restraint sys-tem is not in use, store it inthe cargo area or fasten it witha seat belt so that it will not bethrown forward in case of asudden stop or an accident.

• Children may be seriouslyinjured or killed by an inflatingair bag. All children, eventhose too large for childrestraints, must ride in therear seat.


363

WARNINGTo reduce the chance of seriousor fatal injuries:• Children of all ages are safer

when restrained in the rearseat. A child riding in thefront passenger seat can beforcefully struck by an inflat-ing air bag resulting in seri-ous or fatal injuries.

• Always follow the childrestraint system manufactur-er’s instructions for installa-tion and use of the childrestraint.

• Always make sure the childseat is secured properly in thevehicle and your child issecurely restrained in thechild seat.

• Never hold a child in yourarms or lap when riding in avehicle.The violent forces cre-ated during a crash will tearthe child from your arms andthrow the child against thevehicle’s interior.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never put a seat belt over your-

self and a child. During a crash,the belt could press deep intothe child causing serious inter-nal injuries.

• Never leave children unattend-ed in a vehicle – not even for ashort time.The vehicle can heatup very quickly, resulting inserious injuries to childreninside. Even very young chil-dren may inadvertently causethe vehicle to move, entanglethemselves in the windows, orlock themselves or othersinside the vehicle.

• Never allow two children, or anytwo persons, to use the sameseat belt.

• Children often squirm andreposition themselves improp-erly. Never let a child ride withthe shoulder belt under theirarm or behind their back.Always properly position andsecure children in the rear seat.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never allow a child to stand-up

or kneel on the seat or floor ofa moving vehicle. During a col-lision or sudden stop, the childcan be violently thrown againstthe vehicle’s interior, resultingin serious injury.

• Never use an infant carrier or achild safety seat that "hooks"over a seatback, it may not pro-vide adequate security in anaccident.

• Seat belts can become veryhot, especially when the vehi-cle is parked in direct sunlight.Always check the seat beltbuckles before fastening themover a child.

• After an accident, have anauthorized Kia dealer checkthe child restraint system, seatbelt, tether anchor and loweranchor.

• If there is not enough space toplace the child restraint systembecause of the driver's seat,install the child restraint sys-tem in the rear right seat.

3 37


Using a child restraint system

For small children and babies, theuse of a child seat or infant seat isrequired. The child seat or infant seatshould be of appropriate size for thechild and should be installed inaccordance with the manufacturer'sinstructions.

For safety reasons, we recommendthat the child restraint system beused in the rear seats.

Since all passenger seat belts movefreely under normal conditions andonly lock under extreme or emer-gency conditions (emergency lockmode), you must manually changethese seat belts to the auto lockmode to secure a child restraint.

CRS09

OUN026150

Forward-facing child restraint system

Rearward-facing child restraint system

WARNINGNever place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passengerseat, because of the danger aninflating passenger-side air bagcould impact the rear-facingchild restraint and kill the child.

WARNING - Child seatinstallation

• A child can be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collisionif the child restraint is notproperly anchored to the vehi-cle and the child is not prop-erly restrained in the childrestraint. Before installing thechild restraint system, readthe instructions supplied bythe child restraint systemmanufacturer.

• If the seat belt does not oper-ate as described in this sec-tion, have the system checkedimmediately by your author-ized Kia dealer.

• Failure to observe this manu-al's instructions regardingchild restraint systems andthe instructions provided withthe child restraint systemcould increase the chanceand/or severity of injury in anaccident.


383

Placing a passenger seat beltinto the auto lock mode

The auto lock mode will help preventthe normal movement of the child inthe vehicle from causing the seat beltto loosen and compromise the childrestraint system. To secure a childrestraint system, use the followingprocedure.

To install a child restraint system onthe outboard or center rear seats, dothe following:1. Place the child restraint system in

the seat and route the lap/shoul-der belt around or through therestraint, following the restraintmanufacturer’s instructions. Besure the seat belt webbing is nottwisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latchinto the buckle. Listen for the dis-tinct “click” sound.

Position the release button so that itis easy to access in case of an emer-gency.

3. Pull the shoulder portion of theseat belt all the way out. When theshoulder portion of the seat belt isfully extended, it will shift theretractor to the “Auto Lock” (childrestraint) mode.

E2MS103005

OEN036101 OEN036102

3 39


4. Slowly allow the shoulder portionof the seat belt to retract and listenfor an audible “clicking” or “ratchet-ing” sound. This indicates that theretractor is in the “Auto Lock”mode. If no distinct sound isheard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

5. Remove as much slack from thebelt as possible by pushing downon the child restraint system whilefeeding the shoulder belt back intothe retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the seatbelt is holding it firmly in place. If itis not, release the seat belt andrepeat steps 2 through 6.

7. Double check that the retractor isin the “Auto Lock” mode byattempting to pull more of the seatbelt out of the retractor. If you can-not, the retractor is in the “AutoLock” mode.

To remove the child restraint, pressthe release button on the buckle andthen pull the lap/shoulder belt out ofthe restraint and allow the seat beltto retract fully.

OEN036104OEN036103

WARNING - Auto lockmode

The lap/shoulder belt automati-cally returns to the “emergencylock mode” whenever the belt isallowed to retract fully.Therefore,the preceding seven steps mustbe followed each time a childrestraint is installed.If the retractor is not in theAutomatic Locking mode, thechild restraint can move whenyour vehicle turns or stops sud-denly. A child can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the vehicle, including settingthe retractor to the AutomaticLocking mode.


403

When the seat belt is allowed toretract to its fully stowed position,the retractor will automaticallyswitch from the “Auto Lock” modeto the emergency lock mode fornormal adult usage.

Securing a child restraint seatwith tether anchor system

Child restraint hook holders arelocated on the back of the rear seat-backs.

This symbol indicates theposition of the tether anchor.

1. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable head-rests, route the tether strap underthe headrest and between theheadrest posts, otherwise routethe tether strap over the top of theseatback.

2. Connect the tether strap hook tothe appropriate child restrainthook holder and tighten to securethe child restraint seat.

ORP033038N

ORP032037C

3 41


Securing a child restraint seat withchild seat lower anchor system

Some child seat manufacturersmake child restraint seats that arelabeled as LATCH or LATCH-com-patible child restraint seats. LATCHstands for "Lower Anchors andTethers for Children". These seatsinclude two rigid or webbing mount-ed attachments that connect to twoLATCH anchors at specific seatingpositions in your vehicle. This type ofchild restraint seat eliminates theneed to use seat belts to attach thechild seat in the rear seats.

WARNING - Childrestraint check

Check that the child restraintsystem is secure by pushingand pulling it in different direc-tions. Incorrectly fitted childrestraints may swing, twist, tipor separate causing death orserious injury.

WARNING - Childrestraint anchorage

• Child restraint anchoragesare designed to withstandonly those loads imposed bycorrectly fitted child restraints.Under no circumstances arethey to be used for adult seatbelts or harnesses or forattaching other items or equip-ment to the vehicle.

• The tether strap may not workproperly if attached some-where other than the correcttether anchor.

OXM039035WARNING - Tether strapNever mount more than onechild restraint to a single tetheror to a single lower anchoragepoint. The increased loadcaused by multiple seats maycause the tethers or anchoragepoints to break, causing seriousinjury or death.

WARNINGA child can be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if thechild restraint is not properlyanchored to the vehicle and thechild is not properly restrainedin the child restraint. Always fol-low the child seat manufactur-er’s instructions for installationand use.


423

Child restraint symbols are locatedon the left and right 2nd row seatbacks to indicate the position of thelower anchors for child restraints.

WARNING• When using the vehicle's

"LATCH" system to install achild restraint system in therear seat, all unused vehiclerear seat belt metal latchplates or tabs must be latchedsecurely in their seat beltbuckles and the seat belt web-bing must be retracted behindthe child restraint to preventthe child from reaching andtaking hold of unretractedseat belts. Unlatched metallatch plates or tabs may allowthe child to reach the unre-tracted seat belts which mayresult in strangulation and aserious injury or death to thechild in the child restraint.

• Do not place anything aroundthe lower anchors. Also makesure that the seat belt is notcaught in the lower anchors.

WARNINGInstall the child restraint seatfully rearward against the seat-back with the seatback reclinedtwo positions from the mostupright latched position.

ORP032065

Lower Anchor

Lower AnchorPosition Indicator

3 43


LATCH anchors have been providedin your vehicle. The LATCH anchorsare located in the left and right out-board rear seating positions. Theirlocations are shown in the illustra-tion. There is no LATCH anchor pro-vided for the center rear seatingposition.The LATCH anchors are locatedbetween the seatback and the seatcushion of the 2nd row seat left andright outboard seating positions.Follow the child seat manufacturer’sinstructions to properly install childrestraint seats with LATCH orLATCH-compatible attachments.

Once you have installed the LATCHchild restraint, assure that the seat isproperly attached to the LATCH andtether anchors.Also, test the child restraint seatbefore you place the child in it. Tiltthe seat from side to side. Also try totug the seat forward. Check to see ifthe anchors hold the seat in place.

WARNINGIf the child restraint is notanchored properly, the risk of achild being seriously injured orkilled in a collision greatlyincreases.

WARNING - LATCH loweranchors

LATCH lower anchors are onlyto be used with the left and rightrear outboard seating positions.Never attempt to attach aLATCH equipped seat in thecenter seating position. Youmay damage the anchors or theanchors may fail and break in acollision.

CAUTIONDo not allow the rear seat beltwebbing to get scratched orpinched by the child-seat latchand LATCH anchor during theinstallation.


443

(1) Driver’s front air bag(2) Passenger’s front air bag(3) Side air bag(4) Curtain air bag

AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

WARNINGEven in vehicles with air bags,you and your passengers mustalways wear the safety belts pro-vided in order to minimize therisk and severity of injury in theevent of a collision or rollover.

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

* 3rd row seat : if equipped

ORP033040N

3 45


How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bags are activated (able to

inflate if necessary) only when theignition switch is turned to the ONor START position.

• The appropriate air bags inflateinstantly in the event of a seriousfrontal collision or side collision inorder to help protect the occupantsfrom serious physical injury.

• There is no single speed at whichthe air bags will inflate.Generally, air bags are designed toinflate based upon the severity of acollision and its direction. Thesetwo factors determine whether thesensors produce an electronicdeployment/ inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and thedensity and stiffness of the vehi-cles or objects which your vehiclehits in the collision. The determin-ing factors are not limited to thosementioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant.It is virtually impossible for you tosee the air bags inflate during anaccident.It is much more likely that you willsimply see the deflated air bagshanging out of their storage com-partments after the collision.

• In order to help provide protection,the air bags must inflate rapidly.The speed of the air bag inflation isa consequence of extremely shorttime in which to inflate the air bagbetween the occupant and thevehicle structures before the occu-pant impacts those structures. Thisspeed of inflation reduces the riskof serious or life-threateninginjuries and is thus a necessarypart of the air bag design.

However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which can includefacial abrasions, bruises and bro-ken bones because the inflationspeed also causes the air bags toexpand with a great deal of force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with thesteering wheel or passenger airbag can cause fatal injuries,especially if the occupant ispositioned excessively close tothe steering wheel or passengerair bag.


463

Noise and smokeWhen inflated, the air bags make aloud noise and leave smoke andpowder in the air inside the vehicle.This is normal and is a result of theignition of the air bag inflator. Afterthe air bag inflates, you may feel sub-stantial discomfort in breathing dueto the contact of your chest with boththe seat belt and the air bag, as wellas from breathing the smoke andpowder. Open your doors and/orwindows as soon as possible afterimpact in order to reduce discom-fort and prevent prolonged expo-sure to the smoke and powder.Though smoke and powder are non-toxic, it may cause irritation to theskin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). Ifthis is the case, wash and rinse withcold water immediately and consult adoctor if the symptom persists.

WARNING • To avoid severe personal

injury or death caused bydeploying air bags in a colli-sion, the driver should sit asfar back from the steeringwheel air bag. The front pas-sengers should always movetheir seats as far back as pos-sible and sit back in their seat.

• Air bags inflate instantly in theevent of a collision, and pas-sengers may be injured by theair bag expansion force if theyare not in a proper position.

• Air bag inflation may causeinjuries including facial orbodily abrasions, injuriesfrom broken glasses or burns.

WARNING When the air bags deploy, theair bag related parts in thesteering wheel and/or instru-ment panel and/or in both sidesof the roof rails above the frontand rear doors are very hot. Toprevent injury, do not touch theair bag storage area’s internalcomponents immediately afteran air bag has inflated.

3 47


Do not install a child restraint onthe front passenger’s seat.

Never place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passenger’sseat. If the air bag deploys, it wouldimpact the rear-facing child restraint,causing serious or fatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facingchild restraints in the front passen-ger’s seat either. If the front passen-ger air bag inflates, it could causeserious or fatal injuries to the child.

Air bag warning light

The purpose of the air bag warninglight in your instrument panel is toalert you of a potential problem withyour air bag - SupplementalRestraint System (SRS).When the ignition switch is turnedON, the indicator light should illumi-nate for approximately 6 seconds,then go off.

1JBH3051

WARNING • Extreme Hazard! Do not use a

rearward facing child restrainton a seat protected by an airbag in front of it!

• Never put a child restraint inthe front passenger’s seat. Ifthe front passenger air baginflates, it would cause seri-ous or fatal injuries.

• When children are seated inthe rear outboard seats ofvehicle equipped with sideand/or curtain air bags, besure to install the childrestraint system as far awayfrom the door side as possible,and securely lock the childrestraint system in position.Inflation of side and/or curtainair bags could cause seriousinjury or death to an infant orchild.

W7-147


483

Have the system checked if:• The light does not turn on briefly

when you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating

for approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehi-

cle is in motion.

SRS components and func-tions

The SRS consists of the followingcomponents:1. Driver's front air bag module2. Passenger's front air bag module3. Side air bag modules4. Curtain air bag modules5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies6. Air bag warning light7. SRS control module (SRSCM)8. Front impact sensors9. Side impact sensors

10. PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator (Front passenger’s seatonly)

11. Occupant detection system(Front passenger’s seat only)

The SRSCM continually monitors allSRS components while the ignitionswitch is ON to determine if a crashimpact is severe enough to requireair bag deployment or pre-tensionerseat belt deployment.

ORP032058

3 49


The front air bag modules are locat-ed both in the center of the steeringwheel and in the front passenger'spanel above the glove box. When theSRSCM detects a sufficiently severeimpact to the front of the vehicle, itwill automatically deploy the front airbags.

Upon deployment, tear seams mold-ed directly into the pad covers willseparate under pressure from theexpansion of the air bags. Furtheropening of the covers then allows fullinflation of the air bags.

B240B01L

Driver’s front air bag (1)

WARNINGIf any of the following condi-tions occurs, this indicates amalfunction in the air bag sys-tem. Have an authorized Kiadealer inspect the air bag sys-tem as soon as possible.• The light does not turn on

briefly when you turn the igni-tion ON.

• The light stays on after illumi-nating for approximately 6seconds.

• The light comes on while thevehicle is in motion.

• The light blinks when the igni-tion switch is in ON position.

B240B02L



503

A fully inflated air bag, in combina-tion with a properly worn seat belt,slows the driver's or the passenger'sforward motion, reducing the risk ofhead and chest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enablingthe driver to maintain forward visibilityand the ability to steer or operateother controls.

B240B03L


WARNING • Do not install or place any

accessories (drink holder,cassette holder, sticker, etc.)on the front passenger'spanel above the glove box in avehicle with a passenger's airbag. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles andcause injury if the passenger'sair bag inflates.

(Continued)

B240B05L

Passenger’s front air bag

WARNING• If an air bag deploys, there may

be a loud noise followed by afine dust released in the vehi-cle. These conditions are nor-mal and are not hazardous - theair bags are packed in this finepowder. The dust generatedduring air bag deployment maycause skin or eye irritation aswell as aggravate asthma forsome persons. Always wash allexposed skin areas thoroughlywith lukewarm water and a mildsoap after an accident in whichthe air bags were deployed.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When installing a container of

liquid air freshener inside thevehicle, do not place it nearthe instrument cluster nor onthe instrument panel surface.It may become a dangerousprojectile and cause injury if thepassenger's air bag inflates.

3 51


Occupant Detection System(ODS)

Your vehicle is equipped with anoccupant detection system in thefront passenger's seat.

The occupant detection system isdesigned to detect the presence of aproperly-seated front passenger anddetermine if the passenger's front airbag should be enabled (may inflate)or not. Only the front passenger frontair bag is controlled by the OccupantClassification System.

(Continued)• The SRS can function only

when the ignition switch is inthe ON position. If the SRS airbag warning light does not illu-minate, or continuouslyremains on after illuminatingfor about 6 seconds when theignition switch is turned to theON position, or after theengine is started, comes onwhile driving, the SRS is notworking properly. If thisoccurs, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by anauthorized Kia dealer.

• Before you replace a fuse ordisconnect a battery terminal,turn the ignition switch to theLOCK position and remove theignition switch. Never removeor replace the air bag relatedfuse(s) when the ignition switchis in the ON position. Failure toobserve this warning will causethe SRS air bag warning light toilluminate.

WARNING Do not put anything in front of thepassenger air bag indicator.

ORP033082C

ORP033082N

■ Type A

■ Type B


523

Main components of the occu-pant detection system• A detection device located within

the front passenger seat cushion.• An electronic system which deter-

mines whether the passenger airbag systems should be activatedor deactivated.

• A indicator light located on theinstrument panel which illuminatesthe words PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicating the front passen-ger air bag system is deactivated.

• The instrument panel air bag warn-ing light is interconnected with theoccupant detection system.

If the front passenger seat is occu-pied by a person that the systemdetermines to be of appropriate size,and he/she sits properly (sittingupright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on theseat cushion with their seat belt on,legs comfortably extended and theirfeet on the floor), the PASSENGERAIR BAG “OFF” indicator will turn offand the front passenger's air bag willbe able to inflate, if necessary, infrontal crashes.You will find the PASSENGER AIRBAG “OFF” indicator on the centerfacia panel. This system detects theconditions 1~4 in the following tableand activates or deactivates the frontpassenger air bag based on theseconditions.

Always be sure that you and all vehi-cle occupants are seated andrestrained properly (sitting uprightwith the seat in an upright position,centered on the seat cushion, withthe person’s legs comfortably extend-ed, feet on the floor, and wearing thesafety belt properly) for the mosteffective protection by the air bag andthe safety belt.

• The ODS (Occupant DetectionSystem) may not function properly ifthe passenger takes actions whichcan defeat the detection system.These include:

(1) Failing to sit in an upright posi-tion.

(2) Leaning against the door or cen-ter console.

(3) Sitting towards the sides or thefront of the seat.

(4) Putting legs on the dashboard orresting them on other locationswhich reduce the passengerweight on the front seat.

(5) Improperly wearing the safetybelt.

(6) Reclining the seat back.(7) Wearing a tick cloth like the ski

wear or hip protection wear.(8) Put on the seat an additional

thick cushion.

3 53


Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detectionsystem

*1 : The ODS system uses a field to evaluate a person's size to determine whether theair bag should deploy. It is possible for a child to be detected and activate the ODS,thus allowing the air bag to deploy.To maximize safety, do not allow children to ridein the front passenger seat.

*2 : Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.

WARNINGRiding in an improper positionor placing weight on the frontpassenger's seat when it isunoccupied by a passengeradversely affects the OccupantDetection System (ODS). YourODS is designed to resist elec-tronic waves, but do not place anelectronic device (ex. laptopcomputer, after market DMB/nav-igation/satellite audio, videogame machine, MP3, etc.) on ornear the seat cushion since itmay defeat the proper function-ing of the ODS or turn on the airbag warning light.

(Continued)

Condition detected by theoccupant detection

system

1. Adult or child*1

2. Child restraint system*2

3. Unoccupied

4. There is a malfunction

in the system

Off

On

On

Off

Off

Off

Off

On

Activated

Deactivated

Deactivated

Activated

PASSENGER AIRBAG “OFF” indicator

lightSRS warning light

Front passenger air bag

Indicator/Warning light Devices


543

1KMN3663

1KMN3664

1KMN3665

- Never sit with hips shiftedtowards the front of the seat.

- Never lean on the door or cen-ter console.

- Never sit on one side of thefront passenger seat.

- Never place feet on the dash-board.

OVQ036013N

1KMN3662

- Never put a heavy load or anactive electronic device onthe front passenger seat orseatback pocket.

- Never excessively recline thefront passenger seatback.

OVQ036014N

- Never place feet on the frontpassenger seatback.

(Continued)

3 55


When an adult is seated in the frontpassenger seat, if the PASSENGERAIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turnthe ignition switch to the LOCK posi-tion and ask the passenger to sitproperly (sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position, centeredon the seat cushion with their seatbelt on, legs comfortably extendedand their feet on the floor). Restartthe engine and have the personremain in that position. This will allowthe system to detect the person andto enable the passenger air bag.If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator is still on, ask the passen-ger to move to the rear seat.

✽✽ NOTICEThe PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-onds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position or afterthe engine is started. If the frontpassenger seat is occupied, the occu-pant detection sensor will then clas-sify the front passenger after severalmore seconds.

B990A01O WARNINGDo not put a heavy load or anactive electronic device (ex. lap-top computer, after marketDMB/navigation/satellite audio,video game machine, MP3, etc.)in the front passenger seatbackpocket or on the front passengerseat. Do not hang onto the frontpassenger seat. Do not hang anyitems such as seatback table onthe front passenger seatback.Do not place feet on the frontpassenger seatback. Do notplace any items under the frontpassenger seat. Any of thesecould interfere with proper sen-sor operation or turn on the airbag warning light.

Proper position

WARNINGDo not allow an adult passengerto ride in the front seat when thePASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator is illuminated becausethe air bag will not deploy in theevent of a crash. If the PASSEN-GER AIR BAG “OFF” indicatorremains illuminated after theadult passenger repositionsthemselves properly and thevehicle is restarted, have thepassenger move to the rear seatbecause the passenger's frontair bag will not deploy.Front seat passengers muststay properly seated to avoidserious injury from a deployingair bag.


563

WARNING• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupantdetection system, never install achild restraint system in thefront passenger's seat. Adeploying air bag can forcefullystrike a child resulting in seri-ous injuries or death. Any childage 12 and under should ride inthe rear seat. Children too largefor child restraints should usethe available lap/shoulder belts.No matter what type of crash,children of all ages are saferwhen restrained in the rear seat.

• If the PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicator is illuminatedwhen the front passenger's seatis occupied by an adult andhe/she sits properly (sittingupright with the seatback in anupright position, centered onthe seat cushion with their seatbelt on, legs comfortablyextended and their feet on thefloor), have that person sit in therear seat.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Accident statistics show that

children are safer if they arerestrained in the rear, asopposed to the front seat. It isrecommended that childrestraints be secured in a rearseat, including an infant ridingin a rear-facing infant seat, achild riding in a forward-facingchild seat and an older childriding in a booster seat.

• Air bags can only be usedonce – have an authorized Kiadealer replace the air bagimmediately after deployment.

• The occupant detection sys-tem may not work properly ifwater, coffee or any other liq-uid including rain gets on theseat. Keep the front seat dryat all times.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the front passenger seat is

occupied by a child who is notin a CRS, the PASSENGERAIR BAG “OFF” indicator mayor may not be on and the pas-senger air bag may or may notdeploy in a collision. Have thechild move to a rear seat toincrease their safety.

• Do not modify or replace thefront passenger seat. Don'tplace anything on or attachanything such as a blanket orseat heater to the front pas-senger seat.This can adverse-ly affect the occupant detec-tion system.

• Do not place sharp objects onthe front passenger seat.These may damage the occu-pant detection system, if theypuncture the seat cushion.

• Do not use accessory seatcovers on the front seats.

(Continued)

3 57


Driver's and passenger's frontair bag

Your vehicle is equipped with anAdvanced Supplemental Restraint(Air Bag) System and lap/shoulderbelts at both the driver and passen-ger seating position.

WARNINGIf the occupant detection sys-tem is not working properly, theSRS air bag warning light onthe instrument panel will illumi-nate because the passenger'sfront air bag is connected withthe occupant detection system.If there is a malfunction of theoccupant detection system, thePASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator will not illuminate andthe passenger's front air bagwill inflate in frontal impactcrashes even if there is no occu-pant in the front passenger'sseat. If the SRS air bag warninglight does not illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned tothe ON position, remains illumi-nated after approximately 6 sec-onds when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, have an author-ized Kia dealer inspect the occu-pant detection system and theSRS air bag system as soon aspossible.

(Continued)• Do not place an electronic

device (ex. laptop computer,after market DMB/navigation/satellite audio, video gamemachine, MP3, etc.) on thefront passenger seat. Its elec-tronic field may cause the ODSto switch to the "on" conditionand thus turn on the air bagwarning light or allow the pas-senger air bag to deploy need-lessly in a collision, increasingyour repair costs.

ORP032043

■ Driver’s front air bag

ORP032044

■ Passenger’s front air bag


583

The indication of the system's pres-ence are the letters "AIR BAG"intagliated on the air bag pad coveron the steering wheel and the pas-senger's side front panel pad abovethe glove box.

The SRS consists of air bagsinstalled under the pad covers in thecenter of the steering wheel and thepassenger's side front panel abovethe glove box.The purpose of the SRS is to providethe vehicle's driver and/or the frontpassenger with additional protectionthan that offered by the seat belt sys-tem alone in case of a frontal impactof sufficient severity. The SRS usessensors to gather information aboutthe driver's and front passenger'sseat belt usage and impact severity.

The SRS offers the ability to controlthe air bag inflation with two levels. Afirst stage level is provided for mod-erate-severity impacts. A secondstage level is provided for moresevere impacts.

The passenger’s front air bag isdesigned to help reduce the injury ofchildren sitting close to the instru-ment panel in low speed collisions.However, children are safer if theyare restrained in the rear seat.

Additionally, your vehicle is equippedwith an occupant detection system inthe front passenger's seat. The occu-pant detection system detects thepresence of a passenger in the frontpassenger's seat and will turn off thefront passenger's air bag under cer-tain conditions. For more detail, see"Occupant detection system" in thissection.

WARNINGIf the occupant detection sys-tem is not working properly, theSRS air bag warning light onthe instrument panel will illumi-nate because the SRS air bagwarning light is connected withthe occupant detection system.If the SRS air bag warning lightdoes not illuminate when theignition switch is turned to theON position, remains illuminat-ed after approximately 6 sec-onds when the ignition switchis turned to the ON position, orif it illuminates while the vehicleis being driven, have an author-ized Kia dealer inspect the SRSair bag system as soon as pos-sible.

3 59


WARNINGManufacturers are required bygovernment regulations to pro-vide a contact point concerningmodifications to the vehicle forpersons with disabilities, whichmodifications may affect thevehicle’s advanced air bag sys-tem. However, Kia does notendorse nor will it support anychanges to any part or structureof the vehicle that could affectthe advanced air bag system,including the occupant detec-tion system.

(Continued)

(Continued)Specifically, the front passengerseat, dashboard or door shouldnot be replaced except by anauthorized Kia dealer usingoriginal Kia parts designed forthis vehicle and model. Anyother such replacement or mod-ification could adversely affectthe operation of the occupantdetection system and youradvanced air bags. For thesame reason, do not attach any-thing to the seat, dashboard ordoor, even temporarily. If thesystem is adversely affected, itcould cause severe personalinjuries or death in a collision.

WARNING• Modification to the seat struc-

ture can cause the air bag todeploy at a different level thanshould be provided.

• Do not place any objectsunderneath the front seats asthey could damage and/orinterfere with the occupantdetection system.


603

✽✽ NOTICEBe sure to read information aboutthe SRS on the labels provided onthe sunvisor.

(Continued)• Front and side air bags can

injure occupants improperlypositioned in the front seats.

• Move your seat as far back aspractical from the front airbags, while still maintainingcontrol of the vehicle.

• You and your passengersshould never sit or leanunnecessarily close to the airbags. Improperly positioneddrivers and passengers canbe severely injured by inflat-ing air bags.

• Never lean against the door orcenter console – always sit inan upright position.

• Do not allow a passenger toride in the front seat when thePASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator is illuminated,because the air bag will notdeploy in the event of a mod-erate or severe frontal crash.

(Continued)

WARNINGAlways use seat belts and childrestraints – every trip, everytime, everyone! Air bags inflatewith considerable force and inthe blink of an eye. Seat beltshelp keep occupants in properposition to obtain maximumbenefit from the air bag. Evenwith advanced air bags, improp-erly and unbelted occupantscan be severely injured whenthe air bag inflates. Always fol-low the precautions about seatbelts, air bags and occupantsafety contained in this manual.To reduce the chance of seriousor fatal injuries and receive themaximum safety benefit fromyour restraint system:• Never place a child in any

child or booster seat in thefront seat.

• ABC – Always BuckleChildren in the 2nd Row seat.It is the safest place for chil-dren of any age to ride.

(Continued)

3 61


(Continued)• No objects should be placed

over or near the air bag mod-ules on the steering wheel,instrument panel or the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box, because any suchobject could cause harm if thevehicle is in a crash severeenough to cause the air bagsto deploy.

• Never place covers, blanketsor aftermarket seat warmerson the passenger seat asthese may interfere with theoccupant detection system.

• Do not tamper with or discon-nect SRS wiring or other com-ponents of the SRS system.Doing so could result in injury,due to accidental deploymentof the air bags or by renderingthe SRS inoperative.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the SRS air bag warning

light remains illuminatedwhile the vehicle is being driv-en, have an authorized Kiadealer inspect the air bag sys-tem as soon as possible.

• Air bags can only be usedonce – have an authorized Kiadealer replace the air bagimmediately after deployment.

• The SRS is designed todeploy the front air bags onlywhen an impact is sufficientlysevere and when the impactangle is less than 30° from theforward longitudinal axis ofthe vehicle. Additionally, theair bags will only deploy once.Seat belts must be worn at alltimes.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Front air bags are not intend-

ed to deploy in side-impact,rear-impact or rollover crash-es. In addition, front air bagswill not deploy in frontalcrashes below the deploy-ment threshold.

(Continued)


623

(Continued)• For maximum safety protection

in all types of crashes, all occu-pants including the drivershould always wear their seatbelts whether or not an air bagis also provided at their seatingposition to minimize the risk ofsevere injury or death in theevent of a crash. Do not sit orlean unnecessarily close to theair bag while the vehicle is inmotion.

• Sitting improperly or out ofposition can result in seriousor fatal injury in a crash. Alloccupants should sit uprightwith the seat back in an uprightposition, centered on the seatcushion with their seat belt on,legs comfortably extended andtheir feet on the floor until thevehicle is parked and the igni-tion key is removed or theengine is shut off.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupantdetection system, do notinstall a child restraint systemin the front passenger seatposition. A child restraint sys-tem must never be placed inthe front seat. The infant orchild could be severelyinjured or killed by an air bagdeployment in case of an acci-dent.

• Children age 12 and undermust always be properlyrestrained in the rear seat.Never allow children to ride inthe front passenger seat. If achild over 12 must be seatedin the front seat, he or shemust be properly belted andthe seat should be moved asfar back as possible.

(Continued)

OEP036096N

OVQ036018N

1VQA2091

Rear impact

Side impact

Rollover

3 63


Side air bag Your vehicle is equipped with a sideair bag in each front seat. The pur-pose of the air bag is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front pas-senger with additional protection thanthat offered by the seat belt alone.• The side air bags are designed to

deploy during certain side-impactcollisions, depending on the crashseverity, angle, speed and point ofimpact.

• The side air bags are not designedto deploy in all side impact.

WARNINGDo not allow the passengers tolean their heads or bodies ontodoors, put their arms on thedoors, stretch their arms out ofthe window, or place objectsbetween the doors and passen-gers when they are seated onseats equipped with side and/orcurtain air bags.

(Continued)• The SRS air bag system must

deploy very rapidly to provideprotection in a crash. If anoccupant is out of positionbecause of not wearing a seatbelt, the air bag may forcefullycontact the occupant causingserious or fatal injuries.

ORP032046

ORP032059❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may dif-

fer from the illustration.


643

Curtain air bag

Curtain air bags are located alongboth sides of the roof rails above thefront and rear doors.

(Continued)• Do not install any accessories

on the side or near the side airbag.

• Do not place any objects overthe air bag or between the airbag and yourself.

• Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat.Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles and causeinjury if the supplemental sideair bag inflates.

• To prevent unexpected deploy-ment of the side air bag thatmay result in personal injury,avoid impact to the side impactsensor when the ignitionswitch is on.

• If seat or seat cover is dam-aged, have the vehicle checkedand repaired by an authorizedKia dealer. Inform the dealerthat your vehicle is equippedwith side air bags and an occu-pant detection system.

WARNING• The side air bag is supple-

mental to the driver's and thepassenger's seat belt systemsand is not a substitute forthem. Therefore your seatbelts must be worn at all timeswhile the vehicle is in opera-tion.

• For best protection from theside air bag system and toavoid being injured by thedeploying side air bag, bothfront seat occupants shouldsit in an upright position withthe seat belt properly fas-tened. The driver's handsshould be placed on the steer-ing wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00positions. The passenger'sarms and hands should beplaced on their laps.

• Do not use any accessoryseat covers.

• Use of seat covers couldreduce or prevent the effec-tiveness of the system.

(Continued)

ORP032049

ORP032048❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may dif-

fer from the illustration.

3 65


They are designed to help protectthe heads of the front seat occupantsand the rear outboard seat occu-pants in certain side impact colli-sions.The curtain air bags are designed todeploy during certain side impactcollisions, depending on the crashseverity, angle, speed and point ofimpact.The curtain air bags are not designedto deploy in all side impact situations,collisions from the front or rear of thevehicle or rollover situations.

WARNING• In order for side and curtain

air bags to provide the bestprotection, front seat occu-pants and outboard rear occu-pants should sit in an uprightposition with the seat beltsproperly fastened.Importantly, children shouldsit in a proper child restraintsystem in the rear seat.

• When children are seated inthe rear outboard seats, theymust be seated in the properchild restraint system. Makesure to position the childrestraint system as far awayfrom the door side as possi-ble, and secure the childrestraint system in a lockedposition.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not allow the passengers

to lean their heads or bodiesagainst the doors, put theirarms on the doors, stretchtheir arms out of the windowor place objects between thedoors and passengers whenthey are seated on seatsequipped with side impactand/or curtain air bags.

• Never try to open or repair anycomponents of the side andcurtain air bag system. Thisshould only be done by anauthorized Kia dealer.

Failure to follow the above men-tioned instructions can result ininjury or death to the vehicleoccupants in an accident.


663

Why didn’t my air bag go off in acollision? (Inflation and non-infla-tion conditions of the air bag)There are many types of accidentsin which the air bag would not beexpected to provide additionalprotection.These include rear impacts, sec-ond or third collisions in multipleimpact accidents, as well as lowspeed impacts.

Air bag collision sensors

(1) SRS control module(2) Front impact sensor

(3) Side impact sensor(4) Side impact sensor

ORP032050C/ORP032051/ORP032052/ORP032053C/ORP032054

3 67


Air bag inflation conditions

Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflatein a frontal collision depending onthe intensity, speed or angles ofimpact of the front collision.

WARNING • Do not hit or allow any objects

to impact the locations whereair bags or sensors areinstalled.This may cause unexpectedair bag deployment, whichcould result in serious per-sonal injury or death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is alteredin any way, the air bags maydeploy when they should notor they may not deploy whenthey should, causing severeinjury or death.Therefore, do not try to per-form maintenance on oraround the air bag sensors.Have the vehicle checked andrepaired by an authorized Kiadealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Problems may arise if the sen-

sor installation angles arechanged due to the deforma-tion of the front bumper, frontend module, body or frontdoors and/or B and C pillarwhere side collision sensorsare installed. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized Kia dealer.

• Installing bumper guards (orside step or running board) orreplacing a bumper (or frontdoor module) with non-gen-uine parts may adverselyaffect your vehicle’s collisionand air bag deployment per-formance.

OED036096


683

Side air bagsSide air bags (side and/or curtain airbags) are designed to inflate when animpact is detected by side collisionsensors depending on the strength,speed or angles of impact resultingfrom a side impact collision.

Although the front air bags (driver’sand front passenger’s air bags) aredesigned to inflate in frontal colli-sions, they also may inflate in othertypes of collisions if the front impactsensors detect a sufficient frontalforce in another type of impact. Sideand curtain air bags are designed toinflate in certain side impact colli-sions. They may inflate in other typeof collisions where a side force isdetected by the sensors.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimprovedroads or sidewalks, air bags maydeploy. Drive carefully on unim-proved roads or on surfaces notdesigned for vehicle traffic to preventunintended air bag deployment.

Air bag non-inflation conditions

• In certain low-speed collisions theair bags may not deploy. The airbags are designed not to deploy insuch cases because they may notprovide benefits beyond the pro-tection of the seat belts in such col-lisions.

OVQ036018N

ORP032048

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may dif-fer from the illustration.

OED036099

3 69


• Air bags are not designed to inflatein rear collisions, because occu-pants are moved backward by theforce of the impact. In this case,inflated air bags would not be ableto provide any additional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate inside impact collisions, becauseoccupants move to the direction ofthe collision, and thus in sideimpacts, frontal air bag deploymentwould not provide additional occu-pant protection.

• In an angled collision, the force ofimpact may direct the occupants ina direction where the air bagswould not be able to provide anyadditional benefit, and thus thesensors may not deploy any airbags.

OVQ036018NOED036100OED036102


703

• Just before impact, drivers oftenbrake heavily. Such heavy brakinglowers the front portion of the vehi-cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi-cle with a higher ground clearance.Air bags may not inflate in this"under-ride" situation becausedeceleration forces that are detect-ed by sensors may be significantlyreduced by such “under-ride” colli-sions.

• Air bags may not inflate in rolloveraccidents because the vehicle cannot detect rollover accident.However, side and/or curtain airbags may inflate when the vehicleis rolled over following (or after)side impact collision.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehi-cle collides with objects such asutility poles or trees, where thepoint of impact is concentrated toone area and the full force of theimpact is not delivered to the sen-sors.

OED036103 OED036104 1VQA2092

3 71


SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-free and so there are no parts you cansafely service by yourself. If the SRSair bag warning light does not illumi-nate, or continuously remains on, haveyour vehicle immediately inspected byan authorized Kia dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, suchas removing, installing, repairing, orany work on the steering wheel, thefront passenger’s panel, front seatsand roof rails must be performed byan authorized Kia dealer. Improperhandling of the SRS system mayresult in serious personal injury.

WARNING • Modification to SRS compo-

nents or wiring, including theaddition of any kind of badgesto the pad covers or modifica-tions to the body structure,can adversely affect SRS per-formance and lead to possibleinjury.

• For cleaning the air bag padcovers, use only a soft, drycloth or one which has beenmoistened with plain water.Solvents or cleaners couldadversely affect the air bagcovers and proper deploy-ment of the system.

• No objects should be placedover or near the air bag mod-ules on the steering wheel,instrument panel, and the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box, because any suchobject could cause harm if thevehicle is in a crash severeenough to cause the air bags toinflate.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the air bags inflate, they

must be replaced by anauthorized Kia dealer.

• Do not tamper with or discon-nect SRS wiring, or othercomponents of the SRS sys-tem. Doing so could result ininjury, due to accidental infla-tion of the air bags or by ren-dering the SRS inoperative.

• If components of the air bagsystem must be discarded, orif the vehicle must bescrapped, certain safety pre-cautions must be observed.An authorized Kia dealerknows these precautions andcan give you the necessaryinformation. Failure to followthese precautions and proce-dures could increase the riskof personal injury.

• If your vehicle was floodedand has soaked carpeting orwater on flooring, you should-n't try to start the engine;have the vehicle towed to anauthorized Kia dealer.


723

Additional safety precautions• Never let passengers ride in the

cargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat. All occupantsshould sit upright, fully back in theirseats with their seat belts on andtheir feet on the floor.

• Passengers should not moveout of or change seats while thevehicle is moving. A passengerwho is not wearing a seat belt dur-ing a crash or emergency stop canbe thrown against the inside of thevehicle, against other occupants,or out of the vehicle.

• Each seat belt is designed torestrain one occupant. If morethan one person uses the sameseat belt, they could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision.

• Do not use any accessories onseat belts. Devices claiming toimprove occupant comfort or repo-sition the seat belt can reduce theprotection provided by the seat beltand increase the chance of seriousinjury in a crash.

• Passengers should not placehard or sharp objects betweenthemselves and the air bags.Carrying hard or sharp objects onyour lap or in your mouth can resultin injuries if an air bag inflates.

• Keep occupants away from theair bag covers. All occupantsshould sit upright, fully back in theirseats with their seat belts on andtheir feet on the floor. If occupantsare too close to the air bag covers,they could be injured if the air bagsinflate.

• Do not attach or place objectson or near the air bag covers.Any object attached to or placedon the front or side air bag coverscould interfere with the properoperation of the air bags.

• Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seatscould interfere with the operation ofthe supplemental restraint systemsensing components or side airbags.

• Do not place items under thefront seats. Placing items underthe front seats could interfere withthe operation of the supplementalrestraint system sensing compo-nents and wiring harnesses.

• Never hold an infant or child onyour lap. The infant or child couldbe seriously injured or killed in theevent of a crash. All infants and chil-dren should be properly restrainedin appropriate child safety seats orseat belts in the rear seat.

WARNING • Sitting improperly or out of

position can cause occupantsto be shifted too close to adeploying air bag, strike theinterior structure or be thrownfrom the vehicle resulting inserious injury or death.

• Always sit upright with theseatback in an upright posi-tion, centered on the seatcushion with your seat belton, legs comfortably extendedand your feet on the floor.

3 73


Adding equipment to or modi-fying your air bag-equippedvehicleIf you modify your vehicle by chang-ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys-tem, front end or side sheet metal orride height, this may affect the oper-ation of your vehicle's air bag sys-tem.

Air bag warning label

Air bag warning labels, somerequired by the Canada MotorVehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS),are attached to the sunvisor to alertthe driver and passengers of poten-tial risks of the air bag system.

ORP033078N

Features of your vehicle

Folding key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4• Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4• Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7• Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11• Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11• Loss of the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14• Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15• Smart key immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19• Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19• Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20• Disarmed stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21• Operatiom (from outside). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21• Operatiom (from inside) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22• Impact sensing door unlock system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24• Auto door lock/unlock feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24• Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24

Tail gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25• Opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25• Emergency tailgate safety release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27• Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28

Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32• Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32• Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33

Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34• Opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34

Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38• Sunroof open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39• Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39• Tilting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40• Sunshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41• Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42

Steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43• Electric power steering (EPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43• Tilt and telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44• Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45• Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45• FLEX STEER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49• Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49• Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51

Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54• Instrument Cluster Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55• LCD Display Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55• Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56

4

• Transaxle Shift Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60

• LCD Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60• Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61• User Settings Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62• A/V Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64• Turn By Turn Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64• Warning Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65

Trip computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71• Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71• Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72• Trip A/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73

Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75• Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75• Indicator Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83

Rear parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87• Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87• Non-operational conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89• Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88• Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90

Parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91• Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92• Non-operational conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94• Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96

Rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97Harzard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99• Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99• Headlamp delay function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99• Headlight welcome function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100• Daytime running light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100• Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100• High beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102• Flashing headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103• Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103• Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104

Wiper and washers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105• Windshield wiper control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105• Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107• Windshield washers (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108• Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . 4-110

Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111• Interior lamp AUTO cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111• Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111• Room lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112• Luggage room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113• Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113

Welcome system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114• Headlamp welcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114• Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114• Puddle lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114

4

Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115• Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115

Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117• Heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118• System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123• Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125• Air conditioner refrigerant and

compressor lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126Automaticl climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127

• Automatic heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . 4-128• Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129• System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136• Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138• Air Conditioning refrigerant label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139• Air conditioner refrigerant and

compressor lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . 4-140

• Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140• Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141

Clean air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144Storage compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145

• Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145• Cool box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146• Luggage tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147• Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147

• Floor under tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149

• Cigarette lighter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149• Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149• Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150• Bottle holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151• Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151• Air ventilation seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153• Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154• Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155• Aux, USB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156• Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156• Floor mat anchor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156• Luggage net holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157• Cargo security screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158• Portable lamp usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-160• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161• Side curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161

Exterior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162• Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162

Audio system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-164

4


44

Record your key numberThe key code numberis stamped on the barcode tag attached tothe key set. Shouldyou lose your keys,

this number will enable an author-ized Kia dealer to duplicate the keyseasily. Remove the bar code tag andstore it in a safe place. Also, recordthe code number and keep it in asafe and handy place, but not in thevehicle.

Key operations

• Used to start the engine.• Used to lock and unlock the doors.• Used to lock and unlock the glove

box.• To unfold the key, press the release

button then the key will unfold auto-matically. To fold the key, fold thekey manually while pressing therelease button.

FOLDING KEY

CAUTIONDo not fold the key withoutpressing the release button.This may damage the key.

WARNINGUse only Kia original parts forthe ignition key in your vehicle.If an aftermarket key is used,the ignition switch may notreturn to ON after START. If thishappens, the starter will contin-ue to operate causing damageto the starter motor and possi-ble fire due to excessive currentin the wiring.

OXMA043331

4 5


Door Lock (1)

1. Close all doors, engine hood andtailgate.

2. Press the lock button(1).3. All doors and tailgate will lock. The

hazard warning lights will blinkonce.

4. If the lock button is pressed oncemore within 4 seconds, the hazardwarning lights will blink and thehorn will sound once.

5. Make sure that doors are locked bychecking the door lock button insideor pulling the outside door handle.

Door Unlock (2) 1. Press the unlock button(2).2. The driver's door will unlock. The

hazard warning lights will blink twotimes.

3. Press the unlock button(2) twicewithin 4 seconds and all doors andtailgate will unlock. The hazardwarning lights will blink two times.

✽✽ NOTICEYou can activate or deactivate theTwo Turn Unlock function. Refer to"User settings" in this chapter.

WARNING - Ignition keyLeaving children unattended ina vehicle with the ignition key isdangerous even if the key is notin the ignition. Children copyadults and they could place thekey in the ignition. The ignitionkey would enable children tooperate power windows orother controls, or even makethe vehicle move, which couldresult in serious bodily injury oreven death. Never leave thekeys in your vehicle with unsu-pervised children.

OXMA043317


64

Tailgate unlock (3)The tailgate is unlocked if the buttonis pressed for more than 1 second.Also, once the tailgate is opened andthen closed, the tailgate will belocked automatically.

Panic (4)The horn sounds and hazard warn-ing lights flash for about 27 secondsif this button is pressed for more than0.5 second. To stop the horn andlights, press any button except thetrunk button on the transmitter.

Transmitter precautions✽✽ NOTICEThe transmitter will not work if anyof following occur:• The ignition key is in the ignition

switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 10 m [30 feet]).• The battery in the transmitter is

weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio substa-tion or an airport which can inter-fere with normal operation of thetransmitter.

When the transmitter does not workcorrectly, open and close the doorwith the ignition key. If you have aproblem with the transmitter, contactan authorized Kia dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the transmitter is in close prox-

imity to your mobile phone, thesignal could be blocked by yourmobile phones normal operationalsignals. This is especially impor-tant when the phone is active suchas making and receiving calls, textmessaging, and/or sending/receiv-ing emails. Avoid placing thetransmitter and your mobilephone in the same pants or jacketpocket and always try to maintainan adequate distance between thetwo devices.

CAUTIONKeep the transmitter away fromwater or any liquid. If the key-less entry system is inoperativedue to exposure to water or liq-uids, it will not be covered byyour manufacturer’s vehiclewarranty.

4 7


Battery replacement

The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithiumbattery which will normally last forseveral years. When replacement isnecessary, use the following proce-dure.1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and

gently pry open the transmittercenter cover.

2. Replace the battery with a newbattery (CR2032). When replacingthe battery, make sure the batteryis positioned battery.

3. Install the battery in the reverseorder of removal.

For replacement transmitters, see anauthorized Kia dealer for transmitterreprogramming.• The transmitter is designed to give

you years of trouble-free use, how-ever it can malfunction if exposed tomoisture or static electricity. If youare unsure how to use your trans-mitter or replace the battery, contactan authorized Kia dealer.

• Using the wrong battery can causethe transmitter to malfunction. Besure to use the correct battery.

• To avoid damaging the transmitter,don't drop it, get it wet, or expose itto heat or sunlight.

• An inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful to theenvironment and may causehuman health. Dispose thebattery according to yourlocal law(s) or regulation.

OYDDCO2005

CAUTION - Transmitterdamage

Do not drop, wet or expose thekeyless entry system transmit-ter to heat or sunlight.

IC WARNINGThis device complies withIndustry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) thisdevice may not cause interfer-ence, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference, includ-ing interference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.


84

Immobilizer systemYour vehicle is equipped with anelectronic engine immobilizer systemto reduce the risk of unauthorizedvehicle use.Your immobilizer system is com-prised of a small transponder in theignition key and electronic devicesinside the vehicle.With the immobilizer system, when-ever you insert your ignition key intothe ignition switch and turn it to ON,it checks and determines and verifiesif the ignition key is valid.If the key is determined to be valid,the engine will start.If the key is determined to be invalid,the engine will not start.

To activate the immobilizer sys-tem:Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi-tion. The immobilizer system acti-vates automatically. Without a validignition key for your vehicle, theengine will not start.

To deactivate the immobilizersystem:Insert the ignition key into the keycylinder and turn it to the ON position.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen starting the engine, do not usethe key with other immobilizer keysaround. Otherwise the engine maynot start or may stop soon after itstarts. Keep each key separate inorder to avoid a starting malfunction.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you need additional keys or loseyour keys, contact an authorizedKia dealer.

WARNINGIn order to prevent theft of yourvehicle, do not leave spare keysanywhere in your vehicle. YourImmobilizer password is a cus-tomer unique password andshould be kept confidential. Donot leave this number anywherein your vehicle.

CAUTIONDo not put metal accessoriesnear the ignition switch.Metal accessories may interruptthe transponder signal and mayprevent the engine from beingstarted.

4 9


This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210.Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and 2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesiredoperation.

Limp home (override) proce-dureWhen you turn the ignition switch tothe ON position, if the immobilizerindicator ( ) goes off after blink-ing 5 times, your transponderequipped in the ignition key is out oforder. You cannot start the enginewithout the limp home procedure. Tostart the engine, you have to inputyour password by using the ignitionswitch. Your password is only avail-able from an authorized Kia dealer-ship. Contact an authorized dealerfor more information.The following procedure is how toinput your password of “2345” as anexample.1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON

position. The immobilizer indicator( ) will blink 5 times and go offindicating the beginning of the limphome procedure.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the ACCposition.

CAUTIONChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliancecould void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment. If thekeyless entry system is inopera-tive due to changes or modifica-tions not approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, itwill not be covered by your man-ufacturer’s vehicle warranty.

CAUTIONThe transponder in your ignitionkey is an important part of theimmobilizer system. It isdesigned to give years of trou-ble-free service, however youshould avoid exposure to mois-ture, static electricity and roughhandling. Immobilizer systemmalfunction could occur.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjustthe immobilizer system becauseit could cause the immobilizersystem to malfunction andshould only be serviced by anauthorized Kia dealer.Malfunctions caused by improp-er alterations, adjustments ormodifications to the immobilizersystem are not covered by yourvehicle manufacturer warranty.


104

3. To enter the first digit (in thisexample “2”), turn the ignitionswitch to the ON and ACC positiontwice. Perform the same proce-dure for the next digits between 3seconds and 10 seconds (forexample, for “3”, turn the ignitionON and ACC 3 times).

4. If all of the digits have been inputsuccessfully, you have to start theengine within 30 seconds. If youattempt to start the engine after 30seconds, the engine will not startand you will have to input yourpassword again.

After performing the limp home pro-cedure, you have to see an author-ized Kia dealer immediately toinspect and repair your ignition keyor immobilizer system.

4 11


Record your key numberThe key code numberis stamped on the barcode tag attached tothe key set. Shouldyou lose your keys,

this number will enable an author-ized Kia dealer to duplicate the keyseasily. Remove the bar code tag andstore it in a safe place. Also, recordthe code number and keep it in asafe and handy place, but not in thevehicle.

Smart key function

To remove the mechanical key, pressand hold the release button(1) andremove the mechanical key (2).To reinstall the mechanical key, putthe key into the hole and push it untila click sound is heard.

With a smart key, you can lock orunlock a door (and Tailgate) and startthe engine.Refer to the following for more details.

SMART KEY

OXMA043316

WARNING - Smart keyLeaving children unattended ina vehicle with the smart key isdangerous. Unattended childrenmimic adults and they couldpress the engine start/stop but-ton which would enable childrento operate power windows orother controls, or even make thevehicle move, which couldresult in serious bodily injury oreven death. Never leave the keysin your vehicle with unsuper-vised children.


124

Door Lock

Using the door handle button1. Carry the smart key.2. Close all doors, engine hood and

tailgate.3. Press the button of the outside

door handle.

4. The hazard warning lights will blinkand the chime will sound once.

5. Make sure that doors are lockedby pulling the outside door handle.

✽✽ NOTICE• The button will only operate when

the smart key is within 0.7~1m.(28~40in) from the outside doorhandle.

• Even though you press the outsidedoor handle button, the doors willnot lock and the chime will soundfor 3 seconds if any of followingoccur:- The smart key is in the vehicle.- The engine start/stop button is

in ACC or ON position.- Any door except the tailgate is

open.

Using the button on the smart key1 Close all doors, engine hood and

tailgate.2. Press the lock button(1).3. The hazard warning lights will blink

and the chime will sound once.4. Make sure that doors are locked

by pulling the outside door handle.

OXM042002

OXMA043316/Q

4 13


UnlockingUsing the door handle button1. Carry the smart key.2. Press the button of the driver's

outside door handle.3. The driver’s door will unlock. The

hazard warning lights will blink andthe chime will sound two times.

4. Press the button twice within 4seconds and all doors and the tail-gate will unlock and the hazardwarning lights will blink and thechime will sound two times.

❈ If you press the button of the frontpassenger’s outside door handlewhile carrying the smart key, alldoors will unlock.

✽✽ NOTICE• The button will only operate when

the smart key is within 0.7~1m.(28~40in) from the outside doorhandle.

• When the smart key is recognizedin the area of 0.7~1m. (28~40in)from the front outside door han-dle, other people can also open thedoors.

• After unlocking all doors, thedoors will lock automaticallyunless a door is opened within 30seconds and the outside rearviewmirror will fold if the outsiderearview mirror folding switch isin AUTO position.(if equipped)

Using the button on the smart key1. Press the unlock button(2) of the

smart key.2. The driver’s door will unlock. The

hazard warning lights will blink andthe chime will sound two times.

3. Press the unlock button(2) twicewithin 4 seconds and all doors andthe tailgate will unlock. The hazardwarning lights will blink and thechime will sound two times.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter pressing the button, the doorswill lock automatically unless anydoor is opened within 30 seconds.

✽✽ NOTICEYou can activate or deactivate theTwo Turn Unlock function. Refer to"User settings" in this chapter.


144

Tailgate unlockingUsing the tailgate handle button1. Carry the smart key.2. Press the tailgate handle button.3. When all doors are locked, the

hazard warning lights will blink twotimes.Once the tailgate is opened andthen closed, the tailgate will lockautomatically.

✽✽ NOTICEThe button will only operate whenthe smart key is within 0.7~1m.(28~40in) from the tailgate handle.

Using the button on the smart key1. Press the tailgate unlock button(3)

for more than 1 second.2. When all doors are locked, the

hazard warning lights will blink twotimes.

Panic1. Press the panic button(4) for more

than 1 second.2. The horn sounds and hazard

warning light flash for about 30seconds.

✽✽ NOTICETo stop the horn and lights, pressany button on the smart key.

Start-upYou can start the engine withoutinserting the key. For detailed infor-mation refer to the “Engine start/stopbutton” in chapter 5.

Loss of the smart keyA maximum of 3 smart keys can beregistered to a single vehicle.If you happen to lose your smart key,you will not be able to start theengine. You should immediately takethe vehicle and remaining key to yourauthorized Kia dealer(tow the vehi-cle, if necessary) to protect it frompotential theft.

4 15


Smart key precautions• The smart key will not work if any

of the following occur:- The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio sta-tion or an airport which can inter-fere with normal operation of thesmart key.

- The smart key is near a mobiletwo way radio system or a cellu-lar phone.

- Another vehicle’s smart key isbeing operated close to yourvehicle.

• When the smart key does not workcorrectly, open and close the doorwith the mechanical key and contactan authorized Kia dealer.

• If the smart key is in close proximi-ty to your cell phone or smartphone, the signal from the smartkey could be blocked by normaloperation of your cell phone orsmart phone. This is especiallyimportant when the phone is activesuch as making a call, receivingcalls, text messaging, and/or send-ing/receiving emails. Avoid placingthe smart key and your cell phoneor smart phone in the same pantsor jacket pocket and maintain ade-quate distance between the twodevices.

Smart key immobilizer systemYour vehicle is equipped with anelectronic engine immobilizer systemto reduce the risk of unauthorizedvehicle use.Your immobilizer system is com-prised of a small transponder in thesmart key and electronic devicesinside the vehicle.With the immobilizer system, when-ever you turn the engine start/stopbutton to the ON position by pressingthe button while carrying the smartkey, it checks and determines andverifies if the smart key is valid or not.If the key is determined to be valid,the engine will start.If the key is determined to be invalid,the engine will not start.

CAUTIONKeep the smart key away fromwater or any liquid. If the key-less entry system is inoperativedue to exposure to water orother liquids, it will not be cov-ered by your manufacturer’svehicle warranty.


164

To deactivate the immobilizersystem:Turn the engine start/stop button tothe ON position by pressing the but-ton while carrying the smart key.

To activate the immobilizer system:Turn the engine start/stop button tothe OFF position. The immobilizersystem activates automatically.Without a valid smart key for yourvehicle, the engine will not start.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen starting the engine, do not usethe key with other immobilizer keysaround. Otherwise the engine maynot start or may stop soon after itstarts. Keep each key separate inorder to avoid a starting malfunction.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you need additional keys or loseyour keys, contact an authorizedKia dealer.

CAUTIONIn order to prevent theft of yourvehicle, do not leave spare keysanywhere in your vehicle. YourImmobilizer password is a cus-tomer unique password andshould be kept confidential. Donot leave this number anywherein your vehicle.

CAUTIONDo not put metal accessoriesnear the smart key.The engine may not startbecause the metal accessoriesmay interrupt the transpondersignal from transmitting normal-ly.

CAUTIONThe transponder in your smartkey is an important part of theimmobilizer system. It isdesigned to give years of trou-ble-free service, however youshould avoid exposure to mois-ture, static electricity and roughhandling. Immobilizer systemmalfunction could occur.

4 17


This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210.Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and 2. This device must accept any inter-


Battery replacement

A smart key battery should last forseveral years, but if the smart key isnot working properly, try replacingthe battery with a new one. If you areunsure how to use your smart key orreplace the battery, contact anauthorized Kia dealer.1. Remove the mechanical key.2. Pry open the rear cover.3. Replace the battery with a new

battery (CR2032). When replacingthe battery, make sure the batteryposition.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjustthe immobilizer system becauseit could cause the immobilizersystem to malfunction andshould only be serviced by anauthorized Kia dealer.Malfunctions caused by improp-er alterations, adjustments ormodifications to the immobilizersystem are not covered by yourvehicle manufacturer warranty. WARNING

Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliancecould void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment. If thekeyless entry system is inoper-ative due to changes or modifi-cations not expressly approvedby the party responsible forcompliance, it will not be cov-ered by your manufacturer’svehicle warranty.

OXM043005


184

4. Install the battery in the reverseorder of removal.

• The smart key is designed to giveyou years of trouble-free use, how-ever it can malfunction if exposedto moisture or static electricity. Ifyou are unsure how to use orreplace the battery, contact anauthorized Kia dealer.

• Using the wrong battery can causethe smart key to malfunction. Besure to use the correct battery.

• To avoid damaging the smart key,don't drop it, get it wet, or expose itto heat or sunlight.

• An inappropriately dis-posed battery can be harm-ful to the environment andhuman health. Dispose thebattery according to yourlocal law(s) or regulation.

CAUTION - Smart keydamage

Do not drop, get wet or exposethe smart key to heat or sun-light, or it will be damaged.

IC WARNINGThis device complies withIndustry Canada licence-exemptRSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the follow-ing two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause interference, and(2) this device must accept anyinterference, including interfer-ence that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

4 19


This system is designed to provideprotection from unauthorized entryinto the vehicle. This system is oper-ated in three stages: the first is the"Armed" stage, the second is the"Theft-alarm" stage, and the third isthe "Disarmed" stage. If triggered,the system provides an audiblealarm with blinking of the hazardwarning lights.

Armed stagePark the vehicle and stop the engine.Arm the system as described below.1. Remove the ignition key from the

ignition switch and exit the vehicle.2. Make sure that all doors (and tail-

gate) and engine hood are closedand latched.

3. Lock the doors using the transmit-ter of the keyless entry system (orsmart key) or ignition key.

After completion of the steps above,the hazard warning lights will blink(for smart key, the chime alsosounds) once to indicate that thesystem is armed.

If any door (or tailgate) or enginehood remains open, the hazardwarning lights and the chime will notoperate and the theft-alarm will notarm. If all doors (and tailgate) andengine hood are closed after the lockbutton is pressed, the hazard warn-ing lights blink once.

The system can also be armed bylocking the doors with the key fromthe front doors; however, the hazardwarning lights will not blink using thismethod.

✽✽ NOTICEThe theft-alarm system can be deac-tivated by an authorized Kia dealer.If you want this feature, consult anauthorized Kia dealer.

Do not arm the system until allpassengers have left the vehicle. Ifthe system is armed while a pas-senger(s) remains in the vehicle,the alarm may be activated whenthe remaining passenger(s) leavethe vehicle. If any door (or tailgate)or engine hood is opened within30 seconds after the systementers the armed stage, the sys-tem is disarmed to prevent anunnecessary alarm.

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

Armedstage

Theft-alarmstage

Disarmedstage


204

Theft-alarm stageThe alarm will be activated if any ofthe following occurs while the systemis armed.• A front or rear door is opened with-

out using the ignition key or trans-mitter (or smart key).

• The tailgate is opened withoutusing the transmitter (or smart key).

• The engine hood is opened.The horn will sound and the hazardwarning lights will blink continuouslyfor approximately 27 seconds, andrepeat the horn 3 times unless thesystem is disarmed. To turn off thesystem, unlock the doors with the igni-tion key or transmitter (or smart key).

Disarmed stageThe system will be disarmed whenthe doors (and tailgate) are unlockedwith the transmitter (or smart key) orthe ignition key.After depressing the unlock button,the hazard warning lights will blinkand the chime will sound twice (insmart key) to indicate that the sys-tem is disarmed.After depressing the unlock button, ifany door (or tailgate) is not openedwithin 30 seconds, the system will berearmed.

✽✽ NOTICE• Avoid trying to start the engine

while the alarm is activated. Thevehicle starting motor is disabledduring the theft-alarm stage.If the system is not disarmed withthe transmitter, insert the key intothe ignition switch, turn the igni-tion switch to the ON position andwait for 30 seconds. Then the sys-tem will be disarmed. (if equipped)

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorized Kia dealer.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjustthe theft-alarm system becauseit could cause the theft-alarmsystem to malfunction andshould only be serviced by anauthorized Kia dealer.Malfunctions caused by improp-er alterations, adjustments ormodifications to the theft-alarmsystem are not covered by yourvehicle manufacturer warranty.

4 21


Operating door locks fromoutside the vehicle

• Turn the key clockwise to unlockand counterclockwise to lock.

• If you lock the driver’s door with akey, all vehicle doors will lock auto-matically.

• From the driver’s door, turn the keyto the right once to unlock the doorand once more within 4 seconds tounlock all doors.

• Doors can also be locked andunlocked with the transmitter.

• Once the doors are unlocked, theymay be opened by pulling the doorhandle.

• When closing the door, push thedoor by hand. Make sure the doorsare closed securely.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may notwork properly due to freezing con-ditions.

• If the door is locked/unlockedmultiple times in rapid successionwith either the vehicle key or doorlock switch, the system may stopoperating temporarily in order toprotect the circuit and preventdamage to system components.

• To lock a door without the key,push the inside door lock button (1)or central door lock switch (2) tothe “Lock” position and close thedoor (3).

• If you lock the door with the centraldoor lock switch (2), all vehicledoors will lock automatically.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways remove the ignition key,engage the parking brake, close allwindows and lock all doors whenleaving your vehicle unattended.

DOOR LOCKS

ORP042003

LockLock

Unlock Unlock

ORP043166N

WARNING• If you don’t close the door

securely, the door may openagain.

• Be careful that someone’sbody and hands are nottrapped when closing the door.


224

Operating door locks frominside the vehicleWith the door lock button

• To unlock a door, pull the door lockbutton (1) to the “Unlock” position.The red mark (2) on the button willbe visible.

• To lock a door, push the door lockbutton (1) to the “Lock” position. Ifthe door is locked properly, the redmark (2) on the door lock buttonwill not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door han-dle (3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the dri-ver’s (or front passenger’s) door ispulled when the door lock button isin the lock position, the button willunlock and the door will open. (ifequipped)

• Front doors cannot be locked if theignition key is in the ignition switchand any front door is opened.

WARNING - Door lockmalfunction

If a power door lock ever fails tofunction while you are in thevehicle, try one or more of thefollowing techniques to exit:• Operate the door unlock fea-

ture repeatedly (both electron-ic and manual) while simulta-neously pulling on the doorhandle.

• Operate the other door locksand handles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and usethe key to unlock the doorfrom outside.

• Move to the cargo area andopen the tailgate.

ORP042004L

Lock Unlock

4 23


With central door lock switch

Operate by pressing the central doorlock switch.• When pressing the front portion (1)

of the switch, all vehicle doors willlock.

• When pressing the rear portion (2)of the switch, all vehicle doors willunlock.

• If the key is in the ignition switchand any front door is opened, thedoors will not lock even though thefront portion (1) of the central doorlock switch is pressed.

WARNING - Unlockedvehicles

Leaving your vehicle unlockedcan invite theft or possible harmto you or others from someonehiding in your vehicle while youare gone. Always remove theignition key, engage the parkingbrake, close all windows andlock all doors when leavingyour vehicle unattended.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren

An enclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orsevere injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannotescape the vehicle. Furthermore,children might operate featuresof the vehicle that could injurethem, or they could encounterother harm, possibly from some-one gaining entry to the vehicle.Never leave children or animalsunattended in your vehicle.

WARNING - Doors• The doors should always be

fully closed and locked whilethe vehicle is in motion to pre-vent accidental opening of thedoor. Locked doors will alsodiscourage potential intruderswhen the vehicle stops orslows down.

• Be careful when openingdoors and watch for vehicles,motorcycles, bicycles orpedestrians approaching thevehicle in the path of the door.Opening a door when some-thing is approaching cancause damage or injury.

ORP042006L

Driver’s door

ORP043167N

Passenger’s door


244

Impact sensing door unlock systemIn the event of air bag deploymentresulting from a vehicle impact, alldoors will automatically unlock.

Auto door lock/unlock feature(Automatic transaxle)• All doors will automatically lock

when the transaxle shift lever isshifted out of P(Park).

• All doors will automatically unlockwhen the transaxle shift lever isshifted into P (Park).

✽✽ NOTICEYou can select some auto doorlock/unlock features in the vehicle.• Auto door unlock when the igni-

tion key is removed from the igni-tion switch or engine is turned off.

• Auto door lock/unlock by shiftingthe shift lever out of P(Park) orinto P(Park).

For more information, refer to“User Settings” in this chapter.

Child-protector rear door lock

The child safety lock is provided tohelp prevent children from acciden-tally opening the rear doors frominside the vehicle. The rear doorsafety locks should be used whenev-er children are in the vehicle.1. Open the rear door.2. Push the child safety lock located

on the rear edge of the door to thelock ( ) position. When the childsafety lock is in the lock position, therear door will not open even whenthe inner door handle is pulled.

3. Close the rear door.To open the rear door, pull the out-side door handle.Even though the doors may beunlocked, the rear door will not openby pulling the inner door handle (1)until the rear door child safety lock isunlocked.

ORP042007

WARNING - Rear doorlocks

If children accidentally open therear doors while the vehicle isin motion, they could fall out ofthe vehicle, resulting in severeinjury or death. To prevent chil-dren from opening the reardoors from the inside, the reardoor safety locks should beused whenever children are inthe vehicle.

4 25


Opening the tailgate

• The tailgate is locked or unlockedwhen all doors are locked orunlocked with the key, transmitter(or smart key) or central door lockswitch.

• If unlocked, the tailgate can beopened by pressing the handleswitch and then pulling the handleup.

• Only the tailgate is unlocked if thetailgate unlock button on the smartkey is pressed (if equipped). Oncethe tailgate is opened and thenclosed, the tailgate is locked auto-matically.

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, door lockand door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

Closing the tailgate

To close the tailgate, lower and pushdown the tailgate firmly. Make surethat the tailgate is securely latched.

TAILGATE

WARNINGThe tailgate swings upward.Make sure no objects or peopleare near the rear of the vehiclewhen opening the tailgate.

CAUTIONMake certain that you close thetailgate before driving yourvehicle. Possible damage mayoccur to the tailgate lift cylin-ders and attached hardware ifthe tailgate is not closed prior todriving.

ORP042009 ORP042010

WARNINGMake sure your hands, feet andother parts of your body aresafely out of the way beforeclosing the tailgate.


264

Emergency tailgate safetyrelease

Your vehicle is equipped with anemergency tailgate safety releaselever located on the bottom of thetailgate. When someone is inadver-tently locked in the cargo area, thetailgate can be opened by pushingthe release lever and pushing openthe tailgate.

WARNING - Rear cargoarea

Occupants should never ride inthe rear cargo area where norestraints are available.To avoidinjury in the event of an acci-dent or sudden stops, occu-pants should always be proper-ly restrained.

WARNING - Exhaustfumes

If you drive with the tailgateopen, you may draw dangerousexhaust fumes into your vehiclewhich can cause serious injuryor death to vehicle occupants.If you must drive with the tail-gate opened, keep the air ventsand all windows open so thatadditional outside air comesinto the vehicle.

WARNING• For emergencies, be fully

aware of the location of theemergency tailgate safetyrelease lever in the vehicleand how to open the tailgate ifyou are accidentally locked inthe cargo area.

• No one should be allowed tooccupy the cargo area of thevehicle at any time. The cargoarea is a very dangerous loca-tion in the event of a crash.

• Use the release lever foremergencies only. Use withextreme caution, especiallywhile the vehicle is in motion.

ORP042011

4 27


(1) Driver’s door power windowswitch

(2) Front passenger’s door powerwindow switch

(3) Rear door (left) power windowswitch

(4) Rear door (right) power windowswitch

(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window

up/down*(7) Power window lock switch

* if equipped

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, power win-dows may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

WINDOWS

ORP043012N


284

Power windowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to operate.Each door has a power windowswitch that controls the door's win-dow. The driver has a power windowlock button which can block the oper-ation of passenger windows. Thepower windows can be operated forapproximately 30 seconds after theignition key is removed or turned tothe ACC or LOCK position. However,if the front doors are opened, thepower windows cannot be operatedeven within the 30 second period.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile driving with the rear windowsdown or with the sunroof (ifequipped) in an open (or partiallyopen) position, your vehicle maydemonstrate a wind buffeting orpulsation noise. This noise is a nor-mal occurrence and can be reducedor eliminated by taking the follow-ing actions. If the noise occurs withone or both of the rear windowsdown, partially lower both frontwindows approximately one inch. Ifyou experience the noise with thesunroof open, slightly reduce thesize of the sunroof opening.

Window opening and closing

The driver’s door has a master powerwindow switch that controls all thewindows in the vehicle.To open or close a window, pressdown or pull up the front portion ofthe corresponding switch to the firstdetent position (5).

ORP042195

4 29


Auto up/down window (if equipped)

Pressing or pulling up the power win-dow switch momentarily to the seconddetent position (6) completely lowersor raises the window even when theswitch is released. To stop the windowat the desired position while the win-dow is in operation, pull up or pressdown and release the switch.If the power window does not operatenormally, the automatic power win-dow system must be reset as follows:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. Close the driver’s window andcontinue pulling up the driver’spower window switch for at least 1second after the window is com-pletely closed.

Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the win-dow is blocked by an object or part ofthe body, the window will detect theresistance and will stop upwardmovement. The window will thenlower approximately 30 cm. (11.8 in)to allow the object to be cleared.The distance may vary based on thesize or position of the window. If thewindow detects the resistance whilethe power window switch is pulled upcontinuously, the window will stopupward movement then lowerapproximately 2.5 cm. (1 in).

ORP042013

OUN026013


304

And if the power window switch ispulled up continuously again within 5seconds after the window is loweredby the automatic window reversalfeature, the automatic window rever-sal will not operate.

✽✽ NOTICEThe automatic reverse feature forthe driver’s window is only activewhen the “auto up” feature is usedby fully pulling up the switch. Theautomatic reverse feature will notoperate if the window is raised usingthe halfway position on the powerwindow switch.

Power window lock button

• The driver can disable the powerwindow switches on the rear pas-senger doors by pressing thepower window lock button locatedon the driver’s door to the LOCKposition (pressed).

• When the power window lockswitch is pressed :- The driver's master control can

operate all the power windows.- The front passenger's control can

operate the front passenger'spower window.

- The rear passenger's control can-not operate the rear passenger'spower window.

WARNING Always check for obstructionsbefore raising any window toavoid injuries or vehicle damage.If an object less than 0.16 in. (4mm) in diameter is caughtbetween the window glass andthe upper window channel, theautomatic reverse window maynot detect the resistance and willnot stop and reverse direction.

ORP042014L

4 31


CAUTION• To prevent possible damage

to the power window system,do not open or close two win-dows or more at the sametime. This will also ensure thelongevity of the fuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's doorand the individual door win-dow switch in the oppositedirections at the same time. Ifthis is done, the window willstop and cannot be opened orclosed.

WARNING - Windows• NEVER leave the ignition key

in the vehicle.• NEVER leave any child unat-

tended in the vehicle. Evenvery young children may inad-vertently cause the vehicle tomove, entangle themselves inthe windows, or otherwiseinjure themselves or others.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands, headand other obstructions aresafely out of the way beforeclosing a window.

• Do not allow children to playwith the power windows. Keepthe driver’s door power win-dow lock button in the LOCKposition (pressed). Seriousinjury can result from uninten-tional window operation bythe child.

• Do not extend heads or anylimbs outside the windowwhile the vehicle is in motion.


324

Opening the hood

1. Pull the release lever to unlatchthe hood. The hood should popopen slightly.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raisethe hood slightly, pull up the sec-ondary latch (1) inside of the hoodcenter and lift the hood (2).

3. Pull out the support rod from thehood.

4. Hold the hood opened with thesupport rod.

HOOD

ORP042015

ORP043016C

WARNINGOpen the hood after turning offthe engine on a flat surface,shifting the shift lever to the P(Park) position for automatictransaxle and to the 1st (First)gear or R (Reverse) for manualtransaxle, and setting the park-ing brake.

WARNING - Hot partsGrasp the support rod in thearea wrapped in rubber. Theplastic will help prevent youfrom being burned by hot metalwhen the engine is hot.

OUB041023

4 33


Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the

following:• All filler caps in the engine com-

partment must be correctlyinstalled.

• Gloves, rags or any other com-bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Return the support rod to its clip toprevent it from rattling.

3. Lower the hood until it is about 30cm (1 ft.) above the closed positionand let it drop. Make sure that itlocks into place.

The support rod must be insertedcompletely into the hole wheneveryou inspect the engine compartment.This will prevent the hood from fallingand possibly injuring you.

WARNING • Always double check to be

sure that the hood is firmlylatched before driving away. Ifit is not latched, the hoodcould open while the vehicleis being driven, causing totalloss of visibility, which mightresult in an accident.

• Do not move the vehicle withthe hood raised. The view willbe blocked and the hoodcould fall or get damaged.

WARNING

When you check the enginecompartment, Take caution toavoid contacting your head withthe safety hook which is locatedinside of the hood.

ODMNMC2034

WARNING• Before closing the hood,

ensure that all obstructionsare removed from the hoodopening. Closing the hoodwith an obstruction present inthe hood opening may resultin property damage or severepersonal injury.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not leave gloves, rags or

any other combustible materi-al in the engine compartment.Doing so may cause a heat-induced fire.


344

Opening the fuel filler lid

The fuel filler lid must be openedfrom inside the vehicle by pulling upthe fuel filler lid opener.If the fuel filler lid does not openbecause ice has formed around it,tap lightly or push on the lid to breakthe ice and release the lid. Do not pryon the lid. If necessary, spray aroundthe lid with an approved de-icer fluid(do not use radiator anti-freeze) ormove the vehicle to a warm placeand allow the ice to melt.

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the

fuel filler lid opener button.3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1).4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel

filler cap (2) counterclockwise.5. Refuel as needed.

Closing the fuel filler lid1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise

until it “clicks” once. This indicatesthat the cap is securely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push itin lightly making sure that it issecurely closed.

✽✽ NOTICEThere may be an intermittent noisenear the refueling hole while theengine is idling if the fuel cap is notclosed securely. This occurs normal-ly with the OBD system.

FUEL FILLER LID

ORP042019

ORP042018

4 35


✽✽ NOTICEWhen refueling fully at an up hill,the fuel gauge may not point to the Fposition.It is not a malfunction. If you moveyour vehicle to a level ground, the fuelgauge will move to the full position.

✽✽ NOTICETighten the cap until it clicks once,otherwise the fuel cap open warningindicator light (or LCD display)will illuminate.

WARNING - Refuelingdangers

Automotive fuels are flammablematerials.When refueling, pleasenote the following guidelinescarefully. Failure to follow theseguidelines may result in severepersonal injury, severe burns ordeath by fire or explosion.• Read and follow all warnings

posted at the gas station facil-ity.

• Before refueling, note thelocation of the EmergencyGasoline Shut-Off, if available,at the gas station facility.

• Before touching the fuel noz-zle, you should eliminatepotentially dangerous staticelectricity discharge by touch-ing another metal part of thevehicle, a safe distance awayfrom the fuel filler neck, noz-zle, or other gas source.

(Continued)

WARNING - Refueling• If pressurized fuel sprays out,

it can cover your clothes orskin and subject you to therisk of fire and burns. Alwaysremove the fuel cap carefullyand slowly. If the cap is vent-ing fuel or if you hear a hiss-ing sound, wait until the con-dition stops before complete-ly removing the cap.

• Do not "top off" after the noz-zle automatically shuts offwhen refueling.

• Always check that the fuel capis installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage in the eventof an accident.


364

(Continued)• When using an approved

portable fuel container, besure to place the container onthe ground prior to refueling.Static electricity dischargefrom the container can ignitefuel vapors causing a fire.Once refueling has begun,contact with the vehicleshould be maintained until thefilling is complete.Use only approved portableplastic fuel containersdesigned to carry and storegasoline.

• Do not use cellular phoneswhile refueling. Electric cur-rent and/or electronic interfer-ence from cellular phones canpotentially ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When refueling, always shut

the engine off. Sparks pro-duced by electrical compo-nents related to the enginecan ignite fuel vapors causinga fire. Once refueling is com-plete, check to make sure thefiller cap and filler door aresecurely closed, before start-ing the engine.

• DO NOT use matches or alighter and DO NOT SMOKE orleave a lit cigarette in yourvehicle while at a gas stationespecially during refueling.Automotive fuel is highlyflammable and can, whenignited, result in fire.

• If a fire breaks out during refu-eling, leave the vicinity of thevehicle, and immediately con-tact the manager of the gasstation and then contact thelocal fire department.Follow any safety instructionsthey provide.

(Continued)• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refuel-ing since you can generatestatic electricity by touching,rubbing or sliding against anyitem or fabric (polyester, satin,nylon, etc.) capable of produc-ing static electricity. Staticelectricity discharge canignite fuel vapors resulting inrapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate poten-tially dangerous static elec-tricity discharge by touching ametal part of the vehicle, awayfrom the fuel filler neck, noz-zle or other gasoline source.

(Continued)

4 37


CAUTION• Make sure to refuel your vehi-

cle according to the “Fuelrequirements” suggested inchapter 1.

• If the fuel filler cap requiresreplacement, use only a gen-uine Kia cap or the equivalentspecified for your vehicle. Anincorrect fuel filler cap canresult in a serious malfunctionof the fuel system or emissioncontrol system.

• Do not spill fuel on the exteriorsurfaces of the vehicle. Anytype of fuel spilled on paintedsurfaces may damage the paint.

• After refueling, make sure thefuel cap is installed securelyto prevent fuel spillage in theevent of an accident.


384

If your vehicle is equipped with asunroof, you can slide or tilt yoursunroof with the sunroof control leverlocated on the overhead console (1).

The sunroof can only be opened,closed, or tilted when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, the sun-

roof may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

• After a vehicle is washed or in arainstorm be sure to wipe off anywater that is on the sunroof beforeoperating it.

✽✽ NOTICEThe sunroof cannot tilt when it is inthe slide position but can be slidwhile in a tilt position.

PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

CAUTIONDo not continue to pull or pushthe sunroof control lever afterthe sunroof is fully opened,closed, or tilted. Damage to themotor or system componentscould occur.

WARNING • Never adjust the sunroof or

roller blind while driving. Thiscould result in loss of controland an accident that maycause death, serious injury, orproperty damage.

• If you would like to carry itemson the roof rack using a crossbar, do not operate the sunroof.

• When carrying cargo on theroof rack, do not load heavyitems above the sunroof orglass roof.

• All occupants of the vehiclemust wear their seat belts atall times. Seat belts and childrestraints reduce serious orfatal injuries for all occupantsin the event of a collision orsudden stop.

ORP042020

4 39


Sunroof open warning (if equipped)

If the driver removes the ignition key(smart key: turns off the engine) andopens the driver-side door when thesunroof is not fully closed, the warn-ing chime will sound for a few sec-onds and a warning message willappear on the LCD display.Close the sunroof securely whenleaving your vehicle.

Sliding the sunroof

When the sunshade is closedIf you pull the sunroof control leverbackward, the sunshade and sunroofglass will slide all the way open. Tostop the sunroof movement at anypoint, pull or push the sunroof controllever momentarily.

When the sunshade is openedIf you pull the sunroof control leverbackward, the sunroof glass will slideall the way open. To stop the sunroofmovement at any point, pull or pushthe sunroof control lever momentarily.❈ The front part of the sunroof glass

can only be opened and closed.

ORP042022

■ Type A ■ Type B

ORP042085/ORP042227


404

Automatic reversal

If an object or part of the body isdetected while the sunroof is closingautomatically, it will reverse the direc-tion, and then stop.The auto reverse function does notwork if a tiny obstacle is between thesliding glass and the sunroof sash.You should always check that all pas-sengers and objects are away fromthe sunroof before closing it.

Tilting the sunroof

Before opening or closing the sun-roof, open the roller blind (refer to thefollowing page for instructions onhow to use the roller blind).To open the sunroof, push the sun-roof control lever upward.To close the sunroof, pull the sunrooflever downward or forward until thesunroof moves to the desired position.

WARNING - Sunroof• Be careful that no head, hands

and body parts are obstructedby a closing sunroof.

• Do not extend the face, neck,arms or body outside the sun-roof while driving.

• Make sure your hands andhead are safely out of the waybefore closing a sunroof.

• A panoramic sunroof is madeof glass, therefore it maybreak in an accident. If you donot have your seat belt on,you may contact the brokenglass and get injured or killed.For all passengers safety,have the seat belts on. (ex.seat belt, CRS, etc.)

ORP042023OXM049029

4 41


Sunshade

To open the sunshadePress the sunshade open button (1).

To close the sunshade when thesunroof glass is closed- Press the sunshade close button (2).

❈ When you press the sunshadeclose button (2) with the sunroofglass opened, the sunshade willbe closed halfway.

- Push the sunroof control lever for-ward or pull it down.

To stop the sliding at any point, pressthe sunshade control switch momen-tarily.

✽✽ NOTICEWrinkles formed on the sunshade asmaterial characteristic are normal.

ORP042021

CAUTION• Do not pull or push the sun-

shade by hand as such actionmay damage the sunshade orcause it to malfunction.

• Close the sunroof when driv-ing in dusty environments.Dust may cause a malfunctionof the vehicle system.

CAUTION• Periodically remove any dirt

that may accumulate on theguide rail.

• If you try to open the sunroofwhen the temperature isbelow freezing or when thesunroof is covered with snowor ice, the glass or the motorcould be damaged.

• Do not leave the roller blindclosed while the sunroof isopened.


424

Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is dis-connected or discharged, you mustreset your sunroof system as follows:

1.Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2.Close the sunshade and sunroofcompletely if opened.

3.Release the sunroof control lever.4.Push the sunroof control lever for-

ward in the direction of close (about10 seconds) until the sunroof movesa little. Then, release the lever.

5.Within 3 seconds, push the sunroofcontrol lever forward in the direc-tion of close, until the sunroof oper-ates as follows again:

The sunshade and sunroof glassslide open → The sunroof glassslide close → The sunshade close

Then, release the lever.

When this is complete, the sunroofsystem has been reset.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you do not reset the sunroof, itmay not work properly.

4 43


Electric power steering (EPS)The power steering uses a motor toassist you in steering the vehicle. Ifthe engine is off or if the power steer-ing system becomes inoperative, thevehicle may still be steered, but it willrequire increased steering effort.The motor driven power steering iscontrolled by a power steering con-trol unit which senses the steeringwheel torque and vehicle speed tocommand the motor.The steering becomes heavier asthe vehicle’s speed increases andbecomes lighter as the vehicle’sspeed decreases for optimum steer-ing control.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the powersteering checked by an authorizedKia dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEThe following symptoms may occurduring normal vehicle operation:• The EPS warning light does not

illuminate.• The steering gets heavy immedi-

ately after turning the ignitionswitch on. This happens as the sys-tem performs the EPS systemdiagnostics. When the diagnosticsare completed, the steering wheelwill return to its normal condition.

• A click noise may be heard fromthe EPS relay after the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON orLOCK (OFF) position.

• A motor noise may be heard whenthe vehicle is at a stop or at a lowdriving speed.

• If the Electric Power SteeringSystem does not operate normally,the warning light will illuminate onthe instrument cluster. The steer-ing wheel may become difficult tocontrol or operate abnormally.Take your vehicle to an authorizedKia dealer and have the vehiclechecked as soon as possible.

(Continued)

STEERING WHEEL

CAUTION• If the Electric Power Steering

System does not operate nor-mally, the warning light willilluminate on the instrumentcluster. The steering wheelmay require increased steer-ing effort. Take your vehicle toan authorized Kia dealer andhave the vehicle checked assoon as possible.

• When you operate the steeringwheel in low temperature,noise may occur. If temperaturerises, the noise will likely disap-pear.This is a normal condition.

• When the vehicle is stationary,when the steering wheel isturned all the way to the left orright continuously, the steer-ing wheel becomes harder toturn. The power assist is limit-ed to protect the motor fromoverheating.As time passes, the steeringwheel return to its normalcondition.


444

(Continued)• When you operate the steering

wheel in low temperature, abnor-mal noise may occur. If tempera-ture rises, the noise will likely dis-appear. This is a normal condition.

• When the charging system warn-ing light comes on due to the lowvoltage (When the alternator orbattery) does not operate normal-ly or it malfunctions), the steeringwheel may require increasedsteering effort.

Tilt and telescopic steering Tilt and telescopic steering allowsyou to adjust the steering wheelbefore you drive.You can also raise itto give your legs more room whenyou exit and enter the vehicle.

The steering wheel should be posi-tioned so that it is comfortable foryou to drive, while permitting you tosee the instrument panel warninglights and gauges.

To change the steering wheel angle,pull down the lock-release lever (1),adjust the steering wheel to thedesired angle (2) and height (3, ifequipped) then pull up the lock-release lever to lock the steeringwheel in place. Be sure to adjust thesteering wheel to the desired posi-tion before driving.

WARNING • Never adjust the angle of the

steering wheel while driving.You may lose steering controland cause severe personalinjury, death or accidents.

• After adjusting, push thesteering wheel both up anddown to be certain it is lockedin position.

ORP042024

4 45


Heated steering wheel (if equipped)

With the ignition switch in the ONposition, pressing the heated steer-ing wheel button warms the steeringwheel. The indicator on the buttonwill illuminate and notify you on theLCD display.To turn the heated steering wheel off,press the button once again. Theindicator on the button will turn offand notify you on the LCD display.

✽✽ NOTICEThe heated steering wheel will turnoff automatically approximately 30minutes after the heated steeringwheel is turned on.

Horn

To sound the horn, press the hornsymbols on your steering wheel.Check the horn regularly to be sure itoperates properly.

✽✽ NOTICETo sound the horn, press the areaindicated by the horn symbol onyour steering wheel (see illustra-tion). The horn will operate onlywhen this area is pressed.

ORP042025

CAUTION• Do not install any grip to oper-

ate the steering wheel. Thiscauses damage to the heatedsteering wheel system.

• When cleaning the heatedsteering wheel, do not use anorganic solvent such as paintthinner, benzene, alcohol andgasoline. Doing so may dam-age the surface of the steeringwheel.

• If the surface of steeringwheel is damaged by sharpobject, damage to the heatedsteering wheel componentscould occur.

ORP042026


464

FLEX STEER (if equipped)

The FLEX STEER controls steeringeffort based upon as driver's prefer-ence or road condition.You can select the desired steeringmode by pressing the FLEX STEERbutton.

When the steering mode button ispressed, the selected steering modewill appear on the LCD display.If the steering mode button is pressedwithin 4 seconds, the steering modewill change as shown above.If the steering wheel mode button isnot pressed for about 4 seconds, theLCD display will change to the previ-ous screen.

CAUTIONDo not strike the horn severelyto operate it, or hit it with yourfist. Do not press on the hornwith a sharp-pointed object.

ORP042027

4 47


Normal mode

The normal mode offers mediumsteering effort.

Sport mode

The steering wheel becomes heav-ier. The sport mode is usually usedwhen driving on the highway.

Comfort mode

The steering wheel becomes lighter.The comfort mode is usually usedwhen driving in the city or when park-ing the vehicle.

ORP042090

ORP042232

■ Type A

■ Type B

ORP042091

ORP042233

■ Type A

■ Type B

ORP042092

ORP042234

■ Type A

■ Type B


484

CAUTION• For your safety, if you press

the steering mode buttonwhile operating the steeringwheel, the LCD display willchange, but the steering effortwill not change immediately.After operating the steeringwheel, the steering effort willchange automatically to theselected mode.

• Use caution when changing thesteering mode while driving.

• When the electronic powersteering is not operating prop-erly, the flex steering wheelwill not work.

4 49


Inside rearview mirrorAdjust the rearview mirror so that thecenter view through the rear windowis seen. Make this adjustment beforeyou start driving.

Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped)

Make this adjustment before youstart driving and while the day/nightlever is in the day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce the glare from the headlightsof the vehicles behind you duringnight driving.Remember that you lose somerearview clarity in the night position.

MIRRORS

WARNING - Rear visibility

Do not place objects in the rearseat or cargo area which wouldinterfere with your visionthrough the rear window.

WARNINGDo not adjust the rearview mir-ror while the vehicle is moving.This could result in loss of con-trol, and an accident whichcould cause death, seriousinjury or property damage.

WARNING Do not modify the inside mirrorand don’t install a wide mirror. Itcould result in injury, during anaccident or deployment of theair bag.

OAM049023

Day

Night


504

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)with compass

1. Feature Control Button2. Status Indicator LED3. Rear Light Sensor

Automatic-Dimming Night VisionSafety™ (NVS®) MirrorThe NVS® Mirror in your vehicle isthe most advanced way to reduceannoying glare in the rearview mirrorduring any driving situation. For moreinformation regarding NVS® mirrorsand other applications, please referto the Gentex website:www.gentex.com

Automatic-dimming functionYour mirror will automatically dimupon detecting glare from the vehi-cles traveling behind you. The auto-dimming function can be controlledby pushing the ON/OFF Button:

1. Pressing the button turns the auto-dimming function OFF which isindicated by the green StatusIndicator LED turning off.

2. Pressing the button again turnsthe auto-dimming function ONwhich is indicated by the greenStatus Indicator LED turning on.

✽✽ NOTICEThe mirror defaults to the ON posi-tion each time the vehicle is started.

CAUTIONThe NVS® Mirror automaticallyreduces glare during driving con-ditions based upon light levelsmonitored in front of the vehicleand from the rear of the vehicle.These light sensors are visiblethrough openings in the front andrear of the mirror case. Any objectthat would obstruct either lightsensor will degrade the automat-ic dimming control feature.

OXM049035

4 51


Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust the mirror anglesbefore driving.Your vehicle is equipped with bothleft-hand and right-hand outsiderearview mirrors. The mirrors can beadjusted remotely with the remoteswitch. The mirror heads can be fold-ed back to prevent damage during anautomatic vehicle wash or whenpassing through a narrow street.

WARNING - Rearviewmirrors

• The right outside rearviewmirror is convex. Objects seenin the mirror are closer thanthey appear.

• Use your interior rearviewmirror or direct observation todetermine the actual distanceof following vehicles whenchanging lanes.

CAUTIONDo not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the sur-face of the glass. If ice shouldrestrict the movement of the mir-ror, do not force the mirror foradjustment. To remove ice, use adeicer spray, or a sponge or softcloth with very warm water.

CAUTIONIf the mirror is jammed with ice,do not adjust the mirror by force.Use an approved spray de-icer(not radiator antifreeze) torelease the frozen mechanism ormove the vehicle to a warmplace and allow the ice to melt.

WARNINGDo not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehi-cle is moving.This could result inloss of control, and an accidentwhich could cause death, seri-ous injury or property damage.


524

Remote control

Electric typeThe electric remote control mirrorswitch allows you to adjust the positionof the left and right outside rearviewmirrors. To adjust the position of eithermirror the ignition switch should be inthe ACC position. Move the switch (1)to R or L to select the right side mirroror the left side mirror, then press a cor-responding point on the mirror adjust-ment control to position the selectedmirror up, down, left or right.After the adjustment, put the switchinto the neutral (center) position toprevent inadvertent adjustment.

Folding the outside rearview mirror

Manual typeTo fold the outside rearview mirror,grasp the housing of the mirror andthen fold it toward the rear of thevehicle.

ORP042028L

CAUTION• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximumadjusting angles, but themotor continues to operatewhile the switch is pressed.Do not press the switch longerthan necessary, the motormay be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust theoutside rearview mirror byhand. Doing so may damagethe parts.

ORP042029

4 53


Folding the outside rearview mirror

Electric typeThe outside rearview mirror can befolded or unfolded by pressing theswitch as below.Left (1) : The mirror will unfold.Right (2) : The mirror will fold.

Center (AUTO, 3) :The mirror will fold or unfold auto-matically as follows:• Without smart key system

- The mirror will fold or unfold whenthe door is locked or unlocked bythe transmitter.

• With smart key system- The mirror will fold or unfold when

the door is locked or unlocked bythe smart key.

- The mirror will fold or unfold whenthe door is locked or unlocked bythe button on the outside doorhandle.

- The mirror will unfold when youapproach the vehicle (all doorsclosed and locked) with a smartkey in possession. (if equipped)

ORP042030L

CAUTION - Electric typeoutsiderearview mirror

The electric type outsiderearview mirror operates eventhough the ignition switch is inthe OFF position. However, toprevent unnecessary batterydischarge, do not adjust themirrors longer than necessarywhile the engine is not running.In case it is an electric type out-side rearview mirror, don’t fold itby hand. It could cause motorfailure.


544

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer

2. Speedometer

3. Engine coolant temperature gauge

4. Fuel gauge

5. LCD display

6. Warning and indicator lights (if equipped)

7. Turn signal indicator lights

ORP043040C/ORP043041C

■■ Type A

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.For more details, refer to the "Gauges" inthis chapter.

■■ Type B

4 55


Instrument Cluster ControlAdjusting Instrument ClusterIllumination (if equipped)

The brightness of the instrumentpanel illumination is changed bypressing the illumination control button("+" or "-") when the ignition switch orEngine Start/Stop button is ON, or thetale lights are turned on. • If you hold the illumination control

button ("+" or "-"), the brightnesswill be changed continuously.

• If the brightness reaches to themaximum or minimum level, analarm will sound.

LCD Display Control

The LCD display modes can bechanged by using the control buttonson the steering wheel.

ORP042031

ORP042060

ORP042200

■ Type A

■ Type B

ORP043032N


564

[Type A](1) : TRIP button for changing trip

modes(2) : RESET button for resetting

items

❈ For the LCD modes, refer to “LCDDisplay” in this chapter.

[Type B](1) : MODE button for changing

modes or SELECT buttonfor setting the selected item

(2) : MOVE button for changingitems or RESET button forresetting the selected item

GaugesSpeedometer

The speedometer indicates thespeed of the vehicle and is calibratedin kilometers per hour (km/h) and/ormiles per hour (mph).

Tachometer

The tachometer indicates theapproximate number of engine revo-lutions per minute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the cor-rect shift points and to prevent lug-ging and/or over-revving the engine.


ORP042043/ORP042046


ORP042048/ORP042050

CAUTIONDo not operate the engine with-in the tachometer's RED ZONE.This may cause severe enginedamage.

4 57


Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge

This gauge indicates the tempera-ture of the engine coolant when theignition switch or Engine Start/Stopbutton is ON.

Fuel Gauge

This gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in thefuel tank.

✽✽ NOTICE• The fuel tank capacity is given in

chapter 8.• The fuel gauge is supplemented by

a low fuel warning light, whichwill illuminate when the fuel tankis nearly empty.

• On inclines or curves, the fuelgauge pointer may fluctuate or thelow fuel warning light may comeon earlier than usual due to themovement of fuel in the tank.

WARNINGNever remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. Theengine coolant is under pressureand could severely burn. Waituntil the engine is cool beforeadding coolant to the reservoir.

CAUTIONIf the gauge pointer movesbeyond the normal range areatoward the “H” position, it indi-cates overheating that maydamage the engine.Do not continue driving with anoverheated engine. If your vehi-cle overheats, refer to “If theEngine Overheats” in chapter 6.


ORP042057/ORP042056


ORP042052/ORP042054


584

✽✽ NOTICEFuel display may not be accurate ifyou are filling in sloping places.

Odometer

The odometer Indicates the total dis-tance that the vehicle has been driv-en and should be used to determinewhen periodic maintenance shouldbe performed.- Odometer range : 0 ~ 999999 kilo-

meters or miles.

Outside Temperature Gauge

This gauge indicates the current out-side air temperatures by 1°C (1°F).- Temperature range : -40°C ~ 60°C

(-40°F ~ 140°F)The outside temperature on the dis-play may not change immediatelylike a general thermometer to pre-vent the driver from being inattentive.The temperature unit (from °F to °Cor from °C to °F) can be changed byusing the “User Settings” mode of theLCD display.❈ For more details, refer to “LCD

Display” in this chapter.

WARNING - Fuel GaugeRunning out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addi-tional fuel as soon as possibleafter the warning light comeson or when the gauge indicatorcomes close to the “E (Empty)”level.

CAUTIONAvoid driving with a extremelylow fuel level. Running out offuel could cause the engine tomisfire damaging the catalyticconverter.

ORP042061

ORP042201

■ Type A

■ Type BORP042062

ORP042202

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 59


Transaxle Shift IndicatorAutomatic Transaxle ShiftIndicator (if equipped)

This indicator displays which auto-matic transaxle shift lever is selected.

• Park : P• Reverse : R• Neutral : N• Drive : D• Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

ORP042064

ORP042204

■ Type A

■ Type B


604

LCD Modes (for type B cluster)LCD DISPLAY (IF EQUIPPED)

Modes Symbol Explanation

Trip Computer This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on.For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.

ServiceThis mode informs of service interval (mileage or days) and warning messagesrelated to TPMS or washer fluid.

User Settings On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps and so on.

LDWS(if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS).For more details, refer to “Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS)” in chapter 5.

A/V(if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the A/V system.

Turn By Turn(if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the navigation.

❈ For controlling the LCD modes, refer to "LCD Display Control" in this chapter.

4 61


Service ModeService Interval

Service inIt calculates and displays when youneed a scheduled maintenanceservice (mileage or days).If the remaining mileage or timereaches 1,500 km. (900 mi) or 30days, "Service in" message is dis-played for several seconds each timeyou set the ignition switch or EngineStart/Stop Button to the ON position.

Service requiredIf you do not have your vehicle serv-iced according to the already inputtedservice interval, “Service required”message is displayed for several sec-onds each time you set the ignitionswitch or Engine Start/Stop Button tothe ON position (The mileage andtime changes to "---").To reset the service interval to themileage and days you inputted before:- Press the RESET button for

more than 1 second.

Service in OFFIf the service interval is not set,“Service in OFF” message is dis-played on the LCD display.

✽✽ NOTICE If any of the following conditionsoccurs, the mileage and days may beincorrect.- The battery cable is disconnected.- The fuse switch is turned off.- The battery is discharged.

ORP042065

ORP042205

■ Type A

■ Type B

ORP042066

ORP042206

■ Type A

■ Type BORP042067

ORP042207

■ Type A

■ Type B


624

User Settings ModeDescription

On this mode, you can change set-ting of the doors, lamps, and so on.

DoorAuto Door Lock (if equipped)• Off:

The auto door lock operation willbe deactivated.

• Speed:All doors will be automaticallylocked when the vehicle speedexceeds 15km/h (9.3mph).

• Shift Lever:All doors will be automaticallylocked if the automatic transaxleshift lever is shifted from the P(Park) position to the R (Reverse),N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position.

Auto Door Unlock (if equipped)• Off:

The auto door unlock operation willbe canceled.

• Key Out or Power Off:All doors will be automaticallyunlocked when the ignition key isremoved from ignition switch orEngine Start/Stop Button is set tothe OFF position.

• Shift Lever:All doors will be automaticallyunlocked if the automatic transaxleshift lever is shifted to the P (Park)position.

ORP042068

ORP042208

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 63


Two Press Unlock (if equipped)• Off:

The two press unlock function willbe deactivated.Therefore, all doorswill unlock if the door is unlocked.

• On:The driver’s door will unlock if thedoor is unlocked. When the door isunlocked again within 4 seconds,all doors will unlock.

Horn Feedback (if equipped)• Off:

The Horn feedback operation willbe deactivated.

• On:After locking the door by pressingthe lock button on the transmitter, ifyou press the lock button againwithin 4 seconds, the warningsound will operate once to indicatethat all doors are locked.

LampHead Lamp Delay (if equipped)If this item is checked, the headlampdelay and headlamp welcome func-tion will be activated.

Welcome Light (if equipped)If this item is checked, the welcomelight function of the pocket lamp willbe activated.

One Touch Turn LampIf this item is checked, the lane changesignals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times whenthe turn signal lever is moved slightly.

SettingsTemperature UnitConvert the temperature unit from °Cto °F or from °F to °C.

Welcome SoundIf this item is checked, the welcomesound function will be activated.

AVG Fuel Eco Reset• Auto Reset:

The average fuel economy willreset automatically when refueling.

• Manual Reset:The average fuel economy will notreset automatically whenever refu-eling.

For more details, refer to “TripComputer” in this chapter.


644

Service Interval

On this mode, you can activate theservice interval function with mileage(mi. or km) and period (months).

A/V Mode (if equipped)

This mode displays the state of theA/V system.

Turn By Turn Mode (if equipped)

This mode displays the state of thenavigation.

ORP042069

ORP042209

■ Type A

■ Type B

ORP042210 ORP042211

■ Type B ■ Type B

4 65


Warning MessagesShift to "P" position (for smart keysystem and automatic transaxle)

• This warning message illuminates ifyou try to turn off the engine withoutthe shift lever in P (Park) position.

• At this time, the Engine Start/StopButton turns to the ACC position (Ifyou press the Engine Start/StopButton once more, it will turn to theON position).

Low Key Battery (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminatesif the battery of the smart key isdischarged when the EngineStart/Stop Button changes to theOFF position.

Press start button while turnsteering (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminatesif the steering wheel does notunlock normally when the EngineStart/Stop Button is pressed.

• It means that you should press theEngine Start/Stop Button whileturning the steering wheel rightand left.

ORP042070

ORP042212

■ Type A

■ Type B

ORP042071

ORP042213

■ Type A

■ Type BORP042072

ORP042214

■ Type A

■ Type B


664

Steering wheel unlocked (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminatesif the steering wheel does not lockwhen the Engine Start/Stop Buttonchanges to the OFF position.

Check steering wheel lock system (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminatesif the steering wheel does not locknormally when the EngineStart/Stop Button changes to theOFF position.

Press brake pedal to start engine (for smart key system and auto-matic transaxle)

• This warning message illuminatesif the Engine Start/Stop Buttonchanges to the ACC position twiceby pressing the button repeatedlywithout depressing the brake pedal.

• It means that you should depressthe brake pedal to start the engine.

ORP042073

ORP042215

■ Type A

■ Type BORP042074

ORP042216

■ Type A

■ Type B ORP042075

ORP042217

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 67


Press clutch pedal to start engine(for smart key system and manualtransaxle)

• This warning message illuminates ifthe Engine Start/Stop Buttonchanges to the ACC position twiceby pressing the button repeatedlywithout depressing the clutch pedal.

• It means that you should depressthe clutch pedal to start the engine.

Key not in vehicle (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminatesif the smart key is not in the vehiclewhen you press the EngineStart/Stop Button.

• It means that you should alwayshave the smart key with you.

Key not detected (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminatesif the smart key is not detectedwhen you press the EngineStart/Stop Button.

ORP042076

ORP042218

■ Type A

■ Type B

ORP042077

ORP042219

■ Type A

■ Type BORP042078

ORP042220

■ Type A

■ Type B


684

Press start button again (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminatesif you can not operate the EngineStart/Stop Button when there is aproblem with the Engine Start/StopButton system.

• It means that you could start theengine by pressing the EngineStart/ Stop Button once more.

• If the warning illuminates each timeyou press the Engine Start/StopButton, have your vehicle inspectedby an authorized Kia dealer.

Press start button with smart key (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminatesif you press the Engine Start/StopButton while the warning message“Key not detected” is illuminating.

• At this time, the immobilizer indica-tor light blinks.

Check fuse "BRAKE SWITCH" (for smart key system and auto-matic transaxle)

• This warning message illuminatesif the brake switch fuse is discon-nected.

• It means that you should replacethe fuse with a new one. If that isnot possible, you can start theengine by pressing the EngineStart/Stop Button for 10 seconds inthe ACC position.

ORP042079

ORP042221

■ Type A

■ Type BORP042080

ORP042222

■ Type A

■ Type B ORP042081

ORP042223

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 69


Shift to "P" or "N" to start engine (for smart key system and auto-matic transaxle)

• This warning message illuminatesif you try to start the engine withthe shift lever not in the P (Park) orN (Neutral) position.

✽✽ NOTICEYou can start the engine with theshift lever in the N (Neutral) position.But, for your safety, we recommendthat you start the engine with theshift lever in the P (Park) position.

Door Open

• It means that any door is open.

Tailgate Open

• It means that the tailgate is open.

ORP042082

ORP042224

■ Type A

■ Type B

ORP042083

ORP042225

■ Type A

■ Type BORP042084

ORP042226

■ Type A

■ Type B


704

Sunroof Open (if equipped)

• The warning message illuminatesif you turn off the engine and thenopen the driver's door when thesunroof is open.

Low Washer Fluid

• This warning message illuminateson the service reminder mode ifthe washer fluid level in the reser-voir is nearly empty.

• It means that you should refill thewasher fluid.

Turn on "FUSE SWITCH"

• This warning message illuminatesif the fuse switch on the fuse box isOFF.

• It means that you should turn thefuse switch on.

For more details, refer to “Fuses” inchapter 7.

ORP042085

ORP042227

■ Type A

■ Type BORP042086

ORP042228

■ Type A

■ Type BORP042087

ORP042229

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 71


OverviewDescriptionThe trip computer is a microcomput-er-controlled driver information sys-tem that displays information relatedto driving.

✽✽ NOTICESome driving information stored inthe trip computer (for exampleAverage Vehicle Speed) resets if thebattery is disconnected.

Trip Modes (Type A) Trip Modes (Type B)TRIP COMPUTER

To change the trip mode, press theTRIP button . To change the trip mode, press the

MOVE button .

Tripmeter A

Tripmeter B

Distance To Empty

Average Fuel Economy

Instant Fuel Economy

Average Vehicle Speed

Elapsed Time

Service mode

User settings

• Tripmeter [A]

• Average Vehicle Speed [A]

• Elapsed Time [A]

TRIP A

• Tripmeter [B]

• Average Vehicle Speed [B]

• Elapsed Time [B]

TRIP B

• Distance To Empty

• Average Fuel Economy

• Instant Fuel Economy

FUEL ECONOMY


724

Fuel EconomyDistance To Empty (1)

• The distance to empty is the esti-mated distance the vehicle can bedriven with the remaining fuel.- Distance range : 50 ~ 990 km or

30 ~ 999 mi.• If the estimated distance is below

50 km. (30 mi), the trip computer willdisplay “---” as distance to empty.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is not on level ground

or the battery power has beeninterrupted, the distance to emptyfunction may not operate correctly.

• The distance to empty may differfrom the actual driving distance asit is an estimate of the availabledriving distance.

• The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 6 liters(1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to thevehicle.

• The fuel economy and distance toempty may vary significantly basedon driving conditions, drivinghabits, and condition of the vehicle.

Average Fuel Economy (2)• The average fuel economy is calcu-

lated by the total driving distanceand fuel consumption since the lastaverage fuel economy reset.- Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 99.9

L/100km or MPG• The average fuel economy can be

reset both manually and automati-cally.

Manual resetTo clear the average fuel economymanually, press the RESET button on the steering wheel for more than 1second when the average fuel econo-my is displayed.

■ Type A

ORP043089C

ORP043231C

■ Type B

4 73


Trip A/B Tripmeter (1)• The tripmeter is the total driving dis-

tance since the last tripmeter reset.- Distance range: 0.0 ~ 9999.9 km

or mi.• To reset the tripmeter, press the

RESET button on the steeringwheel for more than 1 secondwhen the tripmeter is displayed.

Average Vehicle Speed (2)• The average vehicle speed is cal-

culated by the total driving dis-tance and driving time since thelast average vehicle speed reset.- Speed range: 0 ~ 240 km/h or 0 ~

160 MPH.• To reset the average vehicle speed,

press the RESET button on thesteering wheel for more than 1 sec-ond when the average vehiclespeed is displayed.

✽✽ NOTICE• The average vehicle speed is not dis-

played if the driving distance is lessthan 50 meters (0.03 miles) or thedriving time is less than 10 secondssince the ignition switch or EngineStart/Stop button is turned to ON.

• Even if the vehicle is not in motion,the average vehicle speed keepsgoing while the engine is running.

Elapsed Time (3)• The elapsed time is the total driving

time since the last elapsed timereset.- Time range (hh:mm): 00:00 ~ 99:59

• To reset the elapsed time, pressthe RESET button on the steer-ing wheel for more than 1 secondwhen the elapsed time is displayed.

✽✽ NOTICEEven if the vehicle is not in motion,the elapsed time keeps going whilethe engine is running.

■ Type A

ORP043088C

ORP043230C

■ Type B


744

Automatic resetTo make the average fuel economybe reset automatically whenever refu-eling, select the “Auto Reset” mode inUser Setting menu of the LCD display(Refer to “LCD Display”).Under “Auto Reset” mode, the aver-age fuel economy will be cleared tozero (---) when the vehicle speedexceeds 1 km/h after refueling morethan 6 liters (1.6 gallons).

✽✽ NOTICEThe average fuel economy is not dis-played for more accurate calculationif the vehicle does not drive morethan 10 seconds or 50 meters (0.03miles) since the ignition switch orEngine Start/Stop button is turnedto ON.

Instant Fuel Economy (3)• This mode displays the instant fuel

economy during the last few sec-onds when the vehicle speed ismore than 10 km/h (6.2 MPH).- Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 20.0

L/100km or 0 ~ 50.0 MPG

4 75


Warning lights

✽✽ NOTICE - Warning lightsMake sure that all warning lightsare OFF after starting the engine. Ifany light is still ON, this indicates asituation that needs attention.

Air bag Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:• Once you set the ignition switch or

Engine Start/Stop Button to the ONposition.- It illuminates for approximately 6

seconds and then goes off.• When there is a malfunction with

the SRS.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer.

Seat Belt Warning Light

This warning light informs the driverthat the seat belt is not fastened.For more details, refer to the “SeatBelts” in chapter 3.

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS


764

Parking Brake & BrakeFluid Warning Light



seconds- It remains on if the parking brake

is applied.• When the parking brake is applied.• When the brake fluid level in the

reservoir is low.- If the warning light illuminates

with the parking brake released, itindicates the brake fluid level inreservoir is low.

If the brake fluid level in the reservoiris low:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required (For more details,refer to “Brake Fluid” in chapter 7).Then check all brake componentsfor fluid leaks. If any leaks in thebrake system is still found, thewarning light remains on, or thebrakes do not operate properly, donot drive the vehicle.In this case, have your vehicletowed to an authorized Kia dealerand inspected.

Dual-diagonal braking systemYour vehicle is equipped with dual-diagonal braking systems. Thismeans you still have braking on twowheels even if one of the dual sys-tems should fail.With only one of the dual systemsworking, more than normal pedaltravel and greater pedal pressure arerequired to stop the vehicle.Also, the vehicle will not stop in asshort a distance with only a portionof the brake system working.If the brakes fail while you are driv-ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-al engine braking and stop the vehi-cle as soon as it is safe to do so.

4 77


Anti-lock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light




the ABS (The normal braking sys-tem will still be operational withoutthe assistance of the anti-lockbrake system).In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer.

ElectronicBrake forceDistribution(EBD) SystemWarning LightThese two warning lights illuminate atthe same time while driving:• When the ABS and regular brake

system may not work normally.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer.

WARNING - Parking Brake& Brake Fluid Warning Light

Driving the vehicle with a warn-ing light ON is dangerous. If theParking Brake & Brake FluidWarning Light illuminates withthe parking brake released, itindicates that the brake fluidlevel is low.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer.

WARNING - ElectronicBrake force Distribution(EBD) System Warning Light

When both ABS and ParkingBrake & Brake Fluid WarningLights are on, the brake systemwill not work normally and youmay experience an unexpectedand dangerous situation duringsudden braking.In this case, avoid high speeddriving and abrupt braking.Have your vehicle inspected byan authorized Kia dealer assoon as possible.


784

✽✽ NOTICE - Electronic Brakeforce Distribution(EBD) SystemWarning Light

When the ABS Warning Light is onor both ABS and Parking Brake &Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on,the speedometer, odometer, or trip-meter may not work. Also, the EPSWarning Light may illuminate andthe steering effort may increase ordecrease.In this case, we recommend that youhave the vehicle inspected by anauthorized Kia dealer.

Electric Parking Brake(EPB) Warning Light (if equipped)




the EPB.In this case, we recommend youhave the vehicle inspected by anauthorized Kia dealer as soon aspossible.

✽✽ NOTICE - Electric ParkingBrake (EPB)Warning Light

The Electric Parking Brake (EPB)Warning Light may illuminateswhen the Electronic Stability control(ESC) Indicator Light comes on toindicates that the ESC is not work-ing properly (This does not indicatemalfunction of the EPB).

Electronic PowerSteering (EPS) WarningLight (if equipped)


Engine Start/Stop Button to the ONposition.- It remains on until the engine is

started.• When there is a malfunction with

the EPS.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer.

EPB

4 79


Malfunction IndicatorLamp (MIL)




the emission control system.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer.

Charging SystemWarning Light




either the alternator or electricalcharging system.

If there is a malfunction with eitherthe alternator or electrical chargingsystem:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. Turn the engine off and check the

alternator drive belt for loosenessor breakage.If the belt is adjusted properly,there may be a problem in theelectrical charging system.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer as soon as possible.

CAUTION - GasolineEngine

If the Malfunction IndicatorLamp (MIL) illuminates, poten-tial catalytic converter damageis possible which could result inloss of engine power.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer as soon as possible.

CAUTION - MalfunctionIndicatorLamp (MIL)

Driving with the MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (MIL) on maycause damage to the emissioncontrol systems which couldeffect drivability and/or fueleconomy.


804

Engine CoolantTemperature WarningLight (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates:• When the engine coolant tempera-

ture is above 120°C (248°F). Thismeans that the engine is overheat-ed and may be damaged.If your vehicle is overheated, referto “Overheating” in chapter 6.

Engine Oil PressureWarning Light



started.• When the engine oil pressure is low.

If the engine oil pressure is low:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. Turn the engine off and check the

engine oil level (For more details,refer to “Engine Oil” in section 7). Ifthe level is low, add oil as required.If the warning light remains onafter adding oil or if oil is not avail-able, have your vehicle inspectedby an authorized Kia dealer assoon as possible.

CAUTION - Engine OilPressureWarning Light

• If the engine does not stopimmediately after the EngineOil Pressure Warning Light isilluminated, severe damagecould result.

• If the warning light stays onwhile the engine is running, itindicates that there may beserious engine damage ormalfunction. In this case,1. Stop the vehicle as soon as

it is safe to do so.2. Turn off the engine and

check the oil level. If the oillevel is low, fill the engineoil to the proper level.

3. Start the engine again. If thewarning light stays on afterthe engine is started, turnthe engine off immediately.In this case, have your vehi-cle inspected by an author-ized Kia dealer.

CAUTION - EngineOverheating

Do not continue driving with theengine overheated. Otherwiseengine may be damaged.

4 81


Low Fuel Level WarningLight

This warning light illuminates:When the fuel tank is nearly empty.

If the fuel tank is nearly empty:Add fuel as soon as possible.

Fuel cap open warningindicator

This warning light illuminates:This warning light indicates the fuelfiller cap is not tighten securely.Always make sure that the fuel fillercap is tight.

Low Tire PressureWarning Light (if equipped)



seconds and then goes off.• When one or more of your tires are

significantly underinflated.For more details, refer to "TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS)" in chapter 6.

This warning light remains on afterblinking for approximately 60 secondsor repeats blinking and off at theintervals of approximately 3 seconds:• When there is a malfunction with

the TPMS.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer as soon as possible.For more details, refer to "TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS)" in chapter 6.

CAUTION - Low FuelLevel

Driving with the Low Fuel Levelwarning light on or with the fuellevel below “0 or E”can cause theengine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter (if equipped).


824

Master Warning light (if equipped)

• This warning light informs the driv-er the following situations- Low washer fluid- TPMS (if equipped)- Service reminder

The Master Warning Light illumi-nates when more than one of theabove warning situations occur.If the warning situation is solved, themaster warning light will be turned off.(ex : refill the washer fluid)

Door Ajar Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:When a door is not closed securely.

Tailgate Open WarningLight

This warning light illuminates:When the tailgate is not closedsecurely.WARNING - Safe Stopping

• The TPMS cannot alert you tosevere and sudden tire damagecaused by external factors.

• If you notice any vehicle insta-bility, immediately take yourfoot off the accelerator pedal,apply the brakes gradually withlight force, and slowly move toa safe position off the road.

WARNING - Low tire pressure

• Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstableand can contribute to loss ofvehicle control and increasedbraking distances.

• Continued driving or low pres-sure tires will cause the tires tooverheat and fail.

4 83


Indicator lightsElectronic StabilityControl (ESC) IndicatorLightThis indicator light illuminates:• Once you set the ignition switch or



the ESC system.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer.

This indicator light blinks:While the ESC is operating.

For more details, refer to “ElectronicStability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5.

Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) OFFIndicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:• Once you set the ignition switch or


seconds and then goes off.• When you deactivate the ESC sys-

tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-ton.

For more details, refer to “ElectronicStability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5.

ECO Indicator Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:When you activate the active ECOsystem by pressing the ACTIVEECO button.

For more details, refer to “ActiveECO System” in chapter 5.

ECO


844

Immobilizer IndicatorLight (Without Smart Key)

This indicator light illuminates:• When the vehicle detects the

immobilizer in your key properlywhile the ignition switch is ON.- At this time, you can start the

engine.- The indicator light goes off after

starting the engine.

This indicator light blinks:• When there is a malfunction with

the immobilizer system.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer.

Immobilizer IndicatorLight (With Smart Key)

This indicator light illuminates for upto 30 seconds:• When the vehicle detects the

smart key in the vehicle properlywhile the Engine Start/Stop Buttonis ACC or ON.- At this time, you can start the

engine.- The indicator light goes off after

starting the engine.

This indicator light blinks for a fewseconds:• When the smart key is not in the

vehicle.- At this time, you can not start the

engine.

This indicator light illuminates for 2seconds and goes off:• When the vehicle can not detect

the smart key which is in the vehi-cle while the Engine Start/StopButton is ON.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer.

This indicator light blinks:• When the battery of the smart key

is weak.- At this time, you can not start the

engine. However, you can startthe engine if you press the EngineStart/Stop Button with the smartkey. (For more details, refer to“Starting the Engine” in section 5).

• When there is a malfunction withthe immobilizer system.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer.

4 85


Turn Signal IndicatorLight

This indicator light blinks:• When you turn the turn signal light

on.

If any of the following occurs, theremay be a malfunction with the turnsignal system. In this case, have yourvehicle inspected by an authorizedKia dealer.

- The indicator light does not blinkbut illuminates.

- The indicator light blinks morerapidly.

- The indicator light does not illumi-nate at all.

High Beam IndicatorLight

This indicator light illuminates:• When the headlights are on and in

the high beam position• When the turn signal lever is pulled

into the Flash-to-Pass position.

Light ON Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:• When the tail lights or headlights

are on.

Front Fog IndicatorLight (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:• When the front fog lights are on.


864

Washer Fluid WarningLight

This warning light illuminates:• When the washer fluid level in the

reservoir is nearly empty.In this case, you should refill thewasher fluid.

Cruise Indicator Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:• When the cruise control system is

enabled.

For more details, refer to “CruiseControl System” in chapter 5.

Cruise SET IndicatorLight (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:• When the cruise control speed is set.

For more details, refer to “CruiseControl System” in chapter 5.

CRUISE

SET

4 87


The rear parking assist systemassists the driver during backwardmovement of the vehicle by chiming ifany object is sensed within a distanceof 120 cm (47 in.) behind the vehicle.This system is a supplemental systemand it is not intended to nor does itreplace the need for extreme care andattention of the driver.

The sensing range and objectsdetectable by the back sensors arelimited. Whenever backing-up, payas much attention to what is behindyou as you would in a vehicle withouta rear parking assist system.

Operation of the rear parkingassist systemOperating condition

• This system will activate when theindicator on the rear parking assistOFF button is not illuminated.If you desire to deactivate the rearparking assist system, press therear parking assist OFF buttonagain. (The indicator on the buttonwill illuminate.) To turn the systemon, press the button again. (Theindicator on the button will go off.)

REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

ORP042100

WARNINGThe rear parking assist systemis a supplementary functiononly. The operation of the rearparking assist system can beaffected by several factors(including environmental condi-tions). It is the responsibility ofthe driver to always check thearea behind the vehicle beforeand while backing up.

ORP042109

Sensor


884

• This system will activate whenbacking up with the ignition switchON.If the vehicle is moving at a speedover 5 km/h (3 mph), the systemmay not be activated correctly.

• The sensing distance while therear parking assist system is inoperation is approximately 120 cm(47 in.).

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the clos-est one will be recognized first.

Types of warning sound• When an object is 120 cm to 61 cm

(47 in. to 23.6 in.) from the rearbumper: Buzzer beeps intermittently

• When an object is 60 cm to 31 cm(23.6 in. to 12.2 in.) from the rearbumper: Buzzer beeps more fre-quently

• When an object is within 30 cm(11.8 in.) of the rear bumper:Buzzer sounds continuously.

Type of the warning indicator (if equipped)

*1 : It indicates the range of sensedobject by each sensor. (Left,Center, Right)

❈ In case the object is between orclose to the sensors, the indicatorcould be different.

Distance from objectWarning indicator

Type A Type B

61cm ~ 120 cm (24 in. ~ 47 in.)

31cm ~ 60 cm (12.2 in. ~ 23.6 in.)

Less than 30 cm (11.8 in.)

*1

*1

*1

4 89


Non-operational conditions ofrear parking assist systemThe rear parking assist systemmay not operate properly when:1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It

will operate normally when themoisture has been cleared.)

2. The sensor is covered with foreignmatter, such as snow or water, orthe sensor cover is blocked. (It willoperate normally when the materi-al is removed or the sensor is nolonger blocked.)

3. Driving on uneven road surfaces(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps,gradient).

4. Objects generating excessivenoise (vehicle horns, loud motor-cycle engines, or truck air brakes)are within range of the sensor.

5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.6. Wireless transmitters or mobile

phones are within range of thesensor.

7. The sersor is covered with snow.8. Trailer towing.

The detecting range may decreasewhen:1. The sensor is stained with foreign

matter such as snow or water.(The sensing range will return tonormal when removed.)

2. Outside air temperature isextremely hot or cold.

The following objects may not berecognized by the sensor:1. Sharp or slim objects such as

ropes, chains or small poles.2. Objects which tend to absorb the

sensor frequency such as clothes,spongy material or snow.

3. Undetectable objects smaller than1 m (40 in.) and narrower than 14cm (6 in.) in diameter.

Rear parking assist systemprecautions• The rear parking assist system

may not sound sequentiallydepending on the speed andshapes of the objects detected.

• The rear parking assist system maymalfunction if the vehicle bumperheight or sensor installation hasbeen modified or damaged. Anynon-factory installed equipment oraccessories may also interfere withthe sensor performance.

• The sensor may not recognizeobjects less than 30 cm (11.8 in.)from the sensor, or it may sense anincorrect distance. Use caution.

• When the sensor is frozen orsoiled with snow, dirt, or water, thesensor may be inoperative until thematerial is removed using a softcloth.

• Do not push, scratch or strike thesensor. Sensor damage couldoccur.


904

✽✽ NOTICEThis system can only sense objectswithin the range and location of thesensors; it can not detect objects inother areas where sensors are notinstalled. Also, small or slim objects,such as poles or objects locatedbetween sensors may not be detectedby the sensors.Always visually check behind thevehicle when backing up.Be sure to inform any drivers of thevehicle that may be unfamiliar withthe system regarding the systemscapabilities and limitations.

Self-diagnosisWhen you shift the gear to the R(Reverse) position and if one or moreof the below occurs you may have amalfunction in the rear parking assistsystem.• You don't hear an audible warning

sound or if the buzzer sounds inter-mittently.

If this occurs, we recommend thatthe system be checked by an author-ized Kia dealer.

WARNINGPay close attention when the vehi-cle is driven close to objects onthe road, particularly pedestrians,and especially children. Be awarethat some objects may not bedetected by the sensors, due tothe object’s distance,size or mate-rial, all of which can limit the effec-tiveness of the sensor. Alwaysperform a visual inspection tomake sure the vehicle is clear ofall obstructions before moving thevehicle in any direction.

WARNINGYour new vehicle warranty doesnot cover any accidents or damageto the vehicle or injuries to its occu-pants due to a rear parking assistsystem malfunction. Always drivesafely and cautiously.

(blinks)

• is displayed. (if equipped)

4 91


The parking assist system assiststhe driver during movement of thevehicle by chiming or displaying thearea an obstacle is detected on theinstrument cluster if any object issensed within the distance of 100 cm(39.4 in) in front and 120 cm (47 in)behind the vehicle.This system is a supplemental sys-tem and it is not intended to nor doesit replace the need for extreme careand attention of the driver.The sensing range and objectsdetectable by the sensors are limited.Whenever moving pay as muchattention to what is in front andbehind of you as you would in a vehi-cle without a parking assist system.

PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNINGThe parking assist systemshould only be considered as asupplementary function. Thedriver must check the front andrear view. The operational func-tion of the parking assist systemcan be affected by many factorsand conditions of the surround-ings, so the responsibility restsalways with the driver.

ORP042100

ORP043102C

Sensor

Sensor


924

Operation of the parkingassist systemOperating condition

• This system activates when theparking assist system button ispressed with the ignition switch ON.

The indicator of the parking assistsystem button turns on automatical-ly and activates the parking assistsystem when you shift the gear tothe R(Reverse) position or pressthe SPAS button (if equipped). It willturn off automatically when youdrive above 40 km/h(24.8 mph).

• If the vehicle speed is above10km/h (6.2 mph), the parkingassist system will not operate.

• The sensing distance while movingforward is approximately 100 cm(39.4 in.) when you are driving lessthan 10 km/h (6.2 mph).

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the clos-est one will be recognized first.

✽✽ NOTICEIt may not operate if it’s distance fromthe object is already less than approx-imately 25 cm when the system is ON.

ORP042101

4 93


✽✽ NOTICE• The actual warning sound and indicator may differ from the illustration

according to objects or sensor status.• Do not wash the vehicle's sensor with high pressure water.

Type of warning indicator and sound: with Warning sound

Distance from object Warning indicator

Warning soundWhen driving

forwardWhen driving

rearward

100cm~61cm Front -Buzzer beeps intermittently

120cm~61cm Rear -Buzzer beeps intermittently

60cm~31cm

FrontBuzzer beeps

frequently

Rear -Buzzer beeps

frequently

30cm

FrontBuzzer sounds continuously

Rear -Buzzer sounds continuously

CAUTION• This system can only sense

objects within the range andlocation of the sensors;It can not detect objects inother areas where sensors arenot installed. Also, small orslim objects, such as poles orobjects located between sen-sors may not be detected bythe sensors.Always visually check behindthe vehicle when backing up.

• Be sure to inform any driversof the vehicle that may beunfamiliar with the systemregarding the systems capa-bilities and limitations.


944

Non-operational conditions ofparking assist systemParking assist system may notoperate normally when:1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It

will operate normally when mois-ture melts.)

2. Sensor is covered with foreignmatter, such as snow or water, orthe sensor cover is blocked. (It willoperate normally when the materi-al is removed or the sensor is nolonger blocked.)

3. Sensor is stained with foreign mat-ter such as snow or water.(Sensing range will return to nor-mal when removed.)

4.The parking assist button is off.

There is a possibility of parkingassist system malfunction when:1. Driving on uneven road surfaces

such as unpaved roads, gravel,bumps, or gradient.

2. Objects generating excessive noisesuch as vehicle horns, loud motor-cycle engines, or truck air brakescan interfere with the sensor.

3. Heavy rain or water spray.4. Wireless transmitters or mobile

phones present near the sensor.5. Sensor is covered with snow.

Detecting range may decreasewhen:1. Outside air temperature is

extremely hot or cold.2. Undetectable objects smaller than

1 m and narrower than 14 cm indiameter.

The following objects may not berecognized by the sensor:1. Sharp or slim objects such as

ropes, chains or small poles.2. Objects, which tend to absorb sen-

sor frequency such as clothes,spongy material or snow.

4 95


✽✽ NOTICE1. The warning may not sound

sequentially depending on thespeed and shapes of the objectsdetected.

2. The parking assist system maymalfunction if the vehicle bumperheight or sensor installation hasbeen modified. Any non-factoryinstalled equipment or accessoriesmay also interfere with the sensorperformance.

3. Sensor may not recognize objectsless than 30 cm from the sensor,or it may sense an incorrect dis-tance. Use with caution.

4. When the sensor is frozen orstained with snow or water, thesensor may be inoperative untilthe stains are removed using asoft cloth.

5. Do not push, scratch or strike thesensor with any hard objects thatcould damage the surface of thesensor. Sensor damage could occur.

✽✽ NOTICEThis system can only sense objectswithin the range and location of thesensors, it can not detect objects inother areas where sensors are notinstalled. Also, small or slim objects,or objects located between sensorsmay not be detected. Always visually check in front andbehind the vehicle when driving.Be sure to inform any drivers in thevehicle that may be unfamiliar withthe system regarding the systemscapabilities and limitations.

WARNINGPay close attention when thevehicle is driven close toobjects on the road, particularlypedestrians, and especiallychildren. Be aware that someobjects may not be detected bythe sensors, due to the objectsdistance, size or material, all ofwhich can limit the effective-ness of the sensor. Always per-form a visual inspection tomake sure the vehicle is clear ofall obstructions before movingthe vehicle in any direction.


964

Self-diagnosisWhen you shift the gear to the R(Reverse) position and if one or moreof the below occurs you may have amalfunction in the parking assist sys-tem.• You don't hear an audible warning

sound or if the buzzer sounds inter-mittently.

If this occurs, we recommend thatthe system be checked by an author-ized Kia dealer.

WARNINGYour new vehicle warranty doesnot cover any accidents or dam-age to the vehicle or injuries toits occupants related to a park-ing assist system. Always drivesafely and cautiously.

(blinks)

• is displayed. (if equipped)

4 97


The rearview camera will activatewhen the back-up light is ON with theignition switch ON and the shift leverin the R (Reverse) position.

This system is a supplemental sys-tem that shows behind the vehiclethrough the audio or navigation dis-play backing-up.Always keep the camera lens clean. Iflens is covered with foreign matter,the camera may not operate normally.

REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)

ORP042110

ORP042111

■ Type A

■ Type B

WARNING• This system is a supplemen-

tary function only. It is theresponsibility of the driver toalways check the inside/out-side rearview mirrors and thearea behind the vehicle beforeand while backing up becausethere is a dead zone that can'tbe seen by the camera.

• Always keep the camera lensclean. If lens is covered withforeign matter, the cameramay not operate normally.


984

The hazard warning flasher shouldbe used whenever you find it neces-sary to stop the car in a hazardouslocation. When you must make suchan emergency stop, always pull offthe road as far as possible.

The hazard warning lights are turnedon by pushing in the hazard switch.Both turn signal lights will blink. Thehazard warning lights will operateeven though the key is not in the igni-tion switch.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch again.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

ORP043112C

ORP042113

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 99


Battery saver function• The purpose of this feature is to

prevent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the parking lights whenthe driver removes the ignition keyand opens the driver- side door.

• With this feature, the parking lightswill turn off automatically if the driverparks on the side of the road at night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the ignition key is removed,perform the following :1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and

ON again using the light switchon the steering column.

Headlamp delay function (if equipped)The headlamps (and/or taillights)remain on for same minutes (5 min-utes) after the ignition key is removedor turned to the ACC or LOCK posi-tion. However, if the driver’s door isopened and closed, the headlightsare turned off after 15 seconds.The headlights can be turned off bypressing the lock button on the trans-mitter or smart key twice or turningoff the light switch from the headlightor Auto light position.You can activate or deactivate theheadlamp delay function. Refer to“User setting” in this chapter.

LIGHTING

CAUTIONIf the driver gets out of the vehi-cle through other doors (exceptdriver’s door), the battery saverfunction does not operate andthe headlamp delay functiondoes not turn off automatically.Therefore, it causes the batteryto be discharged. In this case,make sure to turn off the lampbefore getting out of the vehicle.


1004

Headlight welcome function (if equipped)When the headlight switch is in theON or AUTO position and all doors(and tailgate) are closed and locked,if you press the door unlock buttonon the transmitter (or smart key), theheadlights will come on for about 15seconds.If the headlight switch is in the AUTOposition, the function can only oper-ate at night.At this time, if you press the door lockbutton or unlock button (once ortwice) on the transmitter (or smartkey), the headlights will turn offimmediately.

Daytime running lightDaytime Running Lights (DRL) canmake it easier for others to see thefront of your vehicle during the day.DRL can be helpful in many differentdriving conditions, and it is especiallyhelpful after dawn and before sunset.The DRL system turns OFF when:1. The front fog light or headlight (low

beam) switch is ON.2. The engine is OFF.

Lighting control

The light switch has a Headlight anda Parking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob atthe end of the control lever to one ofthe following positions:(1) OFF position(2) Parking light position(3) Headlight position(4) Auto light position (if equipped)

ORP042115C

4 101


Parking light position ( )

When the light switch is in the park-ing light position (1st position), thetail, position, license and instrumentpanel lights will turn ON.

Headlight position ( )

When the light switch is in the head-light position the head, tail, position,license and instrument panel lightswill turn ON.

✽✽ NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

Auto light position (if equipped)

When the light switch is in the AUTOlight position, the taillights and head-lights will turn ON or OFF automati-cally depending on the amount oflight outside the vehicle.

ORP042116C ORP042117C ORP042118C


1024

High beam operation

1. Turn the light switch to the head-light position.

2. Push the lever away from you.

• The high-beam indicator will lightwhen the headlight high beams areswitched on.

• To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not leave the lightson for a prolonged time while theengine is not running.

CAUTION• Never place anything over

sensor (1) located on theinstrument panel. This willensure better auto-light sys-tem control.

• Don’t clean the sensor using awindow cleaner. The cleanermay leave a light film whichcould interfere with sensoroperation.

• If your vehicle has window tintor other types of metallic coat-ing on the front windshield,the Auto light system may notwork properly.

WARNING - High beamsDo not use high beam whenthere are other vehicles. Usinghigh beam could obstruct theother driver's vision.ORP042119C

4 103


Flashing headlights

Pull the lever towards you. It willreturn to the normal (low-beam)position when released. The head-light switch does not need to be on touse this flashing feature.

Turn signals and lane changesignals

The ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn onthe turn signals, move the lever up ordown (A). The green arrow indicatorson the instrument panel indicatewhich turn signal is operating. Theywill self-cancel after a turn is com-pleted. If the indicator continues toflash after a turn, manually return thelever to the OFF position.

To signal a lane change, move theturn signal lever slightly and hold it inposition (B). The lever will return tothe OFF position when released.If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one ofthe turn signal bulbs may be burnedout and will require replacement.If an indicator flash is abnormallyquick or slow, a bulb may be burnedout or have a poor electrical connec-tion in the circuit.

ORP042120C

ORP042121C


1044

One-touch lane change functionTo activate an one-touch lane changefunction, move the turn signal leverslightly for less than 0.5 second andthen release it. The lane change sig-nals will blink 3, 5 or 7times.You can choose one-touch lanechange blinking function in “Onetouch turn lamp” of “User setting”.Refer to “User setting” in chapter 4.

✽✽ NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormallyquick or slow, a bulb may be burnedout or have a poor electrical connec-tion in the circuit.

Front fog light (if equipped)

Fog lights are used to provideimproved visibility when visibility ispoor due to fog, rain or snow etc.1. Turn on the park light.2. Turn the light switch (1) to the front

fog light position.3. To turn off the front fog light, turn the

light switch to the front fog light posi-tion again or turn off the park light.

ORP042122C

CAUTIONWhen in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehi-cle electrical power. Only use thefog lights when visibility is poor.

4 105


WIPERS AND WASHERSA : Wiper speed control (front)

· MIST – Single wipe· OFF – Off· INT – Intermittent wipe · AUTO* – Automatic control wipe· LO – Low wiper speed· HI – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent control wipe timeadjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes (front)

D : Rear wiper/washer control· ON – Continuous wipe· INT – Intermittent wipe · OFF – Off

E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)

* : if equipped

Windshield wiper control Operates as follows when the igni-tion switch is turned ON.MIST : For a single wiping cycle,

move the lever upward andrelease it. The wipers willoperate continuously if thelever is held in this position.

OFF : Wiper is not in operation INT : Wiper operates intermittently at

the same wiping intervals. Usethis mode in a light rain or mist.To vary the speed setting, turnthe speed control knob.

LO : Normal wiper speed HI : Fast wiper speed

If there is heavy accumulation ofsnow or ice on the windshield, defrostthe windshield for about 10 minutes,or until the snow and/or ice isremoved before using the windshieldwipers to ensure proper operation.

ORP042126L

ORP042125L

Front

Rear


1064

AUTO (Automatic) control (if equipped)

The rain sensor located on the upperend of the windshield glass sensesthe amount of rainfall and controlsthe wiping cycle for the proper inter-val. The more it rains, the faster thewiper operates. When the rain stops,the wiper stops.To vary the speed setting, turn thespeed control knob (1).

If the wiper switch is set in AUTOmode when the ignition switch is ON,the wiper will operate once to per-form a self-check of the system. Setthe wiper to off position when thewiper is not in use.Always remove all snow and ice anddefrost the windshield properly priorto operating the windshield wipers.

.

ORP042127N

CAUTIONWhen washing the vehicle, setthe wiper switch in the OFF (O)position to stop the auto wiperoperation.The wiper may operate and bedamaged if the switch is set inthe AUTO mode while washingthe vehicle.Do not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of thepassenger side windshieldglass. Damage to system partscould occur and may not be cov-ered by your vehicle warranty.When starting the vehicle inwinter, set the wiper switch inthe OFF (O) position. Otherwise,wipers may operate and ice maydamage the windshield wiperblades. Always remove all snowand ice and defrost the wind-shield properly prior to operat-ing the windshield wipers.

CAUTIONWhen the ignition switch is ONand the windshield wiper switchis placed in the AUTO mode, usecaution in the following situa-tions to avoid any injury to thehands or other parts of the body:• Do not touch the upper end of

the windshield glass facingthe rain sensor.

• Do not wipe the upper end ofthe windshield glass with adamp or wet cloth.

• Do not put pressure on thewindshield glass.

4 107


Windshield wipers When the wiper blade is not in a nor-mal position, place the ignition switchin the ON position. The wiper bladewill return to the normal position.

Following are cases a wiper blademay be in an abnormal position.

- The wiper blade may be positionedabnormally when in an automaticvehicle wash. (Ignition switch in theOFF position)

- The wiper blade may be positionedabnormally when moved by force.

- The passenger's side wiper is ontop of the driver's side wiper.(Normal position : The driver's sidewiper must be on top of the pas-senger's side wiper.)

When there is a problem with interfaceto be connected to driver's motor, thewiper blades activate the Fail SafetyFunction in the ignition switch ON orwithin few minutes after ignition switchOFF or while driving. Fail SafetyFunction will operate as follows:- HI or Mode 2 (5 minutes) → LO or

Mode 1 (5 minutes) → INT or Mode--- (5 minutes) → OFF or O (Stop)

✽✽ NOTICEIf the problem remains, have thesystem be checked by an authorizedKia dealer.

• In a rainy day if the windshield glassgets dry when driving through a longtunnel, the wiping velocity mayreduce to protect the motor andblade. It will return to its normal state,after passing through the tunnel.

• Wiper blade can be moved upwardby wind pressure during drivinghigh speed. It is to protect the wrongwith motor. In case of occuring thesituation, operate wiper blades.

Wiper blade may operate normallyand be positioned normally.

■ Normal position

■ Abnormal position ■ Abnormal position

■ Ignition switch is ON

■ Normal position

ORP072060


1084

When the operation of the passen-ger’s side wiper blade is limited byaccumulated snow on the cowl topcover, operating angle of the driver’sside wiper blade will be reduced toavoid collision between the wiperblades.

Windshield washers (front)

In the OFF position, pull the levergently toward you to spray washerfluid on the windshield and to run thewipers 1-3 cycles.Use this function when the wind-shield is dirty.The spray and wiper operation willcontinue until you release the lever. Ifthe washer does not work, check thewasher fluid level.

If the fluid level is not sufficient, youwill need to add appropriate non-abrasive windshield washer fluid tothe washer reservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located inthe front of the engine compartmenton the passenger side.

ORP072064

Reduced angle (Driver’s side Wiper)

Normal angle(Driver’s side Wiper)

Accumulated SnowCowl Top Cover

ORP042128L

WARNINGDo not use the washer in freez-ing temperatures without firstwarming the windshield withthe defrosters; the washer solu-tion could freeze on the wind-shield and obscure your vision.

CAUTIONTo prevent possible damage tothe washer pump, do not oper-ate the washer when the fluidreservoir is empty.

4 109


Headlight washer (if equipped)

If your vehicle is equipped with theheadlight washer it will operate at thesame time when you operate thewindshield washer. It will operatewhen the headlight switch is in thefirst or second position and the igni-tion switch or engine start/stop but-ton is in the ON position.The washer fluid will be sprayed onto the headlights.

✽✽ NOTICE• Check the headlight washers peri-

odically to confirm that the wash-er fluid is being sprayed properlyonto the headlight lenses.

• The headlight washer can be oper-ated 15 minutes after being oper-ated last time.

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage

to the wipers or windshield,do not operate the wiperswhen the windshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, orother solvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to thewiper arms and other compo-nents, do not attempt to movethe wipers manually.

ORP042193


1104

Rear window wiper and wash-er switch

The rear window wiper and washerswitch is located at the end of thewiper and washer switch lever. Turnthe switch to the desired position tooperate the rear wiper and washer.HI - High wiper speedLO - Low wiper speed OFF - Wiper is not in operation

Push the lever away from you tospray rear washer fluid and to run therear wipers 1~3 cycles. The sprayand wiper operation will continueuntil you release the lever.

ORP042130N

ORP042129N

4 111


INTERIOR LIGHTInterior lamp AUTO cut• When all entrances are closed, if

you lock the vehicle by using thetransmitter or the smart key, allinterior lamp will be off after a fewseconds.

• If you do not operate anything inthe vehicle after turning off theengine, the lights will turn off after20 minutes.

Map lamp

Press the lens (1) to turn the maplamp on or off• (2) : The lamps are off even if a

door is opened.

CAUTIONDo not use the interior lights forextended periods when theengine is not running.It may cause battery discharge.

WARNINGDo not use the interior lightswhen driving in the dark. Theglare from the interior lightsmay obstruct your view andcause an accident.

ORP042131

ORP042132Q

■ Type A

■ Type B


1124

• (3) :- The map lamp comes on when a

door is opened. If you close thedoor, the lamps go out afterapproximately 30 seconds.

- The map lamp comes on forapproximately 30 seconds whendoors are unlocked with a trans-mitter or smart key as long as thedoors are not opened.

- The map lamp will stay on forapproximately 20 minutes if a dooris opened with the ignition switchin the ACC or LOCK/OFF position.

- The map lamp will stay on contin-uously if the door is opened withthe ignition switch in the ON posi-tion.

- The map lamp will go out imme-diately if the ignition switch ischanged to the ON position or alldoors are locked.

• (4) : The map lamp stays on atall times.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen the lamp is turned on bypressing the lens (1), the lamp doesnot turn off even if the switch is inthe OFF position (2).

Room lamp

Press the button to turn the light onor off.If the map lamp turns on by the maplamp switch, the room lamp will turnon.

ORP042133

ORP042134

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 113


Luggage room lamp

The luggage room lamp comes onwhen the tailgate is opened.

Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)

Push the switch to turn the light on oroff.• : The lamp will turn on if this

button is pressed.• : The lamp will turn off if this

button is pressed.

ORP043135C

ORP043137C

■ Fixed Type

■ Portable TypeOLM049105

CAUTION- Vanity mirror lamp

Always have the switch in theoff position when the vanity mir-ror lamp is not in use. If the sun-visor is closed without the lampoff, it may discharge the batteryor damage the sunvisor.


1144

WELCOME SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)Headlamp welcomeWhen the headlight(light switch inthe headlight or AUTO position) is onand all doors (and tailgate) arelocked and closed, the headlight,position light and tail light will comeon for 15 seconds if any of the belowis performed.• Without smart key system

- When the door unlock button ispressed on the transmitter.

• With the smart key system- When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.

At this time, if you press the door lockbutton (on the transmitter or smartkey), the lights will turn off immedi-ately.

Interior light When the interior light switch is in theDOOR position and all doors (andtailgate) are locked and closed, theroom lamp will come on for 30 sec-onds if any of the below is performed.• Without smart key system



pressed on the smart key.- When the button of the outside

door handle is pressed.

At this time, if you press the door lockbutton, the lamps will turn off imme-diately.

Puddle lamp (if equipped)When all doors are locked andclosed, the puddle lamp will come onfor 15 seconds if any of the below isperformed.• Without smart key system



pressed on the smart key.- When the button of the outside

door handle is pressed.- When the vehicle is approached

with the smart key in possession.

At this time, if you press the door lockbutton, the lamps will turn off imme-diately.

4 115


DEFROSTER

✽✽ NOTICEIf you want to defrost and defog thefront windshield, refer to “WindshieldDefrosting and Defogging” in thischapter.

Rear window defroster

The defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice fromthe interior and exterior of the rearwindow, while the engine is running.

• To activate the rear windowdefroster, press the rear windowdefroster button located in the cen-ter facia switch panel. The indicatoron the rear window defroster but-ton illuminates when the defrosteris ON.

• To turn off the defroster manually,press the rear window defrosterbutton again.

✽✽ NOTICE• The rear window defroster auto-

matically turns off after approxi-mately 20 minutes or when theignition switch is turned off.

• If there is heavy accumulation ofsnow on the rear window, brush itoff before operating the reardefroster.

ORP042138

ORP042139N

■ Manual climate control

■ Automatic climate control

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the con-ductors bonded to the insidesurface of the rear window,never use sharp instruments orwindow cleaners containingabrasives to clean the window.


1164

Outside mirror defroster (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with theoutside rearview mirror defrosters,they will operate at the same time youturn on the rear window defroster.

Front wiper deicer (if equipped)The front wiper deicer will operate atthe same time you turn on the rearwindow defroster.

4 117


MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

ORP042140

1. Fan speed control knob

2. Air conditioning button

3. Rear window defroster button

4. Mode selection button

5. Air intake control button

6. Temperature control knob

7. Front windshield defroster button


1184

Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

To improve the effectiveness ofheating and cooling :- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to theoutside (fresh) air or recirculatedair position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turnthe air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

ORP043141C

4 119


Mode selection

The mode selection buttons controlthe direction of the air flow throughthe ventilation system.Air can be directed to the floor, dash-board outlets, or windshield. Threesymbols are used to represent Face,Floor and Defrost air position.

Face-Level (B, D, F*)

Air flow is directed toward the upperbody and face. Additionally, eachoutlet can be controlled to direct theair discharged from the outlet.

Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the airbeing directed to the windshield andside window defrosters.

* : if equipped

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield.

Also you may select 2~3 modes atthe same time for desired air flow.

- face ( ) + floor ( ) mode

- face ( ) + defrost ( ) mode

- floor ( ) + defrost ( ) mode

- face ( ) + floor ( ) +

defrost ( ) mode

ORP042142


1204

Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened orclosed separately using the thumb-wheel.Also, you can adjust the direction ofair delivered from these vents usingthe vent control lever as shown.

Temperature control

The temperature control knob allowsyou to control the temperature of theair flowing from the ventilation sys-tem.To change the air temperature inthe passenger compartment, turnthe knob to the right position forwarm and hot air or left position forcooler air.

Air intake control

This is used to select outside (fresh)air position or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control posi-tion, push the control button.

ORP042144 ORP042145

ORP042143

4 121


Recirculated air positionWith the recirculated airposition selected, airfrom the passengercompartment will bedrawn through the heat-ing system and heatedor cooled according tothe function selected.

Outside (fresh) air positionWith the outside (fresh)air position selected, airenters the vehicle fromoutside and is heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater inthe recirculated air position (with-out air conditioning selected) maycause fogging of the windshield andside windows and the air within thepassenger compartment maybecome stale.In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the recirculatedair position selected will result inexcessively dry air in the passengercompartment.

WARNING• Continue using the climate

control system in the recircu-lated air position may allowhumidity to increase insidethe vehicle which may fog theglass and obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle withthe air conditioning or heatingsystem on. It may cause seri-ous harm or death due to adrop in the oxygen leveland/or body temperature.

• Continue using the climatecontrol system in the recircu-lated air position can causedrowsiness or sleepiness, andloss of vehicle control. Set theair intake control to the outside(fresh) air position as much aspossible while driving.


1224

Fan speed control

The ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation.The fan speed control knob allowsyou to control the fan speed of the airflowing from the ventilation system.To change the fan speed, turn theknob to the right for higher speed orleft for lower speed.Setting the fan speed control knob tothe “0” position turns off the fan.

To turn off the blowers

To turn off the blowers, turn the fanspeed control knob to the “0” position.

Air conditioning (if equipped)

Press the A/C button to turn the airconditioning system on (indicatorlight will illuminate). Press the buttonagain to turn the air conditioning sys-tem off.

ORP042146ORP042147 ORP042267

4 123


System operationVentilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the

outside (fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the



desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired,

turn the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set themode to the position.

Operation Tips• To prevent dust or unpleasant

fumes from entering the vehiclethrough the ventilation system,temporarily set the air intake con-trol to the recirculated air position.Be sure to return the control to thefresh air position when the irritationhas passed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driv-er alert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling systemis drawn in through the grilles justahead of the windshield. Careshould be taken that these are notblocked by leaves, snow, ice orother obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control tothe fresh air position and fan speedto the desired position, turn on theair conditioning system, and adjustthe temperature control to desiredtemperature.

Air conditioning (if equipped) Kia Air Conditioning Systems arefilled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant.1. Start the engine. Push the air con-

ditioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the

recirculated air position. However,prolonged operation of the reticu-lated air position will excessivelydry the air. In this case, change theair position.

4. Adjust the fan speed control andtemperature control to maintainmaximum comfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired,set the temperature control to theextreme left position, set the modecontrol to the MAX A/C position,then set the fan speed control tothe highest speed.


1244

✽✽ NOTICE• When using the air conditioning

system, monitor the temperaturegauge closely while driving uphills or in heavy traffic when out-side temperatures are high. Airconditioning system operationmay cause engine overheating.Continue to use the blower fan butturn the air conditioning systemoff if the temperature gauge indi-cates engine overheating.

• When opening the windows inhumid weather air conditioningmay create water droplets insidethe vehicle. Since excessive waterdroplets may cause damage toelectrical equipment, air condi-tioning should only be used withthe windows closed.

Air conditioning system operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in

direct sunlight during hot weather,open the windows for a short timeto let the hot air inside the vehicleescape.

• To help reduce moisture inside ofthe windows on rainy or humiddays, decrease the humidity insidethe vehicle by operating the airconditioning system.

• During air conditioning systemoperation, you may occasionallynotice a slight change in enginespeed as the air conditioning com-pressor cycles. This is a normalsystem operation characteristic.

• Use the air conditioning systemevery month only for a few minutesto ensure maximum system per-formance.

• When using the air conditioningsystem, you may notice clear waterdripping (or even puddling) on theground under the passenger sideof the vehicle. This is a normal sys-tem operation characteristic.

CAUTION• The refrigerant system should

only be serviced by trained andcertified technicians to insureproper and safe operation.

• The refrigerant system shouldbe serviced in a well-ventilat-ed place.

• The air conditioning evaporator(cooling coil) shall never berepaired or replaced with oneremoved from a used or sal-vaged vehicle and new replace-ment MAC evaporators shall becertified (and labeled) as meet-ing SAE Standard J2842.

4 125


• Operating the air conditioning sys-tem in the recirculated air positionprovides maximum cooling, how-ever, continual operation in thismode may cause the air inside thevehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling andhumid air intake. This is a normalsystem operation characteristic.

Climate control air filter

The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into thevehicle from the outside through theheating and air conditioning system. Ifdust or other pollutants accumulate inthe filter over a period of time, the airflow from the air vents may decrease,resulting in moisture accumulation onthe inside of the windshield evenwhen the outside (fresh) air position isselected. If this happens, have the cli-mate control air filter replaced by anauthorized Kia dealer.

✽✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is being driven insevere conditions such as dusty,rough roads, more frequent cli-mate control air filter inspectionsand changes are required.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, the system should bechecked at an authorized Kiadealer.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core


1264

Checking the amount of airconditioner refrigerant andcompressor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant islow, the performance of the air con-ditioning is reduced. Overfilling alsohas a negative influence on the airconditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected byan authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING - Vehiclesequipped with R-134a

Because this refriger-ant has a very highpressure, the air con-ditioning systemshould only be serv-

iced by trained and certifiedtechnicians. It is important thatthe correct type and amount ofoil and refrigerant is used.Improper service may result indamage to the vehicle and per-sonal injury.

4 127


AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

ORP042148/ORP042149C

1. Driver's temperature control knob2. AUTO (automatic control) button3. Fan speed control button

(Higher speed)4. Fan speed control button

(Lower speed)5. Climate control display6. Air conditioning button7. Air intake control button8. Passenger's temperature control

knob9. Dual temperature control selection

button10. OFF button11. Front windshield defroster button12. Mode selection button13. Rear window defroster button14. Climate control information screen

selection button

■ Type A

■ Type B


1284

Automatic heating and air con-ditioningThe automatic climate control sys-tem is controlled by simply settingthe desired temperature.

The Full Automatic TemperatureControl (FATC) system automaticallycontrols the heating and cooling sys-tem as follows:1. Press the AUTO button. The

modes, fan speeds, air intake andair-conditioning will be controlledautomatically by setting the tem-perature.

2. Turn the temperature control knobto set the desired temperature.

ORP042155 ORP042150

4 129


✽✽ NOTICE• To turn the automatic operation off,

select any button of the following:- Mode selection button- Air conditioning button- Front windshield defrost button- Fan speed control button

The selected function will be con-trolled manually while other func-tions operate automatically.

• For your convenience and toimprove the effectiveness of theclimate control, use the AUTObutton and set the temperature to23°C (73°F).

✽✽ NOTICENever place anything over the sen-sor located on the instrument panelto ensure better control of the heat-ing and cooling system.

Manual heating and air condi-tioningThe heating and cooling system canbe controlled manually by pressingbuttons or turning knob(s) other thanthe AUTO button. In this case, thesystem works sequentially accordingto the order of buttons or knob(s)selected.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling:- Heating:- Cooling:

ORP042151


1304

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to theoutside (fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turnthe air conditioning system on.

Press the AUTO button in order toconvert to full automatic control ofthe system.

Mode selection

The mode selection button controls the direction of the airflow in the vehicle.If you push the button once, the corresponding switch will turn on, and if youpush the button again, the switch will turn off.

ORP043141C

4 131


Face-Level (B, D, F)

Air flow is directed toward the upperbody and face. Additionally, eachoutlet can be controlled to direct theair discharged from the outlet.

Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the airbeing directed to the windshield andside window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

Also you may select 2~3 modes atthe same time.- face ( ) + floor ( ) mode- face ( ) + defrost ( ) mode- floor ( ) + defrost ( ) mode- face ( ) + floor ( ) + defrost

( ) mode

* : if equipped

Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened orclosed separately using the thumb-wheel. (if equipped)Also, you can adjust the direction ofair delivery from these vents usingthe vent control lever as shown.

ORP042143ORP042152



1324

Temperature control

The temperature will increase to themaximum (HI) by turning the knob tothe right extremely.The temperature will decrease to theminimum (Lo) by turning the knob tothe left extremely.When turning the knob, the tempera-ture will increase or decrease by0.5°C/1°F. When set to the lowesttemperature setting, the air condi-tioning will operate continuously.

Operate the driver’s side temperaturecontrol to adjust the driver side tem-perature. Operate the passenger’sside temperature control to adjust thepassenger side temperature.

Adjusting the driver and passengerside temperature individually 1. Press the DUAL button to operate

the driver and passenger sidetemperature individually. Also, ifthe passenger side temperaturecontrol knob is operated, it willautomatically change to the DUALmode as well.

2. Operate the left temperature con-trol to adjust the driver side tem-perature. Operate the right sidetemperature control to adjust thepassenger side temperature.

ORP042153

■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side

ORP042154

4 133


Adjusting the driver and passengerside temperature equally1. Press the DUAL button again to

deactivate DUAL mode. The pas-senger side temperature will beset to the same temperature asthe driver side.

2. Operate the driver side tempera-ture control button. The driver andpassenger side temperature willbe adjusted equally.

Temperature conversionYou can switch the temperaturemode from Centigrade to Fahrenheitas follows:While pressing the OFF button,press the AUTO button for 3 secondsor more.The display will change fromCentigrade to Fahrenheit, or fromFahrenheit to Centigrade.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the battery has been discharged

or disconnected, the temperaturemode display will reset toCentigrade.

• If you re-connect the battery afterit has been completely dischargedor after it has been disconnectedfrom the vehicle, the system willbe initiated and the display willfirst show 23°C (73°F) on thescreen which is the initial setting.

Air intake control

This is used to select the outside(fresh) air position or recirculated airposition.To change the air intake control posi-tion, push the control button.

ORP042156



1344

Recirculated air positionWith the recirculated airposition selected, airfrom the passengercompartment will bedrawn through the heat-ing system and heatedor cooled according tothe function selected.

Outside (fresh) air positionWith the outside (fresh)air position selected, airenters the vehicle fromoutside and is heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater inthe recirculated air position (with-out air conditioning selected) maycause fogging of the windshield andside windows and the air within thepassenger compartment maybecome stale.In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the recirculatedair position selected will result inexcessively dry air in the passengercompartment.

WARNING• Continue using the climate

control system in the recircu-lated air position may allowhumidity to increase insidethe vehicle which may fog theglass and obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle withthe air conditioning or heatingsystem on. It may cause seri-ous harm or death due to adrop in the oxygen leveland/or body temperature.

• Continuous use of the climatecontrol system in the recircu-lated air position can causedrowsiness or sleepiness, andloss of vehicle control. Set theair intake control to the outside(fresh) air position as much aspossible while driving.

4 135


Fan speed control

The fan speed can be set to thedesired speed by operating the fanspeed control button.To change the fan speed, press theupper button ( ) for higher speed, orpress the lower button ( ) for lowerspeed.Pressing the OFF button turns off thefan.

Air conditioning (if equipped)

Press the A/C button to turn the airconditioning system on (indicatorlight will illuminate).Press the button again to turn the airconditioning system off.

OFF mode

Press the OFF button to turn off theair climate control system. However,you can still operate the air intakebuttons as long as the ignition switchis in the ON position.

ORP042157


ORP042158


ORP042159



1364

Climate information screen selec-tion (for type B)

Press the climate information screenselection button to display climateinformation on the screen.

System operationVentilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the



desired speed.

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the



desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired,

turn the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set themode to the or position.

Operation Tips• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes

from entering the vehicle throughthe ventilation system, temporarilyset the air intake control to therecirculated air position. Be sure toreturn the control to the fresh airposition when the irritation haspassed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driv-er alert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling systemis drawn in through the grilles justahead of the windshield. Careshould be taken that these are notblocked by leaves, snow, ice orother obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control tothe fresh air position and fan speedto the desired position, turn on theair conditioning system, and adjustthe temperature control to desiredtemperature.

ORP042160

4 137


Air conditioningKia Air Conditioning Systems arefilled with refrigerant*.1. Start the engine. Push the air con-

ditioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the

outside air or recirculated air posi-tion.

4. Adjust the fan speed control andtemperature control to maintainmaximum comfort.

✽✽ NOTICE• When using the air conditioning sys-

tem, monitor the temperature gaugeclosely while driving up hills or inheavy traffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engineoverheating. Continue to use theblower fan but turn the air condi-tioning system off if the temperaturegauge indicates engine overheating.

• When opening the windows inhumid weather air conditioningmay create water droplets insidethe vehicle. Since excessive waterdroplets may cause damage toelectrical equipment, air condi-tioning should only be used withthe windows closed.

Air conditioning system operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in

direct sunlight during hot weather,open the windows for a short timeto let the hot air inside the vehicleescape.

• To help reduce moisture inside ofthe windows on rainy or humiddays, decrease the humidity insidethe vehicle by operating the airconditioning system.

• During air conditioning systemoperation, you may occasionallynotice a slight change in enginespeed as the air conditioning com-pressor cycles. This is a normalsystem operation characteristic.

• Use the air conditioning systemevery month only for a few minutesto ensure maximum system per-formance.

CAUTION• The refrigerant system should

only be serviced by trainedand certified technicians toinsure proper and safe opera-tion.

• The refrigerant system shouldbe serviced in a well-ventilat-ed place.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The air conditioning evaporator

(cooling coil) shall never berepaired or replaced with oneremoved from a used or sal-vaged vehicle and new replace-ment MAC evaporators shall becertified (and labeled) as meet-ing SAE Standard J2842.


1384

• When using the air conditioningsystem, you may notice clear waterdripping (or even puddling) on theground under the passenger sideof the vehicle. This is a normal sys-tem operation characteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning sys-tem in the recirculated air positionprovides maximum cooling, how-ever, continual operation in thismode may cause the air inside thevehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling andhumid air intake. This is a normalsystem operation characteristic.

Climate control air filter

The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dustor other pollutants that come into thevehicle from the outside through theheating and air conditioning system.If dust or other pollutants accumulatein the filter over a period of time, theair flow from the air vents maydecrease, resulting in moisture accu-mulation on the inside of the wind-shield even when the outside (fresh)air position is selected. If this hap-pens, we recommend that the cli-mate control air filter be replaced byan authorized Kia dealer.

✽✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is being driven insevere conditions such as dusty orrough roads, more frequent cli-mate control air filter inspectionsand changes are required.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, we recommend that thesystem should be checked at anauthorized Kia dealer.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core

4 139


Checking the amount of airconditioner refrigerant andcompressor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant islow, the performance of the air con-ditioning is reduced. Overfilling alsohas a negative influence on the airconditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected byan authorized Kia dealer.

WARNINGBecause the refriger-ant is at very highpressure, the air con-ditioning systemshould only be serv-

iced by trained and certifiedtechnicians. It is important thatthe correct type and amount ofoil and refrigerant is used, oth-erwise damage to the vehicleand personal injury may occur.


1404

• For maximum defrosting, set thetemperature control to the extremeright/hot position and the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desiredwhile defrosting or defogging, setthe mode to the floor-defrost posi-tion.

• Before driving, clear all snow andice from the windshield, rear win-dow, outside rear view mirrors, andall side windows.

• Clear all snow and ice from thehood and air inlet in the cowl grill toimprove heater and defroster effi-ciency and to reduce the probabili-ty of fogging up the inside of thewindshield.

Manual climate control systemTo defog inside windshield

1. Select any fan speed except “0”position.

2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the button.4. The outside (fresh) air will be

selected automatically. If the position is selected, air condition-ing (if equipped) will also beselected automatically.

If the air conditioning and/or outside(fresh) air position are not selectedautomatically, press the correspon-ding button manually.

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

WARNING - Windshieldheating

Do not use the position dur-ing cooling operation in extreme-ly humid weather. The differencebetween the temperature of theoutside air and the windshieldcould cause the outer surface ofthe windshield to fog up, causingloss of visibility. In this case, setthe mode selection knob or but-ton to the position and fanspeed control knob or button to alower speed. ORP042161

4 141


To defrost outside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the highestposition.

2. Set the temperature to theextreme hot position.

3. Press the button.4. The outside (fresh) air and air con-

ditioning will be selected automat-ically.

If the air conditioning is not selectedautomatically press the correspon-ding button manually.

Automatic climate control systemTo defog inside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the desiredposition.

2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air position will

be selected automatically and theair conditioning will turn onaccording to the detected ambienttemperature.

If the air conditioning and outside(fresh) air position are not selectedautomatically, adjust the correspon-ding button manually. If the posi-tion is selected, lower fan speed isadjusted to a higher fan speed.

ORP042163

ORP042162


1424

To defrost outside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the highestposition.

2. Set the temperature to theextreme hot (HI) position.

3. Press the defroster button.4. The outside (fresh) air position will

be selected automatically and theair conditioning will turn onaccording to the detected ambienttemperature.

Auto defogging system (Only for automatic climate con-trol system, if equipped)

Auto defogging reduces the possibil-ity of fogging up the inside of thewindshield by automatically sensingthe moisture of inside the windshield.

The auto defogging system operateswhen the climate control system is on.

✽✽ NOTICEThe auto defogging system may notoperate normally, when the outsidetemperture is below -15 °C.

ORP042164ORP042249

ORP042250

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 143


This indicator illuminateswhen the auto defoggingsystem senses the mois-ture of inside the wind-shield and operates.

If more moisture is in the vehicle,higher steps operate as follow.

Step 1 : Outside air positionStep 2 : Blowing air flow toward the

windshieldStep 3 : Operating the air conditioningStep 4 : Increasing air flow toward

the windshield

If your vehicle is equipped with theauto defogging system, it is automat-ically activated when the conditionsare met. However, if you would like tocancel the auto defogging system,press the front defroster button 4times within 2 seconds while press-ing the AUTO button. The indicatorwill blink 3 times to notify you that thesystem is cancelled.To use the auto defogging systemagain, follow the procedures men-tioned above.If the battery has been disconnectedor discharged, it resets to the autodefogging status.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen above indicator is turned on,the mode indicator will goes out.If the mode button is manuallyselected, the selected mode is dis-played for 3 seconds and then goesout. However, the mode will stillwork with the selected mode.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the A/C off is manually selectedwhile the auto defogging system ison, the auto defogging indicator willblink 3 times to give notice that theA/C off can not be selected.

CAUTIONDo not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of thedriver side windshield glass.Damage to the system partscould occur and may not be cov-ered by your vehicle warranty.


1444

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the clean air function turnson automatically.Also, the clean air function turns offautomatically, when the ignitionswitch turns to the OFF position.

CLEAN AIR (IF EQUIPPED)

ORP042165

4 145


Center console storage

To open the center console storage,pull up the lever.

Glove box

To open the glove box, pull the handleand the glove box will automaticallyopen. Close the glove box after use.Always keep the glove box closedwhile the vehicle is in operation.

STORAGE COMPARTMENT

ORP042166 ORP042167

CAUTION• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storagecompartment.

• Always keep the storage com-partment covers closed whiledriving. Do not attempt toplace so many items in thestorage compartment that thestorage compartment covercan not close securely.

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store, propane cylinders,or other flammable/explosivematerials in the vehicle. Theseitems may catch fire and/orexplode if the vehicle isexposed to hot temperatures forextended periods.


1464

Cool box (if equipped)

You can keep beverage cans or otheritems cool in the glove box.1. Turn on the air conditioning. The

temperature of the cool box willchange according to the tempera-ture of air conditioning.

2. Turn the knob to the open position.3. When the cool box is not used,

turn the knob to the close position.

✽✽ NOTICEIf some items in the cool box blockthe vent, the cooling effectiveness ofthe cool box is reduced.

WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or sudden stop, alwayskeep the glove box door closedwhile driving.

WARNING Do not keep food in the glovebox for a long time.

ORP042168

WARNINGDo not put perishable food inthe cool box because it may notmaintain the necessary consis-tent temperature to keep thefood fresh.

4 147


Luggage tray

You can place a first aid kit, a reflec-tor triangle (front tray), tools, etc. inthe box for easy access.• Grasp the strap on the top of the

cover and lift it.

Sunglass holder

To open the sunglass holder, pressthe cover and the holder will slowlyopen. Place your sunglasses with thelenses facing out. To close the sun-glass holder, push it up.

ORP042170

ORP042246

■ Type A

■ Type BORP042169

WARNING• Do not keep objects except

sunglasses inside the sun-glass holder. Such objects canbe thrown from the holder inthe event of a sudden stop oran accident, possibly injuringthe passengers in the vehicle.

• Do not open the sunglassholder while the vehicle ismoving. The rear view mirrorof the vehicle can be blockedby an opened sunglass holder.

• Do not put the glasses forciblyinto a sunglass holder to pre-vent breakage or deformationof the glasses. It may causepersonal injury if you try toopen it forcibly when the glass-es are jammed in the holder.


1484

Floor under tray (if equipped)

The floor under tray can be used forstoring small items. Grasp the strapon top of the cover and lift it.

ORP042172

4 149


Cigarette lighter (if equipped)

For the cigarette lighter to work, theignition switch must be in the ACC orON position.To use the cigarette lighter, push it allthe way into its socket. When the ele-ment is heated, the lighter will popout to the “ready” position.If it is necessary to replace the ciga-rette lighter, use only a genuine Kiareplacement or its approved equiva-lent.

Ashtray (if equipped)

To use the ashtray, open the cover.To clean or empty the ashtray, pull itout.

INTERIOR FEATURES

ORP042173

CAUTIONThe use of plug-in accessories(shavers, hand-held vacuums,and coffee pots, etc.) may dam-age the socket or cause electri-cal failure.

WARNING• Holding the lighter in after it is

heated will cause it to over-heat.

• If the lighter does not pop outwithin 30 seconds, remove itto prevent overheating.

ORP042240

ORP042241

■ Type A

■ Type B


1504

Cup holder

Cups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

Type BTo use the cup holder, open thecover.

WARNING - Ashtray usePutting lit cigarettes or matchesin an ashtray with other com-bustible materials may cause afire.

WARNINGKeep cans and bottles out ofdirect sunlight. Placing them ina hot vehicle can cause them toexplode.

WARNING - Hot liquids• Do not place uncovered cups

with hot liquid in the cup hold-er while the vehicle is inmotion. If the hot liquid spills,you may burn yourself. Such aburn to the driver could lead toloss of control of the vehicle.

• To reduce the risk of personalinjury in the event of suddenstop or collision, do not placeuncovered or unsecured bot-tles, glasses, cans, etc., in thecup holder while the vehicle isin motion.

ORP042174

ORP042175

■ Front (Type A)

■ Front (Type B)

4 151


To use the cup holder, folding thecenter seat or pull down the armrest.

Bottle holder

Bottles may be placed in the holder.

Seat warmer (if equipped)

The seat warmer is provided to warmthe front seats during cold weather.With the ignition switch in the ONposition, push either of the switchesto warm the driver's seat or the frontpassenger's seat.

ORP042178

ORP042179

ORP042180

■ For front seat

■ For rear seat

ORP043243C

■ Rear seat


1524

During mild weather or under condi-tions where the operation of the seatwarmer is not needed, keep theswitches in the "OFF" position.• Each time you press the switch,

the temperature setting of the seatwill change as follows :

- Front seat

- Rear seat

• When pressing the switch for morethan 1.5 seconds with the seatwarmer operating, the seat warmerwill turn OFF.

• The seat warmer defaults to theOFF position whenever the enginestart/stop button (the ignitionswitch) is turned on.

✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat warmer switch in theON position, the heating system inthe seat turns off or on automaticallydepending on the seat temperature.

OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )

→→

OFF → HIGH ( ) → LOW ( )

CAUTION• When cleaning the seats, do

not use an organic solventsuch as paint thinner, ben-zene, alcohol and gasoline.Doing so may damage the sur-face of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating theseat warmer, do not place any-thing on the seats that insu-lates against heat, such asblankets, cushions or seatcovers while the seat warmeris in operation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equippedwith seat warmers. Damage tothe seat warming componentscould occur.

• Be careful not to spill liquidsuch as water or beverages onthe seat. If you spill some liq-uid, wipe the seat with a drytowel. Before using the seatwarmer, dry the seat com-pletely.

4 153


Air ventilation seat (if equipped)

The air ventilation is provided to coolthe driver’s seat during hot weather byblowing air through small vent holeson the surface of the seat and seat-back. While the engine is running,press the switch to cool the seat.

When the operation of the air ventila-tion is not needed, keep the switchesin the OFF position.• Each time you press the switch,

the airflow will change as follows:

• When pressing the switch for morethan 1.5 seconds with the seatcooler operating, the seat coolerwill turn OFF.

• When the air ventilation seat isturned on, the seat may get coolerafter about 5 minutes.

• Because the air ventilation usesthe air in the vehicle, cooling effi-ciency depends on the tempera-ture of the air. In order to improvecooling efficiency, use the air con-ditioning system together.

• The air ventilation seat defaults tothe OFF position whenever theignition switch is turned to the ONposition.

WARNING - Seat warmerburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat warm-ers due to the possibility ofexcess heating or burns.The seatwarmer may cause burns even atlow temperatures, especially ifused for long periods of time. Inparticular, the driver must exer-cise extreme care for the follow-ing types of passengers:1. Infants, children, elderly or

handicapped persons, orhospital outpatients

2. Persons with sensitive skinor those that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills,cold tablets, etc.)

ORP042181

OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )

→


1544

Sunvisor

Use the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.To use the sunvisor for the side win-dow, pull it downward, unsnap it fromthe bracket (1) and swing it to theside (2).

Adjust the sunvisor extension for-ward or backward (3). (if equipped)To use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and slide the mirror cover (4).To use the vanity mirror lamp, switchit on. (if equipped)The ticket holder (5, if equipped) isprovided for holding a tollgate ticket.

CAUTION - Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)

If you use the vanity mirrorlamp, turn off the lamp beforereturn the sunvisor to its origi-nal position. It could result inbattery discharge and possiblesunvisor damage.

WARNINGFor your safety, do not obstructyour vision when using the sun-visor.

OVG049174

4 155


Power outlet The power outlet is designed to pro-vide power for mobile telephones orother devices designed to operatewith vehicle electrical systems. Thedevices should draw less than 10amps with the engine running.

WARNINGDo not put a finger or a foreignelement (pin, etc.) into a poweroutlet and do not touch with awet hand. You may get an elec-tric shock.

ORP042182

ORP042183

■ Front

■ Rear

ORP042184

■ Cargo

CAUTION• Use the power outlet only

when the engine is runningand remove the accessoryplug after use. Using theaccessory plug for prolongedperiods of time with theengine off could cause thebattery to discharge.

• Only use 12V electric acces-sories which are less than 10Ain electric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operatinglevel when using the poweroutlet.Close the cover when not inuse.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interferencewhen plugged into a vehicle’spower outlet. These devicesmay cause excessive audiostatic and malfunctions inother electronic systems ordevices used in your vehicle.


1564

Aux, USB port

If your vehicle has an aux and/orUSB (universal serial bus) port, youcan use an aux port to connect audiodevices and an USB and also aniPod®.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noisemay occur during playback. If thishappens, use the power source of theportable audio device.

* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

Clothes hanger (if equipped)

To use the hanger, pull down theupper portion of hanger.

Floor mat anchor(s)

When using a floor mat on the floorcarpet, make sure it attaches to thefloor mat anchor(s) in your vehicle.This keeps the floor mat from slidingforward.

CAUTION - Hanging clothing

• Do not hang heavy clothes,since those may damage thehook.

• Be careful when opening andclosing the doors. Clothes,etc. may get caught betweenthe door gap.

ORP042185 ORP042186 OXM043309

■ For driver’s side ■ For passenger’s side

WARNING - After marketfloor mat

Do not install aftermarket floormats that are not capable ofbeing securely attached to thevehicle's floor mat anchors.Unsecured floor mats can inter-fere with pedal operation.

4 157


Luggage net holder

To keep items from shifting in thecargo area, you can use the holderslocated in the cargo area to attachthe luggage net.If necessary, we recommend thatyou contact an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNINGThe following must be observedwhen installing ANY floor matto the vehicle.• Ensure that the floor mats are

securely attached to the vehi-cle's floor mat anchor(s)before driving the vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floor mat thatcannot be firmly attached tothe vehicle's floor mat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on topof one another (e.g. all-weath-er rubber mat on top of a car-peted floor mat). Only a singlefloor mat should be installedin each position.

IMPORTANT - Your vehicle wasmanufactured with driver'sside floor mat anchors that aredesigned to securely hold thefloor mat in place.To avoid anyinterference with pedal opera-tion, Kia recommends that onlythe Kia floor mat designed foruse in your vehicle be installed.

OXM043308

OXM049217

■ Type A

■ Type B

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the goodsor the vehicle, care should betaken when carrying fragile orbulky objects in the luggagecompartment.

WARNINGTo avoid eye injury, DO NOToverstretch the luggage net.ALWAYS keep your face andbody out of the luggage net’srecoil path. DO NOT use the lug-gage net when the strap has vis-ible signs of wear or damage.


1584

Cargo security screen(if equipped)

Use the cargo security screen tohide items stored in the cargo area.

To use the cargo security screen

1. Pull the cargo security screentowards the rear of the vehicle bythe handle (1).

2. Insert the guide pin into the guide(2).

✽✽ NOTICEPull out the cargo security screenwith the handle in the center to pre-vent the guide pin from falling out ofthe guide.

When the cargo security screen is notin use:1. Pull the cargo security screen rear

and down to release it from theguides.

2. The cargo security screen willautomatically slide back in.

✽✽ NOTICEThe cargo security screen may notautomatically slide back in if thecargo security screen is not fullypulled out. Fully pull it out and thenlet go. ORP043191C

ORP043192C

4 159


To remove the cargo securityscreen

1. Push the guide pin inward.2. While pushing the guide pin, pull

out the cargo security screen.3. Open the luggage tray and keep

the cargo security screen in thetray.

To remove the cargo securityscreen from the luggage tray

1. Pull up the screen board.2. Push in the guide pin.3. While pushing the guide pin, pull

out the cargo security screen.

ORP042196

WARNING• Do not place objects on the

cargo security screen. Suchobjects may be thrown aboutinside the vehicle and possi-bly injure vehicle occupantsduring an accident or whenbraking.

• Never allow anyone to ride inthe luggage compartment. Itis designed for luggage only.

• Maintain the balance of thevehicle and locate the weightas forward as possible.

CAUTIONSince the cargo security screenmay be damaged or malformed,do not put luggage on it when itis used.

ODMECO2039


1604

Portable lamp usage(if equipped)

1. In-vehicle lamp, if necessary, afterseparation can be used as aportable.

2. Press push button (1).3. Pull out the lamp holder.4. Press the power switch (2).

❈ If the portable lamp does not turnon, it means the portable lampneeds to be charged. Insert thelamp holder and then charge itagain. The charge mode will beactivated if the ignition switch (orengine start/stop button) is onposition or engine is running.

ORP043137C

CAUTION1. Remove the batteries when

not in use for a long time.2. Use the specified battery.3.You can use the regular bat-

teries (Disposable batteries)but do not use the Non-rechargeable battery incharge mode. It may damagethe vehicle.

4. Do not place the lamp withwater or moist places and liq-uid compounds. These cancause internal leakage of abattery.

(Continued)

(Continued)5. When replacing the batteries,

check the direction and insert.It will not be charged if installedreversely.

6. Do not mix the rechargeablebatteries.It may not be charged normally.

7. Do not place the lamp or bat-teries near fire or heat. It cancause internal leakage of abattery.

8. Do not apply electrical shockwith portable charging termi-nals of the lamp.It can cause internal leakageof a battery or damage theportable lamp.

9. If the portable lamp does notturn on anymore aftercharged, replace therechargeable batteries.

4 161


Battery replacement

When replacement is necessary, usethe following procedure.1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and

gently try open the battery cover.2. Replace the batteries with new

rechargeable batteries (AAA size).When replacing the batteries,make sure the position of batteries.

3. Close the cover carefully.

Side curtain (if equipped)

To use the side curtain:1. Lift the curtain by the handle (1).2. Hang the curtain on the hooks on

both sides of the handle.

ODM042343OTAM041101

WARNINGTo avoid injury or damage to theside curtain and door moldings,lower side curtain by the handleall the way back to the stowedposition. Do not release handleafter disengaging from thehooks on the door.


1624

Roof rack

If the vehicle has a roof rack, you canload cargo on top of your vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the vehicle is equipped with a sun-roof, be sure not to position cargoonto the roof rack in such a way thatit could interfere with sunroof oper-ation.

EXTERIOR FEATURES

ORP042187

CAUTION• When carrying cargo on the

roof rack, take the necessaryprecautions to make sure thecargo does not damage theroof of the vehicle.

• When carrying large objectson the roof rack, make surethey do not exceed the overallroof length or width.

• When you are carrying cargoon the roof rack, do not operatethe sunroof (if equipped).

4 163


WARNING • The following specification is

the maximum weight that canbe loaded onto the roof rack.Distribute the load as evenlyas possible on the roof rackand secure the load firmly.

Loading cargo or luggage inexcess of the specified weightlimit on the roof rack maydamage your vehicle.

• The vehicle center of gravitywill be higher when items areloaded onto the roof rack.Avoid sudden starts, braking,sharp turns, abrupt maneu-vers or high speeds that mayresult in loss of vehicle con-trol or rollover resulting in anaccident.

(Continued)

ROOF 100 kg (220 lbs.)RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED

(Continued)• Always drive slowly and turn

corners carefully when carry-ing items on the roof rack.Severe wind updrafts, causedby passing vehicles or naturalcauses, can cause suddenupward pressure on itemsloaded on the roof rack. Thisis especially true when carry-ing large, flat items such aswood panels or mattresses.This could cause the items tofall off the roof rack and causedamage to your vehicle orothers around you.

• To prevent damage or loss ofcargo while driving, check fre-quently before or while driv-ing to make sure the items onthe roof rack are securely fas-tened.


1644

✽✽ NOTICE If you install an after market HIDhead lamp, your vehicle’s audio andelectronic device may malfunction.

Antenna

Your vehicle uses a roof antenna toreceive AM or/and FM broadcast sig-nals.This antenna is removable. Toremove the roof antenna, turn itcounterclockwise. To install the roofantenna, turn it clockwise.

AUDIO SYSTEM

CAUTION• Before entering a place with a

low height clearance or a vehi-cle wash, remove the antennaby rotating it counter-clock-wise. If not, the antenna maybe damaged.

• When reinstalling your roofantenna, it is important that itis fully tightened and adjustedto the upright position toensure proper reception. But itcould be removed when park-ing the vehicle or when load-ing cargo on the roof rack.

• When cargo is loaded on theroof rack, do not place thecargo near the antenna pole toensure proper reception.

ORP042188

4 165


Steering wheel audio control (if equipped)

The steering wheel may incorporateaudio control buttons. These buttonsare installed to promote safe driving.

VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1)• Push the lever upward (+) to

increase the volume.• Push the lever downward (-) to

decrease the volume.

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)The SEEK/PRESET button has dif-ferent functions based on the systemmode. For the following functions thebutton should be pressed for 0.8 sec-onds or more.

RADIO modeIt will function as the AUTO SEEKselect button.

CD/USB/iPod® modeIt will function as the FF/REW button.If the SEEK/PRESET button ispressed for less than 0.8 seconds, itwill work as follows in each mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the PRESET STA-TION buttons.

CD/USB/iPod® modeIt will function as TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

MODE (3)Press the button to change audiosource.- FM(1~2)➟ AM➟ SAT(1~3)➟ CD➟

USB AUX(iPod®) FM...

MUTE (4)• Press the button to mute the

sound.• Press the button to turn off the

microphone during a telephonecall.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons are described in the followingpages in this section.

CAUTIONDo not operate audio remotecontrol buttons simultaneously.

ORP042190


1664

How vehicle audio works

AM and FM radio signals are broad-cast from transmitter towers locatedaround your city. They are intercept-ed by the radio antenna on your vehi-cle. This signal is then processed bythe radio and sent to your vehiclespeakers.When a strong radio signal hasreached your vehicle, the preciseengineering of your audio systemensures the best possible qualityreproduction. However, in somecases the signal coming to your vehi-cle may not be strong and clear.

This can be due to factors, such asthe distance from the radio station,closeness of other strong radio sta-tions or the presence of buildings,bridges or other large obstructions inthe area.

AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broad-casts. This is because AM radiowaves are transmitted at low fre-quencies. These long distance,lowfrequency radio waves can follow thecurvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight. In addition, theycurve around obstructions resultingin better signal coverage.

JBM002

AM reception

JBM001

FM reception

4 167


FM broadcasts are transmitted athigh frequencies and do not bend tofollow the earth's surface. Becauseof this, FM broadcasts generallybegin to fade within short distancesfrom the station. short distances fromthe station. Also, FM signals are eas-ily affected by buildings, mountains,and obstructions. This can lead toundesirable or unpleasant listeningconditions which might lead you tobelieve a problem exists with yourradio. The following conditions arenormal and do not indicate radiotrouble:

• Fading - As your vehicle movesaway from the radio station, thesignal will weaken and sound willbegin to fade. When this occurs,we suggest that you select anotherstronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between thetransmitter and your radio can dis-turb the signal causing static orfluttering noises to occur. Reducingthe treble level may lessen thiseffect until the disturbance clears.

• Station Swapping - As an FM sig-nal weakens, another more power-ful signal near the same frequencymay begin to play. This is becauseyour radio is designed to lock ontothe clearest signal. If this occurs,select another station with astronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radiosignals being received from sever-al directions can cause distortionor fluttering. This can be caused bya direct and reflected signal fromthe same station, or by signalsfrom two stations with close fre-quencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the conditionhas passed.

JBM003

FM radio station

JBM005JBM004


1684

Using a cellular phone or a two-way radio When a cellular phone is used insidethe vehicle, noise may be producedfrom the audio system. This does notmean that something is wrong withthe audio equipment. In such a case,try to operate mobile devices as farfrom the audio equipment as possible.

Caring for disc• If the temperature inside the car is too

high, open the car windows to venti-late before using the system.

• It is illegal to copy and useMP3/WMA files without permission.Use CDs that are created only bylawful means.

• Do not apply volatile agents, suchas benzene and thinner, normalcleaners and magnetic spraysmade for analogue disc onto CDs.

• To prevent the disc surface fromgetting damaged, hold CDs by theedges or the center hole only.

• Clean the disc surface with a pieceof soft cloth before playback (wipeit from the center to the outsideedge).

• Do not damage the disc surface orattach pieces of sticky tape orpaper.

• Make certain only CDs are insert-ed into the CD player (Do not insertmore than one CD at a time).

• Keep CDs in their cases after use toprotect them from scratches or dirt.

• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs maynot operate normally according tothe manufacturing companies. Insuch circumstances, continueduse may cause malfunctions toyour audio system.

✽✽ NOTICE - Playing an Incompatible

Copy Protected Audio CDSome copy protected CDs, which donot comply with international audioCD standards (Red Book), may notplay on your car audio. Please notethat inabilities to properly play acopy protected CD may indicatethat the CD is defective, not the CDplayer.

CAUTIONWhen using a communicationsystem such as a cellular phoneor a radio set inside the vehicle,a separate external antennamust be fitted. When a cellularphone or a radio set is usedwith an internal antenna alone,it may interfere with the vehi-cle's electrical system andadversely affect safe operationof the vehicle.

WARNINGDo not use a cellular phonewhile driving. Stop at a safelocation to use a cellular phone.

4 169


WARNING• Do not stare at the screen

while driving. Staring at thescreen for prolonged periodsof time could lead to trafficaccidents.

• Do not disassemble, assem-ble, or modify the audio sys-tem. Such acts could result inaccidents, fire, or electricshock.

• Using the phone while drivingmay lead to a lack of attention oftraffic conditions and increasethe likelihood of accidents.Use the phone feature afterparking the vehicle.

• Heed caution not to spill wateror introduce foreign objectsinto the device. Such actscould lead to smoke, fire, orproduct malfunction.

(Continued)

NOTE:Order of playing files (folders) :1. Song playing order : to

sequentially.2. Folder playing order :❋ If no song file is contained in the

folder, that folder is not displayed.


1704

CAUTION• Operating the device while

driving could lead to acci-dents due to a lack of atten-tion to external surroundings.First park the vehicle beforeoperating the device.

• Adjust the volume to levelsthat allow the driver to hearsounds from outside of thevehicle. Driving in a statewhere external sounds cannotbe heard may lead to acci-dents.

• Pay attention to the volumesetting when turning thedevice on. A sudden output ofextreme volume upon turningthe device on could lead tohearing impairment. (Adjustthe volume to a suitable levelsbefore turning off the device.)

(Continued)

(Continued)• Please refrain from use if the

screen is blank or no soundcan be heard as these signsmay indicate product mal-function. Continued usein such conditions could leadto accidents(fires, electricshock) or product malfunc-tions.

• Do not touch the antenna dur-ing thunder or lightening assuch acts may lead to light-ning induced electric shock.

• Do not stop or park in park-ing-restricted areas to operatethe product. Such acts couldlead to traffic accidents.

• Use the system with the vehi-cle ignition turned on.Prolonged use with the igni-tion turned off could result inbattery discharge.

(Continued)• If you want to change the posi-

tion of device installation,please inquire with your placeof purchase or service mainte-nance center. Technicalexpertise is required to installor disassemble the device.

• Turn on the car ignition beforeusing this device. Do not oper-ate the audio system for longperiods of time with the igni-tion turned off as such opera-tions may lead to battery dis-charge.

• Do not subject the device tosevere shock or impact. Directpressure onto the front side ofthe monitor may cause damageto the LCD or touch screen.

(Continued)

4 171


USING THE USB DEVICE• To use an external USB device,

make sure the device is not con-nected when starting up thevehicle. Connect the device afterstarting up.

• If you start the engine when theUSB device is connected, it maydamage the USB device. (USBflashdrives are very sensitive toelectric shock.)

• If the engine is started up orturned off while the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• The System may not play unau-thenticated MP3 or WMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with

the compression rate between8Kbps ~ 320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA musicfiles with the compression ratebetween 8Kbps ~ 320Kbps.

• Take precautions for static elec-tricity when connecting or discon-necting the external USB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is

not recognizable.• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, theconnected external USB devicecan be unrecognizable.

• When the formatted byte/sectorsetting of External USB device isnot either 512BYTE or2048BYTE, then the device willnot be recognized.

• Use only a USB device format-ted to FAT 12/16/32.

• USB devices without USB I/Fauthentication may not be recog-nizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in con-tact with the human body orother objects.

• If you repeatedly connect or dis-connect the USB device in ashort period of time, it may breakthe device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When cleaning the device,

make sure to turn off thedevice and use a dry andsmooth cloth. Never usetough materials, chemicalcloths, or solvents (alcohol,benzene, thinners, etc.) assuch materials may damagethe device panel or causecolor/quality deterioration

• Do not place beverages closeto the audio system. Spillingbeverages may lead to systemmalfunction.

• In case of product malfunction,please contact your place of pur-chase or After Service center.

• Placing the audio systemwithin an electromagneticenvironment may result innoise interference.

• Prevent caustic solutions suchas perfume and cosmetic oilfrom contacting the dashboardbecause they may cause dam-age or discoloration.


1724

(Continued)• You may hear a strange noise

when connecting or disconnect-ing a USB device.

• If you disconnect the externalUSB device during playback inUSB mode, the external USBdevice can be damaged or maymalfunction. Therefore, discon-nect the external USB devicewhen the audio is turned off or inanother mode. (e.g, Radio, CD)

• Depending on the type andcapacity of the external USBdevice or the type of the filesstored in the device, there is adifference in the time taken forrecognition of the device.

• Do not use the USB device forpurposes other than playingmusic files.

• Playing videos through the USBis not supported.

• Use of USB accessories such asrechargers or heaters using USBI/F may lower performance orcause trouble.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If you use devices such as a USB

hub purchased separately, thevehicle’s audio system may notrecognize the USB device. In thatcase, connect the USB devicedirectly to the multimedia terminalof the vehicle.

• If the USB device is divided by log-ical drives, only the music files onthe highest-priority drive are rec-ognized by car audio.

• Devices such as MP3 Player/Cellular phone/Digital camera canbe unrecognizable by standardUSB I/F can be unrecognizable.

• Charging through the USB maynot be supported in some mobiledevices.

• USB HDD or USB types liable toconnection failures due to vehiclevibrations are not supported.(i-stick type)

• Some non-standard USB devices(METAL COVER TYPE USB) canbe unrecognizable.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Some USB flash memory read-

ers (such as CF, SD, micro SD,etc.) or external-HDD typedevices can be unrecognizable.

• Music files protected by DRM(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE-MENT) are not recognizable.

• The data in the USB memorymay be lost while using thisaudio. Always back up importantdata on a personal storagedevice.

• Please avoid usingUSB memory prod-ucts which can beused as key chains orcellular phone acces-sories as they could cause dam-age to the USB jack. Pleasemake certain only to use plugtype connector products.

4 173


USING THE iPod® DEVICE• Some iPod® models may not

support communication protocoland files may not properly play.Supported iPod® models:- iPhone® 3GS/4- iPod® touch 1st~4th generation- iPod® nano 1st~6th generation- iPod® classic

• The order of search or playbackof songs in the iPod® can be dif-ferent from the order searched inthe audio system.

• If the iPod® is disabled due to itsown malfunction, reset theiPod®. (Reset: Refer to iPod®

manual)• An iPod® may not operate nor-

mally on low battery.(Continued)

(Continued)• Some iPod® devices, such as the

iPhone®, can be connectedthrough the Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology interface. The devicemust have audio Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology capability(such as for stereo headphoneBluetooth® Wireless Technology).The device can play, but it will notbe controlled by the audio sys-tem.

• To use iPod® features within theaudio, use the cable providedupon purchasing an iPod®

device.• Skipping or improper operation

may occur depending on thecharacteristics of youriPod®/iPhone® device.

• If your iPhone® is connected toboth the Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology and USB, the soundmay not be properly played. Inyour iPhone®, select the Dockconnector or Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology to changethe sound output (source).

(Continued)

(Continued)• When connecting iPod® with the

iPod® Power Cable, insert theconnector to the multimediasocket completely. If not insertedcompletely, communicationsbetween iPod® and audio maybe interrupted.

• When adjusting the soundeffects of the iPod® and theaudio system, the sound effectsof both devices will overlap andmight reduce or distort the qual-ity of the sound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equaliz-er function of an iPod® whenadjusting the audio system’s vol-ume, and turn off the equalizerof the audio system when usingthe equalizer of an iPod®.

• When not using iPod® with caraudio, detach the iPod® cablefrom iPod®. Otherwise, iPod®

may remain in accessory mode,and may not work properly.


1744

Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology

Bluetooth® Wireless TechnologyThe Bluetooth® word mark and logosare registered trademarks owned byBluetooth SIG, lnc. and any use ofsuch marks by Kia is under license.A Bluetooth® enabled call phone isrequired to use Bluetooth® wirelesstechnology.

Before Using the Bluetooth®

Handsfree

What is Bluetooth® ?• Bluetooth® refers to a short-dis-

tance wireless networking technol-ogy which uses a 2.4GHz ~2.48GHz frequency to connect var-ious devices within a certain dis-tance.

• Supported within PCs, externaldevices, Bluetooth® phones, PDAs,various electronic devices, andautomotive environments,Bluetooth® allows data to be trans-mitted at high speeds without hav-ing to use a connector cable.

• Bluetooth® Handsfree refers to adevice which allows the user to con-veniently make phone calls withBluetooth® mobile phones throughthe audio system.

• Bluetooth® Handsfree may not besupported in some mobile phones.To learn more about mobile devicecompatibility, visit www.kia.com.

Precautions for Safe Driving

• Bluetooth® Handsfree is a featurethat enables drivers to practice safedriving. Connecting the head unitwith a Bluetooth® phone allows theuser to conveniently make andreceive calls and use contacts.Before using Bluetooth®, carefullyread the contents of this user’smanual.

• Excessive use or operations whiledriving may lead to negligent driv-ing practices and result in acci-dents. Refrain from excessive oper-ations while driving.

• Viewing the screen for prolongedperiods of time is dangerous andmay lead to accidents. When driv-ing, view the screen only for shortperiods of time.

WARNINGDriving while distracted canresult in a loss of vehicle controlthat may lead to an accident,severe personal injury, anddeath. The driver’s primaryresponsibility is in the safe andlegal operation of a vehicle, anduse of any handheld devices,other equipment, or vehicle sys-tems which take the driver’seyes, attention and focus awayfrom the safe operation of a vehi-cle or which are not permissibleby law should never be used dur-ing operation of the vehicle.

4 175


When connecting a Bluetooth®

Phone

• Before connecting the head unitwith the mobile phone, check tosee that the mobile phone sup-ports Bluetooth® features.

• Even if the phone supportsBluetooth®, the phone will not befound during device searches ifthe phone has been set to hiddenstate or the Bluetooth® power isturned off. Disable the hiddenstate or turn on the Bluetooth®

power prior to searching/connect-ing with the Head unit.

• Bluetooth phone is automaticallyconnected when the ignition on.

• If you do not want automatic con-nection with your Bluetooth®

device, turn off the Bluetooth®

feature within your mobile phone.• The Handsfree call volume and

quality may differ depending onthe mobile phone.

• Park the vehicle when connectingthe head unit with the mobilephone.

• Bluetooth® connection maybecome intermittently discon-nected in some mobile phones.Follow these steps to try again.1. Within the mobile phone, turn

the Bluetooth® function off/onand try again.

2. Turn the mobile phone powerOff/On and try again.

3. Completely remove the mobilephone battery, reboot, and thenagain.

4. Reboot the Audio VideoNavigation System and tryagain.

5. Delete all paired devices, pairand try again.

• Handsfree call quality and volumemay differ depending on themodel of your mobile phone.


1764

Voice Recognition

• When using the voice recognitionfeature, only commands listedwithin the user's manual are sup-ported.

• Be aware that during the operationof the voice recognition system,pressing any key other than the

key terminate voice recogni-tion mode.

• For superior voice recognition per-formance, position the microphoneused for voice recognition abovethe head of the driver’s seat andmaintain a proper position whensaying commands.

• Within the following situations,voice recognition may not functionproperly due to external sound.- When the windows and sunroof

are open- When the wind of the cooling /

heating device is strong- When entering and passing

through tunnels(Continued)

(Continued)- When driving on rugged and

uneven roads- During severe rain (heavy rains,

windstorms)• Phone related voice commands

can be used only when aBluetooth® Wireless Technologydevice is connected.

• When making calls by stating aname, the corresponding contactmust be downloaded and storedwithin the audio system.

• After downloading the Bluetooth®Wireless Technology phone book,it takes some times to convert thephone book data into voice infor-mation. During this time, voicerecognition may not properly oper-ate.

• Pronounce the voice commandsnaturally and clearly as if in a nor-mal conversation.

4 177


■■ CD Player : AM170A4KN, AM1A0A4KN

❋ No logo will be shown if the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology feature is not supported.


1784

SYSTEM CONTROLLERSAND FUNCTIONS

❈ Display and settings may differdepending on the selected audio.

Audio Head Unit

(1) (EJECT)Ejects the disc.

(2) Changes to FM/AM/SIRIUSTM mode.Each time the key is pressed, themode is changed in order of FM1 ➟

FM2 ➟ AM ➟ SAT1 ➟ SAT2 ➟ SAT3.❈ In Setup>Display, the radio pop up

screen will be displayed when[Mode Pop up] is turned .When the pop up screen is dis-played, use the TUNE knob orkeys ~ to select thedesired mode.

(3) Changes to CD, USB(iPod®), AUX,My Music, BT Audio mode.Each time the key is pressed, themode is changed in order of CD,USB(iPod®), AUX, My Music, BTAudio.❈ In Setup>Display, the media pop

up screen will be displayed when[Mode Pop up] is turned .When the pop up screen is dis-played, use the TUNE knob orkeys ~ to select thedesired mode.

(4) Operates Phone Screen❈ When a phone is not connected,

the connection screen is displayed.

(5) Radio Mode : Automatically search-es for broadcast frequencies.CD, USB, iPod®, My Music modes- Shortly press the key (under 0.8 sec-

onds): Moves to next or previous song(file)

- Press and hold the key (over 0.8 sec-onds): Rewinds or fast-forwards thecurrent song.

BT Audio mode : Moves to next orprevious song(file)❈ The Play/Pause feature may oper-

ate differently depending on themobile phone.

(6) PWR/VOL knobPower : Turns power On/Off by

pressing the knobVolume : Sets volume by turning

the knob left/right

SEEKTRACK

PHONE

51

On

MEDIA

61

On

RADIO

4 179


(7) Each time the button is shortlypressed (under 0.8 seconds), it setsthe screen Off ➟ Screen On ➟

Screen Off❈ Audio operation is maintained and

only the screen will be turned Off.In the screen Off state, press anykey to turn the screen On again.

(8) Radio Mode- Shortly press the key : Previews

each broadcast for 5 secondseach.

- Press and hold the key (over 0.8seconds): Previews the broadcastssaved in Preset ~ for 5seconds each.

❈ Press the key again tocontinue listening to the currentfrequency.

❈ SAT Radio does not support thePreset scan feature.

CD, USB, My Music mode- Shortly press the key (under 0.8

seconds): Previews each song(file) for 10 seconds each.

❈ Press the key again tocontinue listening to the currentsong (file).

(9) Shortly press the key (under 0.8 sec-onds) : Moves to the Display, Sound,Clock, Phone, System setting modesPress and hold the key (over 0.8 sec-onds) : Move to the Time settingscreen

(10) Displays menus for the current mode.

(11) Radio Mode- SIRIUSTM RADIO : Category SearchMP3, CD, USB mode : Folder Search

(12) TUNE knobRadio mode : Changes frequency byturning the knob left/right.CD, USB, iPod®, My Music mode:Searches songs (files) by turning theknob left/right.❈ When the desired song is dis-

played, press the knob to play thesong.

Moves focus in all selection menusand selects menus.

CATFOLDER

MENU

SETUPCLOCK

SCAN

SCAN

61

SCAN

DISP


1804

(13) ~ (Preset)Radio Mode: Saves frequencies(channels) or receives saved fre-quencies (channels)CD, USB, iPod®, My Music mode- : Repeat- : RandomIn the Radio, Media, Setup, andMenu pop up screen, the numbermenu is selected.

(14)Changes to FM/AM mode.Each time the key is pressed, themode is changed in order of FM1 ➟

FM2 ➟ AM.

(15)Changes to SIRIUSTM Satellite Radiomode.Each time the key is pressed, themode is changed in order of SAT1 ➟SAT2 ➟ SAT3.

SAT

FM/AM

2

1

61

4 181


SETUP

Display Settings

Press the key Select [Display]through TUNE knob or keySelect menu through TUNE knob

Mode Pop up[Mode Pop up] Changes /selection mode• During On state, press the

or key to display the modechange pop up screen.

Text Scroll[Text Scroll] Set /• : Maintains scroll• : Scrolls only one (1) time.

Media DisplayWhen playing an MP3 file, select thedesired display info from ‘Folder/File’or ‘Album/Artist/Song’.

Off

On

OffOn

MEDIARADIO

OffOn

1

SETUPCLOCK


1824

SOUND SETTINGS

Press the key Select [Sound]through TUNE knob or keySelect menu through TUNE knob

Sound SettingsThis menu allows you to set the‘Bass, Middle, Treble’ and the SoundFader and Balance.Select [Sound Settings] Selectmenu through TUNE knob Turn

TUNE knob left/right to set• Bass, Middle, Treble : Selects the

sound tone.• Fader, Balance : Moves the sound

fader and balance.• Default : Restores default settings.❈ Back : While adjusting values,

pressing the TUNE knob willrestore the parent menu.

Speed Dependent VolumeControlThis feature is used to automaticallycontrol the volume level according tothe speed of the vehicle.Select [Speed Dependent Vol.] Setin 4 levels [Off/Low/Mid/High] of

TUNE knob

Voice Recognition VolumeAdjusts voice recognition volume.Select [Voice Recognition Vol.] Setvolume of TUNE knob

2

SETUPCLOCK

4 183


CLOCK SETTINGS

Press the key Select [Clock]through TUNE knob or keySelect menu through TUNE knob

Sound SettingsThis menu is used to set the time.Select [Clock Settings] Set through

TUNE knob Press TUNE knob

❈ Adjust the number currently infocus to set the [hour] and pressthe tune knob to set the [minute].

Calendar SettingsThis menu is used to set the date(MM/DD/YYYY).Select [Calendar Settings] Set through

TUNE knob Press TUNE knob

❈ Adjust the number currently infocus to make the settings andpress the tune knob to move to thenext setting. (Set in order ofMonth/Day/Year)

Clock Display when Power is OFFSelect [Clock Disp.(Pwr Off) Set

/ through TUNE knob

: Displays time/date on screen: Turn off.Off

On

OffOn

3

SETUPCLOCK


1844

SYSTEM SETTINGS

Press the key Select[System] through tune knob or key Select menu through TUNEknob

Memory InformationDisplays currently used memory andtotal system memory.Select [Memory Information] OKThe currently used memory is dis-played on the left side while the totalsystem memory is displayed on theright side.

Prompt FeedbackThis feature is used to change voicecommand feedback between Normaland Expert modes.Select [Prompt Feedback] Setthrough TUNE knob• On : This mode is for beginnerusers and provides detailed instruc-tions during voice command opera-tion.

• Off : This mode is for expert usersand omits some information duringvoice command operation. (Whenusing Expert mode, guidanceinstructions can be heard throughthe [Help] or [Menu] commands.

LanguageThis menu is used to set the displayand voice recognition language.Select [Language]Set through TUNE knob

❈ The system will reboot after thelanguage is changed.

❈ Language support by region- English, Francais, Espanol

4

SETUPCLOCK

4 185


RADIO : FM, AM OR SIRIUSTM

Changing RADIO mode (FM, AMor SIRIUSTM)

Press the key to change themode in order of FM1➟FM2➟AM➟SAT1➟SAT2➟SAT3.

• When the power is off, press thekey to turn on the audio

system and receive radio broad-casts.

• [Mode Pop up] On state : Displays thechange radio mode pop up screen.While the pop up screen is displayed,you can change the radio mode(FM1➟FM2➟AM➟SAT1➟SAT2➟SAT3) through the tune knob or ~

keys.

Adjust VolumeTurn the VOL knob left/right toadjust the volume.

SEEKPress the key• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8

seconds): Automatically searchesfor the next station.

• Pressing and holding the key (over0.8 seconds): While holding the key, frequency changes without stop-ping. When the key is released,automatically searches for the nextfrequency from that point.

Preset SEEKPress the ~ key• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8

seconds): Plays the frequencysaved in the corresponding key.

• Pressing and holding the key (over0.8 seconds): Pressing and holdingthe desired key from ~ will save the currently playingbroadcast to the selected key andsound a BEEP.

SCANPress the key• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8

seconds): The broadcast frequencyincreases and previews eachbroadcast for 5 seconds each. Afterscanning all frequencies, returnsand plays the current broadcast fre-quency.

• Pressing and holding the key (over0.8 seconds): Previews the broad-casts saved in Preset ~ for 5 seconds each.

Selecting through manualsearchTurn the TUNE knob left/right toadjust the frequency.• FM : Changes by 200KHz• AM : Changes by 10KHz

61

SCAN

61

61

SEEKTRACK

61

RADIO

RADIO


1864

MENUWithin key are the A.Store(Auto Store) and Info functions.

A.StorePress the key Set [A.Store]through TUNE knob or key.Saves broadcasts with superiorreception to ~ keys. If nofrequencies are received, then themost recently received frequency willbe broadcast.

61

1MENU

MENU

4 187


Satellite Radio channels:SIRIUSTM Satellite Radio has over 130channels, including 69 channels of100% commercial-free music, plussports, news, talk and entertainmentavailable nationwide in your vehicle.For more information and a completelist of SIRIUSTM Satellite Radio chan-nels, visit sirius.com in the UnitedStates, sirius-canada.ca in Canada, orcall SIRIUSTM at 1-888-539-7474.

Satellite Radio reception factors:To receive the satellite signal, yourvehicle has been equipped with asatellite radio antenna located on theroof of your vehicle. The vehicle roofprovides the best location for an unob-structed, open view of the sky, arequirement of a satellite radio sys-tem. Like AM/FM, there are severalfactors that can affect satellite radioreception performance:• Antenna obstructions: For optimal

reception performance, keep theantenna clear of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and othermaterial as far away from the anten-na as possible.

• Terrain: Hills, mountains, tall build-ings, bridges, tunnels, freeway over-passes, parking garages, densetree foliage and thunderstorms caninterfere with your reception.

SIRIUSTM Satellite Radio service:SIRIUSTM Satellite Radio is a subscrip-tion-based satellite radio service thatbroadcasts music, sports, news andentertainment programming to radioreceivers, which are available forinstallation in motor vehicles or factoryinstalled, as well as for the home,portable and wireless devices, andthrough an Internet connection on per-sonal computer.Vehicles that are equipped with a fac-tory installed SIRIUSTM Satellite Radiosystem include:• Hardware and an introductory trial

subscription term, which begins onthe date of sale or lease of the vehi-cle.

• For a small upgrade fee, access toSIRIUSTM music channels, and otherselect channels over the Internetusing any computer connected tothe Internet (U.S. customers only).

For information on extended sub-scription terms, contact SIRIUSTM at1-888-539-7474.

NOTE:SiriusXM service requires a sub-scription, sold separately, after 3-month trial included with vehiclepurchase. If you decide to continueyour SiriusXM service at the end ofyour trial subscription, the plan youchoose will automatically renewand bill at then-current rates untilyou call Sirius XM at 1-866-635-2349 to cancel. See our CustomerAgreement for complete terms atwww.siriusxm.com. Programmingsubject to change. Sirius satelliteservice is available only to those atleast 18 and older in the 48 con-tiguous USA, D.C., and PR (withcoverage limitations). Traffic infor-mation not available in all markets.See siriusxm.com/traffic for details.Sirius, XM and all related marks andlogos are trademarks of Sirius XMRadio Inc.

SIRIUSTM Satellite Radio information


1884

SIRIUSTM RADIO

Using SIRIUSTM Satellite RadioYour Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3month complimentary period of SIR-IUSTM Satellite Radio so you haveaccess to over 130 channels ofmusic, information, and entertain-ment programming.

ActivationIn order to extend or reactivate yoursubscription to SIRIUSTM SatelliteRadio, you will need to contact SIR-IUSTM Customer Care at 1-888-539-7474. Have your 12 digit SID (SiriusIdentification Number) / ESN(Electronic Serial Number) ready. Toretrieve the SID / ESN, turn on theradio, press the [RADIO] button, andtune to channel zero.

Please note that the vehicle will needto be turned on, in Sirius mode, andhave an unobstructed view of the skyin order for the radio to receive theactivation signal.

SEEKPress the key• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8

seconds): select previous or nextchannel.

• Pressing and holding the key (over0.8 seconds): continuously moveto previous or next channel.

❈ If the “Category” icon is displayed,channels are changed within thecurrent category.

SCANPress the key• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8

seconds): Previews each broad-cast for 5 seconds each

❈ Press the key again tocontinue listening to the currentfrequency

❈ If the “Category” icon is displayed,channels are changed within thecurrent category.

CategoryPress the key Set throughthe TUNE knob• The display will indicate the catego-

ry menus, highlight the categorythat the current channel belongs to.

• In the Category List Mode, pressthe key to navigate cat-egory list.

• Press the tune knob to select thelowest channel in the highlightedcategory.

❈ If channel is selected by selectingcategory, then the “CATEGORY”icon is displayed at the top of thescreen.

CATFOLDER

CATFOLDER

SCAN

SCANRADIO

RADIO

4 189


PresetPress the key ~ • Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8

seconds): Plays the frequencysaved in the corresponding key.

• Pressing and holding the key (over0.8 seconds): Pressing and holdingthe desired key from ~ will save the current broadcast tothe selected key and sound aBEEP.

✽✽ Troubleshooting1. Antenna Error

If this message is displayed, the anten-na or antenna cable is broken orunplugged. Please consult with yourKia dealership.

2. Acquiring SignalIf this message is displayed, it meansthat the antenna is covered and thatthe SIRIUSTM Satellite Radio signal isnot available. Ensure the antenna isuncovered and has a clear view of thesky.

Tune• Rotate TUNE knob : Changes

the channel number or scrolls cat-egory list.

• Press TUNE knob : Selects themenu.

MenuSelect category menu through the

TUNE knob Press the keySelect [ Info] through the TUNE

knob or key

Info (Information)Displays the Artist/Song info of thecurrent song.

1

MENU

61

61RADIO


1904

BASIC METHOD OF USE :Audio CD / MP3 CD / USB /iPod® / My Music

Press the key to change themod mode in order of CD ➟

USB(iPod®) ➟ AUX ➟ My Music ➟ BTAudio.The folder/file name is displayed onthe screen.

<Audio CD>

<CD MP3>

<USB>

<My Music>

❈ The CD is automatically playedwhen a CD is inserted.

❈ The USB music is automaticallyplayed when a USB is connected.

RepeatWhile song (file) is playing(RPT) keyAudio CD, MP3 CD, USB, iPod®, MyMusic mode: RPT on screen• To repeat one song (press the key)

: Repeats the current song.MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RPT onscreen• To repeat folder (pressing twice):

repeats all files within the currentfolder.

❈ Press the key again to turnoff repeat.

RandomWhile song (file) is playing(RDM) keyAudio CD, My Music mode: RDM onscreen• Random (press the key) : Plays all

songs in random order.

2 RDM

1 RPT

1 RPT

MEDIA

4 191


MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RDM onscreen• Folder Random (press the key) :

Plays all files within the current fold-er in random order.

iPod® mode: ALL RDM on screen• All Random (press the key) : Plays

all files in random order.MP3 CD, USB : ALL RDM on screen• All Random (pressing twice): Plays

all files in random order.❈ Press the key again to turn

off repeat.

Changing Song/FileWhile song (file) is playing

key• Shortly pressing the key : Plays the

current song from the beginning.❈ If the key is pressed

again within 2 second, the previ-ous song is played.

• Pressing and holding the key (over0.8 seconds): Rewinds the song.

While song (file) is playingkey

• Shortly pressing the key : Plays thenext song.

• Pressing and holding the key (over0.8 seconds): Fast forwards thesong.

ScanWhile song (file) is playingkey• Shortly pressing the key : Scans all

songs from the next song for 10seconds each.

❈ Press the key again to turnoff.

❈ The SCAN function is not support-ed in iPod® mode.

Folder Search : MP3 CD, USBModeWhile file is playing(Folder Up) key• Searches the next folder.While file is playing(Folder Down) key• Searches the parent folder.❈ If a folder is selected by pressing

the TUNE knob, the first filewithin the selected folder will beplayed.

❈ In iPod® mode, moves to theParent Folder.

Searching Songs (File)• Turning TUNE knob : Searches

for songs (files)• Pressing TUNE knob : Plays

selected song (file).

CATFOLDER

CATFOLDER

SCAN

SCAN

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

2 RDM


1924

MENU : Audio CDPress the CD MP3 mode keyto set the Repeat, Random,Information features.

RepeatPress the key Set [ RPT]through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song.❈ Press RPT again to turn off.

RandomPress the key Set [ RDM]through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play songs withinthe current folder.❈ Press RDM again to turn off.

InformationPress the key Set [ Info]through the TUNE knob or key to display information of the cur-rent song.❈ Press the key to turn off

info display.

MENU : MP3 CD / USBPress the CD MP3 mode keyto set the Repeat, Folder Random,Folder Repeat, All Random,Information, and Copy features.

RepeatPress the key Set [ RPT]through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song.❈ Press RPT again to turn off.

1 RPT

MENU

MENU

MENU

3MENU

2 RDM

MENU

1 RPT

MENU

MENU

4 193


Folder RandomPress the key Set [ F.RDM]through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play songs within thecurrent folder.❈ Press F.RDM again to turn off.

Folder RepeatPress the key Set [ F.RPT]through the TUNE knob or key to repeat songs within the cur-rent folder.❈ Press F.RPT again to turn off.

All RandomPress the key Set [ A.RDM]through the TUNE knob or keyto randomly play all songs within theCD.❈ Press A.RDM again to turn off.

InformationPress the key Set [ Info]through the TUNE knob or key to display information of the cur-rent song.❈ Press the key to turn off

info display.

CopyPress the key Set [ Copy]through the TUNE knob or key.

This is used to copy the currentsong into My Music. You can playthe copied Music in My Musicmode.

❈ If another key is pressed whilecopying is in progress, a pop upasking you whether to cancelcopying is displayed.

❈ If another media is connected orinserted (USB, CD, iPod®, AUX)while copying is in progress, copy-ing is canceled.

❈ Music will not be played whilecopying is in progress.

MENU : iPod®

In iPod® mode, press the keyto set the Repeat, Album Random, AllRandom, Information and Search fea-tures.

RepeatPress the key Set [ RPT]through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song.❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat off.

RandomPress the key Set [ RDM]through the TUNE knob or key.Plays all songs within the currentlyplaying category in random order.❈ Press RDM again to turn off.

2MENU

1 RPT

MENU

MENU

6MENU

MENU

5MENU

4MENU

3MENU

2 RDM

MENU


1944

InformationPress the key Set [ Info]through the TUNE knob or key.Displays information of the currentsong.❈ Press the key to turn off

info display.

SearchPress the key Set [ Search]through the TUNE knob or key.Displays iPod® category list.❈ Searching iPod® category is

key pressed, move to par-ent category.MENU

4MENU

MENU

3MENU

4 195


MENU : My Music Mode

In My Music mode, press the key to set the Repeat, Random,Information, Delete, Delete All, andDelete Selection features.

RepeatPress the key Set [ RPT]through the TUNE knob or key.Repeats the currently playing song.❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat

off.

RandomPress the key Set [ RDM]through the TUNE knob or key.Plays all songs in random order.❈ Press RDM again to turn random off.

InformationPress the key Set [ Info]through the TUNE knob or key.Displays information of the currentsong.❈ Press the key to turn off

info display.

DeletePress the key Set [ Delete]through the TUNE knob or key. Deletes currently playing file

In the play screen, pressing deletewill delete the currently playing song. Deletes file from list

➀ Select the file you wish to deleteby using the TUNE knob.

➁ Press the key and selectthe delete menu to delete theselected file.

Delete AllPress the key Set [ Del.All]through the TUNE knob or key.Deletes all songs of My Music.

Delete SelectionPress the key Set [ Del.Sel]through the TUNE knob or key.Songs within My Music are selectedand deleted.➀ Select the songs you wish to

delete from the list.

6MENU

5MENU

MENU

4MENU

MENU

3MENU

2 RDM

MENU

1 RPT

MENU

MENU


1964

➁ After selecting, press keyand select the delete menu.

My Music• Even if memory is available, a

maximum of 6,000 songs can bestored.

• The same song can be copied upto 1,000 times.

• Memory info can be checked in theSystem menu of Setup.

AUXAUX is used to play external MEDIAcurrently connected with the AUXterminal.AUX mode will automatically startwhen an external device is connect-ed with the AUX terminal.If an external device is connected,you can also press the key tochange to AUX mode.

❈ AUX mode cannot be startedunless there is an external deviceconnected to the AUX terminal.

AUXFully insert the AUX cable into theAUX terminal for use.

MEDIA

MENU

4 197


Bluetooth® Wireless TechnologyAUDIO

What is Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology?Bluetooth® Wireless Technology allowsdevices to be connected in a short dis-tance, including hands-free devices,stereo headsets, wireless remote con-trollers, etc. For more information, visitthe Bluetooth® Wireless Technologywebsite at www.Bluetooth.com

Before using Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology audio features• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

audio may not be supporteddepending on the compatibility ofyour Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology mobile phone.

• In order to use Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology audio, you must firstpair and connect the Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology mobile phone.

• The Bluetooth® word mark andlogos are registered trademarksowned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. andany use of such marks by Kia isunder license. Other trademarksand trade names are those of theirrespective owners. A Bluetooth®

enabled cell phone is required touse Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

• Bluetooth® Wireless Technologyaudio can be used only when the[Audio Streaming] of Phone isturned .

❈ Setting Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology Audio Streaming : Pressthe key Select [Phone]through the tune knob or keySelect [Audio Streaming] throughthe TUNE knob Set /

Starting Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology Audio• Press the key to change the

mode in order of CD ➟ USB ➟ AUX➟ My Music ➟ BT Audio.

• If BT Audio is selected, Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology audio will startplaying.

❈ Audio may not automatically startplaying in some mobile phones.

MEDIA

OffOn

3SETUP

On



1984

Using the Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology audio features• Play / StopPress the TUNE knob to play andpause the current song.

• Previous / Next songPress or to playprevious or next song.❈ The previous song / next song /

play / pause functions may not besupported in some mobile phones.

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

4 199


PHONE

Before using the Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology phone features• In order to use Bluetooth® Wireless

Technology phone, you must firstpair and connect the Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology mobile phone.• If the mobile phone is not paired or

connected, it is not possible toenter Phone mode. Once a phoneis paired or connected, the guid-ance screen will be displayed.

• If Priority is set upon vehicle igni-tion (IGN/ACC ON), the Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology phone will beautomatically connected. Even ifyou are outside, the Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology phone will beautomatically connected once youare in the vicinity of the vehicle. Ifyou do not want automaticBluetooth® Wireless Technologyphone connection, set theBluetooth® Wireless Technologypower to OFF

Making a call using theSteering-wheel mount controls

(1) MUTE button : Mute the micro-phone during a call.

(2) VOLUME button : Raises or low-ers speaker volume.

(3) button : Activates voice recog-nition.

(4) button : Places and transferscalls.

(5) button : Ends calls or cancelsfunctions.

• Check call history and making call➀ Shortly press (under 0.8 seconds)

the key on the steeringremote controller.

➁ The call history list will be dis-played on the screen.

➂ Press the key again to con-nect a call to the selected number.

• Redialing the most recently callednumber

➀ Press and hold (over 0.8 seconds)the key on the steeringremote controller.

➁ The most recently called numberis redialed.


2004

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

Pairing a Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology Device

What is Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology Pairing?Pairing refers to the process of syn-chronizing your Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology phone or device with thecar audio system for connection.Pairing is necessary to connect anduse the Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology feature.The Bluetooth® word mark and logosare registered trademarks owned byBluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use ofsuch marks by Kia is under license.Other trademarks and trade namesare those of their respective owners.A Bluetooth® enabled cell phone isrequired to use Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology

Pairing Key / Keyon the Steering RemoteController

When No Devices have beenPaired1. Press the key or the key

on the steering remote controller.The following screen is displayed.

2. Select [OK] button to enter thePair Phone screen.

1)Car Name : Name of device asshown when searching from yourBluetooth® Wireless Technologydevice

2) Passkey : Passkey used to pairthe device

3. From your Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device (i.e. MobilePhone), search and select yourcar audio system.

4. After a few moments, a screen isdisplayed where the passkey isentered. Here, enter thepasskey “0000” to pair yourBluetooth® Wireless Technologydevice with the car audio system.

5. Once pairing is complete, the fol-lowing screen is displayed.

PHONE

PHONE


4 201


Some phones (i.e., iPhone, Androidand Blackberry phones) may offer anoption to allow acceptance of allfuture Bluetooth connection requestsby default." and "Visithttp://www.kia.com/#/bluetooth foradditional information on pairing yourBluetooth-enabled mobile phone,and to view a phone compatibility list.

• If Bluetooth® Wireless Technologydevices are paired but none arecurrently connected, pressing the

key or the key on thesteering wheel displays the follow-ing screen. Select [Pair] button topair a new device or select[Connect] to connect a previouslypaired device.

Pairing through [PHONE]Setup

Press the key Select[Phone] Select [Pair Phone] Select TUNE knob

1. The following steps are the sameas those described in the section"When No Devices have beenPaired" on the previous page.

SETUPCLOCK

PHONE


2024

• Bluetooth® Wireless Technologyfeatures supported within the vehi-cle are as follows. Some featuresmay not be supported dependingon your Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device.- Outgoing/Incoming Handsfree

calls- Operations during a call (Switch

to Private, Switch to call waiting,MIC on/off)

- Downloading Call History- Downloading Mobile Contacts- Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

device auto connection- Bluetooth Audio Streaming

• Up to five Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology devices can be pairedto the Car Handsfree system.

• Only one Bluetooth® device can beconnected at a time.

• Only one Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device can be connect-ed at a time.

• Other devices cannot be pairedwhile a Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device is connected.

• Only Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology Handsfree andBluetooth audio related featuresare supported.

• Bluetooth related operations arepossible only within devices thatsupport Handsfree or audio fea-tures, such as a Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology mobile phoneor a Bluetooth audio device.

• If a connected Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device becomes dis-connected due to being out of com-munication range, turning thedevice OFF, or a Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology communica-tion error, corresponding Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology devices areautomatically searched and recon-nected.

• If the system becomes unstabledue to communication errorsbetween the car Handsfree and theBluetooth® Wireless Technologydevice, reset the device by turningoff and back on again. Upon reset-ting Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device, the system willbe restored.

• After pairing is complete, a con-tacts download request is sentonce to the mobile phone. Somemobile phones may require confir-mation upon receiving a downloadrequest, ensure your mobile phoneaccepts the connection. Refer toyour phones user’s manual foradditional information regardingphone pairing and connections.

4 203


Connecting a Device

Press the key Select[Phone] Select [Phone List]

1) Connected Phone : Device that iscurrently connected

2) Paired Phone : Device that ispaired but not connected

From the paired phone list, select thedevice you want to connect andselect [Connect].

SETUPCLOCK


2044

Changing Priority

What is Priority?It is possible to pair up to fiveBluetooth® Wireless Technologydevices with the car audio system.The "Change Priority" feature is usedto set the connection priority ofpaired phones.


From the paired phone list, selectthe phone you want to switch to thehighest priority, then select [ChangePriority] button from the Menu. Theselected device will be changed tothe highest priority.

• Priority icon will be displayed whenthe selected phone is set as a pri-ority phone.

SETUP

4 205


Disconnecting a Device


From the paired phone list, select thecurrently connected device andselect [Disconnect] button.

Deleting a Device


From the paired phone list, select thedevice you want to delete and select[Delete] button.

• When deleting the currently con-nected device, the device will auto-matically be disconnected to pro-ceed with the deleting process.

• If a paired Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device is deleted, thedevice’s call history and contactsdata will also be deleted.

• To re-use a deleted device, youmust pair the device again.

SETUPCLOCK

SETUPCLOCK


2064

USING Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology

Phone Menu Screen

Phone MenusWith a Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device connected, pressthe key to display the Phonemenu screen.

1) Favorite : Up to 20 frequently usedcontacts saved for easy access.

2) Call History : Displays the call his-tory list screen

3) Contacts : Displays the Contactslist screen

4) Setup : Displays Phone relatedsettings.

• If you select the [Call History] but-ton but there is no call history data,a prompt is displayed which asks todownload call history data.

• If you select the [Contacts] buttonbut there is no contacts datastored, a prompt is displayed whichasks to download contacts data.

• This feature may not be supportedin some mobile phones. For moreinformation on download support,refer to your mobile phone user’smanual.

Answering Calls

Answering a CallAnswering a call with a Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology device connect-ed will display the following screen.To accept the call, press key onthe steering wheel while the call isincoming.

1) Caller : Displays the other party’sname when the incoming caller issaved within your contacts

2) Incoming Number : Displays theincoming number

PHONE

4 207


• When an incoming call pop-up isdisplayed, most Audio and SETUPmode features are disabled. Onlythe call volume will operate.

• The telephone number may not beproperly displayed in some mobilephones.

• When a call is answered with themobile phone, the call mode willautomatically revert to Privatemode.

Favorites

Press the key Select[Favorites]

1) Saved favorite contact : Connectscall upon selection

2) To add favorite : Downloaded con-tacts be saved as favorite.

• To save Favorite, contacts shouldbe downloaded.

• Contact saved in Favorites will notbe automatically updated if thecontact has been updated in thephone. To update Favorites, deletethe Favorite and create a newFavorite.

Call History

Press the key Select [CallHistory]

A list of incoming, outgoing andmissed calls is displayed.• Call history may not be saved in the

call history list in some mobilephones.

• Calls received with hidden caller IDwill not be saved in the call historylist.

• Calling through the call history is notpossible when there is no call historystored or a Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology phone is not connected.

• Up to 20 received, dialed and missedcalls are stored in Call History.

• Time of received/dialed calls and calltime information are not stored inCall History.

PHONE PHONE


2084

Contacts

Press the key Select[Contacts]

The list of saved phone book entriesis displayed.

• Up to 1,000 contacts saved in yourBluetooth® Wireless Technologyphone can be downloaded into thecar contacts. Contacts that havebeen downloaded to the car cannotbe edited or deleted on the phone.

• Mobile phone contacts are man-aged separately for each pairedBluetooth® Wireless Technologydevice (max 5 devices x 1,000 con-tacts each). Previously downloadeddata is maintained even if theBluetooth® Wireless Technologydevice has been disconnected.(However, the contacts and call his-tory saved to the phone will bedeleted if a paired phone is delet-ed.)

• It is possible to download contactsduring Bluetooth streaming audio.

• When downloading contacts, theicon will be displayed within the sta-tus bar.

• It is not possible to begin down-loading a contact list when the con-tact download feature has beenturned off within the Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology device. Inaddition, some devices may requiredevice authorization upon attempt-ing to download contacts. If down-loading does not normally occur,check the Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device settings or thescreen state.

• The contacts download feature maynot be supported in some mobilephones. For more information ofsupported Bluetooth® devices andfunction support, refer to yourphone¡¯s user manual.

PHONE

4 209


Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology Setting

The Bluetooth® word mark and logosare registered trademarks owned byBluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use ofsuch marks by Kia is under license.Other trademarks and trade namesare those of their respective owners.A Bluetooth® enabled cell phone isrequired to use Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology

Pairing a New DevicePress the key Select[Phone] Select [Pair Phone]

Bluetooth® Wireless Technologydevices can be paired with the audiosystem.For more information, refer to the“Pairing through Phone Setup” sec-tion within Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology.

Viewing Paired Phone ListPress the key Select[Phone] Select [Phone List]

This feature is used to view mobilephones that have been paired withthe audio system. Upon selecting apaired phone, the setup menu is dis-played.For more information, refer to the“Setting Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology Connection” section withinBluetooth® Wireless Technology.

SETUPCLOCK

SETUPCLOCK



2104

1) Connect/Disconnect Phone :Connect/ disconnects currentlyselected phone

2) Change Priority : Sets currentlyselected phone to highest connec-tion priority

3) Delete : Deletes the currentlyselected phone

4) Return : Moves to the previousscreen

• To learn more about whether yourmobile phone supports contactsdownloads, refer to your mobilephone user’s manual.

• The contacts for only the connectedphone can be downloaded

Downloading ContactsPress the key Select[Phone] Select [Contacts Download]

As the contacts are downloadedfrom the mobile phone, a downloadprogress bar is displayed.

• Upon downloading phone contacts,the previous corresponding data isdeleted.

• This feature may not be supportedin some mobile phones.

• Voice Recognition may not operatewhile contacts are being down-loaded.

Auto Download (Contacts)Press the key Select[Phone] Select [Auto Download]

This feature is used to automaticallydownload mobile contacts entriesonce a Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology phone is connected.

• The Auto Download feature willdownload mobile contacts entriesevery time the phone is connected.The download time may differdepending on the number of savedcontacts entries and the communi-cation state.

• Before downloading contacts, firstcheck to see that your mobilephone supports the contactsdownload feature.

SETUPCLOCK

SETUPCLOCK

4 211


Audio StreamingPress the key Select[Phone] Select [Audio Streaming]

When Audio Streaming is turned on,you can play music files saved in yourBluetooth® Wireless Technologydevice through the audio system.

Outgoing VolumePress the key Select[Phone] Select [Outgoing Volume]

Use TUNE knob to adjust the out-going volume level.

• While on a call, the volume can bechanged by using the / key.

Turning Bluetooth System OffPress the key Select[Phone] Select [Bluetooth SystemOff]Once Bluetooth® Wireless Technologyis turned off, Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology related features will not besupported within the audio system.

• To turn Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology back on, go to

[Phone] and select “Yes”.SETUP

CLOCK

SETUPCLOCK

TRACKSEEK

SETUPCLOCK

SETUPCLOCK


2124

VOICE RECOGNITION

Using Voice Recognition

Starting Voice RecognitionShortly press the key on thesteering wheel .Say a command

If prompt feedback is in [ON], thenthe system will say “Please say acommand after the beep (BEEP)”• If prompt feedback is in [OFF]

mode, then the system will only say“(BEEP)”

• To change Prompt Feedback[On]/[Off], go to [System]

[Prompt Feedback]• For proper recognition, say the

command after the voice instruc-tion and beep tone.

Contact List Best Practices1)Do not store single-name entries

(e.g., “Bob”, “Mom”, “Kim”, etc.).Instead, always use full names(including first and last names) forall contacts (e.g., use “JacobStevenson” instead of “Dad”).

2)Do not use abbreviations (i.e., use“Lieutenant” instead of “Lt.” or“Sergeant” instead of “Sgt.”).

3)Do not use acronyms (i.e., use“County Finance Department”instead of “CFD”).

4)Do not use special characters(e.g., “@”, “hyphen -“, “asterisk *”,ampersand &”).

5)If a name is not recognized fromthe contact list, change it to a moredescriptive name (e.g., use“Grandpa Joseph” instead of “PaJoe”).

Skipping Prompt MessagesWhile prompt message is being stat-ed Shortly press the key on thesteering remote controllerThe prompt message is immediatelyended and the beep tone will sound.After the “beep”, say the voice com-mand.

Re-starting Voice RecognitionWhile system waits for a commandShortly press the key on thesteering remote controllerThe command wait state is immedi-ately ended and the beep ton willsound. After the “beep”, say the voicecommand.

SETUPCLOCK

4 213


ENDING VOICERECOGNITION

While Voice Recognition is operatingPress and hold the key on the

steering remote controller

• While using voice command, press-ing any steering wheel control or adifferent key will end voice com-mand.

• When the system is waiting for avoice command, say “cancel” or“end” to end voice command.

• When the system is waiting for avoice command, press and hold the

key on the steering wheel toend voice command.

Voice Recognition and PhoneContact Tips:The Kia Voice Recognition Systemmay have difficulty understandingsome accents or uncommonnames. When using VoiceRecognition to place a call, speak ina moderate tone, with clear pronun-ciationTo maximize the use of VoiceRecognition, consider these guide-lines when storing contacts:• Do not store single-name entries

(e.g., “Bob”, “Mom”, etc.). Instead,always use full names (includingfirst and last names) for these con-tacts

• Do not use special characters (e.g.,'@', '-', '*', '&', etc.)

• Do not use abbreviations (i.e., use"Lieutenant" instead of "Lt.") oracronyms (i.e., use "CountyFinance Department" instead of"C. F. D."; Be sure to say the nameexactly as it is entered in the con-tacts list


2144

Illustration on using voice commands

• Starting voice command.Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):

• Skipping Voice RecognitionShortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):

• End voice command.Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):

while guidance message is being stated

More Help

Contacts

Cancel

More Help

Please say a command afterthe beep (BEEP)

Please say a...

More Help.You can say Radio, FM, AM, SIRIUSTM, Media, CD,USB, Aux, My Music, iPod®, Bluetooth Audio, Phone,Call History or Contacts. Please say a command.

Contacts.Please say the name of the contact you want to call.

More Help.You can say Radio, FM, AM, SIRIUSTM, Media, CD,USB, Aux, My Music, iPod®, Bluetooth Audio, Phone,Call History or Contacts. Please say a command.

(BEEP)

(BEEP)

Beep Beep.. (end beep)

Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds)

Beep~

4 215


Voice Command List• Common Commands: These commands can be used in most operations. (However a few commands may not be

available during certain operations)Command Function

More Help Provides guidance on commands that can beused anywhere in the system.

Help Provides guidance on commands that can beused within the current mode.

Call<Name> Calls <Name> saved in ContactsEx) Call “John Smith”

Phone Provides guidance on Phone related com-mands. After saying this command, say“Favorites”,“Call History”, “Contacts” or ”DialNumber” execute corresponding functions.

Favorites Display the Favorite screen.

Call History Displays the Call History screen.

Contacts Displays the Contacts screen. After sayingthis command, say the name of a contactsaved in the Contacts to automatically con-nect the call.

Dial Number Display the Dial number screen. After sayingthis command, you can say the number thatyou want to call.

Redial Connects the most recently called number.

Command Function• When listening to the radio, displays the next

radio screen. (FM1➟FM2➟AM➟SAT1➟

SAT2➟SAT3➟FM1)

Radio • When listening to a different mode, displaysthe most recently played radio screen.

• When currently listening to the FM radio,maintains the current state.

• When listening to a different mode, displaysthe most recently played FM screen.

FM1(FM One) Displays the FM1 screen.

FM2(FM Two) Displays the FM2 screen.

AM Displays the AM screen.

FM Preset 1~6 Plays the most recently played broadcastsaved in FM Preset 1~6.

AM Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1~6.

FM 87.5~107.9 Plays the FM broadcast of the correspondingfrequency.

AM 530~1710 Plays the AM broadcast of the correspondingfrequency.

• When currently listening to the SIRIUSTM,maintains the current state.

• When listening to a different mode, displaysthe most recently played SIRIUSTM screen.

(Call by Name)

SIRIUSTM

(Satellite)


2164

Command FunctionSIRIUSTM (Satellite) Displays the selected SIRIUSTM screen.

SIRIUSTM Channel Plays the selected SIRIUSTM channel.

Media Moves to the most recently played mediascreen.

CD Plays the music saved in the CD.

USB Plays USB music.

iPod® Plays iPod® music.

Command FunctionMy Music Plays the music saved in My Music.

AUX (Auxiliary) Plays the connected external device.

Bluetooth Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth®

device.

Please repeat Repeats the most recent comment.

Cancel (Exit) Ends voice command.

0~223

1~3

4 217


• FM/AM radio commands: Commands available duringFM, AM radio operation.

• Satellite radio commands: Commands that can beused while listening to Satellite Radio.

Command FunctionPreset 1~6 Plays the broadcast station saved in Preset 1~6.

Auto Store Automatically selects radio broadcast fre-quencies with superior reception and saves inPresets 1~6.

Seek up Plays the next (higher) receivable broadcast.

Seek down Plays the previous (lower) receivable broadcast.

Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the currentbroadcast and plays for 10 seconds each.

Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the currentpresent and plays for 10 seconds each.

Information Displays the information of the current broad-cast.(This feature can be used when receivingRBDS broadcasts.)

Command FunctionScan Scans receivable channels from the current

broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each.

Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1~6.

Information Displays the information of the current broad-cast.


2184

• Audio CD commands: Commands available duringAudio CD operation.

• MP3 CD / USB commands: Commands available dur-ing USB and MP3 CD operation.

Command FunctionRandom Randomly plays the tracks within the CD.

Random Off Cancels random play to play tracks in sequen-tial order.

Repeat Repeats the current track.

Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequen-tial order.

Scan Scans the tracks from the next track for 10seconds each.

Track 1~30 Plays the desired track number.

Information Displays the information screen of the currenttrack.

Command FunctionRandom Randomly plays the files within the current

folder.

All Random Randomly plays all saved files.

Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequentialorder.

Repeat Repeats the current file.

Folder Repeat Repeats all files in the current folder.

Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequentialorder.

Next File Plays the next file.

Previous File Plays the previous file.

Scan Scans the files from the next files for 10 sec-onds each.

Information Displays the information screen of the currentfile.

Copy Copies the current file into My Music.

4 219


• iPod® Commands: Commands available during iPod®

operation.• My Music Commands: Commands available during

My Music operation.

Command FunctionRandom Randomly plays the songs within the current

category.

Random Off Cancels random play to play songs in sequen-tial order.

Repeat Repeats the current song.

Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequen-tial order.

Information Displays the information screen of the currentsong.

Command FunctionRandom Randomly plays all saved files.

Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequentialorder.

Repeat Repeats the current file.

Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequentialorder.

Scan Scans the files from the next files for 10 sec-onds each.

Information Displays the information screen of the currentfile.

Delete Deletes the current file. You will bypass anadditional confirmation process.

Delete All Deletes all files saved in My Music. You willbypass an additional confirmation process.


2204

Command FunctionPlay Plays the currently paused song.

Pause Pauses the current song.

• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Audio Commands:Commands available during Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology audio streaming from mobile phone oper-ation Command Operation

NOTE:iPod® is a registered trademark of Apple Inc. iPod®

mobile digital device sold separately.The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registeredtrademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and anyuse of such marks by Kia is under license.A Bluetooth® enabled cell phone is required to useBluetooth® wireless technology.SiriusXM™ service requires a subscription, soldseparately, after 3-month trial included with vehiclepurchase. If you decide to continue yourSiriusXM™ service at the end of the trial subscrip-tion, the plan you choose will automatically renewand bill at the current rates until you callSiriusXM™ at 1-866-635-2349 to cancel. See ourCustomer Agreement for complete terms atwww.siriusxm.com.Sirius satellite service is available only to those atleast 18 and older in the 48 contiguous UnitedStates, D.C., and P.R. (with coverage limitations).SiriusXM™ Traffic available in select markets. Seesiriusxm.com/traffic for more information. Sirius,XM and all related marks and logos are trademarksof Sirius XM Radio Inc.

Driving your vehicle

Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Manual transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

• Manual transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

• Automatic transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25

• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25• Parking brake (Hand type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27• Electric parking brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29• Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34• Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37• Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41• Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42

Cruise control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45Active ECO system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51

Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53• Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53• Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53• Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54• Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55• Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55• Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56• Driving off-road. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56• Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56

Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71Vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77

• Base curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77• Vehicle curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77• Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77• GAW (Gross axle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77• GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77• GVW (Gross vehicle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77• GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77

5


25

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle,open the windows immediately.

• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and deathby asphyxiation.

• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose.If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath sideof the vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer.

• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run theengine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the vehicle out.

• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only inan open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawninto the interior.

If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher

speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of thewindshield are kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

5 3


Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside

mirror(s), and outside lights areclean.

• Check the condition of the tires.• Check under the vehicle for any

sign of leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles

behind you if you intend to back up.

Necessary inspectionsFluid levels, such as engine oil,engine coolant, brake fluid, andwasher fluid should be checked on aregular basis, at the exact intervaldepending on the fluid. Furtherdetails are provided in chapter 7,“Maintenance”.

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all con-

trols are easily reached.• Adjust the inside and outside

rearview mirrors.• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning

lights when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position.

• Release the parking brake andmake sure the brake warning lightgoes out.

For safe operation, be sure you arefamiliar with your vehicle and itsequipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNINGDriving while distracted canresult in a loss of vehicle con-trol, that may lead to an acci-dent, severe personal injury,and death. The driver’s primaryresponsibility is in the safe andlegal operation of a vehicle, anduse of any handheld devices,other equipment, or vehicle sys-tems which take the driver’seyes, attention and focus awayfrom the safe operation of avehicle or which are not permis-sible by law should never beused during operation of thevehicle.


45

WARNING - Drivingunder the influence ofalcohol or drugs

Drinking and driving is danger-ous. Drunk driving is the num-ber one contributor to the high-way death toll each year. Even asmall amount of alcohol willaffect your reflexes, percep-tions and judgment. Drivingwhile under the influence ofdrugs is as dangerous or moredangerous than driving drunk.You are much more likely tohave a serious accident if youdrink or take drugs and drive.If you are drinking or takingdrugs, don’t drive. Do not ridewith a driver who has beendrinking or taking drugs.Choose a designated driver orcall a cab.

WARNINGAll passengers must be proper-ly belted whenever the vehicleis moving. Refer to “Seat belts”in chapter 3 for more informa-tion on their proper use.

WARNINGAlways check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeputting a vehicle into D (Drive)or R (Reverse).

WARNING• When you intend to park or

stop the vehicle with theengine on, be careful not todepress the accelerator pedalfor a long period of time. Itmay overheat the engine orexhaust system and ignite afire.

• When you make a suddenstop or turn the steeringwheel rapidly, loose objectsmay drop on the floor and itcould interfere with the opera-tion of the foot pedals, possi-bly causing an accident. Keepall things in the vehicle safelystored.

• If you do not focus on driving,it may cause an accident. Becareful when operating whatmay disturb driving such asaudio or heater. It is theresponsibility of the driver toalways drive safely.

5 5


Illuminated ignition switch

Whenever a front door is opened, theignition switch will illuminate for yourconvenience, provided the ignitionswitch is not in the ON position. Thelight will go off immediately when theignition switch is turned on. It willalso go off after about 30 secondswhen the door is closed.

Ignition switch positionLOCKThe steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft (if equipped). The igni-tion key can be removed only in theLOCK position.When turning the ignition switch tothe LOCK position, push the keyinward at the ACC position and turnthe key toward the LOCK position.

ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked andelectrical accessories are operative.

✽✽ NOTICEIf difficulty is experienced turningthe ignition switch to the ACC posi-tion, turn the key while turning thesteering wheel right and left torelease the tension.

ONThe warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. This isthe normal running position after theengine is started.Do not leave the ignition switch ON ifthe engine is not running to preventbattery discharge.

STARTTurn the ignition switch to the STARTposition to start the engine. Theengine will crank until you releasethe key; then it returns to the ONposition. The brake warning light canbe checked in this position.

KEY POSITIONS (IF EQUIPPED)

OGDE051055

ACCON

STARTLOCK


65

Starting the engine

1.Make sure the parking brake isapplied.

2.Manual Transaxle - Depress theclutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep theclutch pedal and brake pedaldepressed while turning the igni-tion switch to the start position.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

3.Turn the ignition switch to STARTand hold it there until the enginestarts (a maximum of 10 seconds),then release the key.

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels,ski boots,etc.) may interferewith your ability to use thebrake and accelerator pedal.

WARNING - Ignitionswitch

• Never turn the ignition switchto LOCK or ACC while thevehicle is moving. This wouldresult in loss of directionalcontrol and braking function,which could cause an acci-dent.

• The anti-theft steering columnlock (if equipped) is not a sub-stitute for the parking brake.Before leaving the driver’sseat, always make sure theshift lever is engaged in 1stgear for the manual transaxleor P (Park) for automatictransaxle, set the parkingbrake fully and shut theengine off. Unexpected andsudden vehicle movementmay occur if these precau-tions are not taken.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never reach for the ignition

switch, or any other controlsthrough the steering wheelwhile the vehicle is in motion.The presence of your hand orarm in this area could cause aloss of vehicle control, anaccident and serious bodilyinjury or death.

• Do not place any movableobjects around the driver’sseat as they may move whiledriving, interfere with the driv-er and lead to an accident.

5 7


4.In extremely cold weather (below 0°F / -18°C) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days,let the engine warm up withoutdepressing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm,it should be started withoutdepressing the accelerator.

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while you arein motion, do not attempt tomove the shift lever to the P(Park) position. If traffic androad conditions permit, you mayput the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position while thevehicle is still moving and turnthe ignition switch to the STARTposition in an attempt to restartthe engine.

CAUTIONDo not engage the starter formore than 10 seconds. If theengine stalls or fails to start,wait 5 to 10 seconds before re-engaging the starter. Improperuse of the starter may damage it.


85

Illuminated ENGINESTART/STOP button

Whenever the front door is opened,the ENGINE START/STOP buttonwill illuminate for your convenience.The light will go off after about 30seconds when the door is closed. Itwill also go off immediately when thetheft-alarm system is armed.

ENGINE START/STOP buttonpositionOFF

• With manual transaxleTo turn off the engine (START/RUNposition) or vehicle power (ON posi-tion), stop the vehicle then press theengine start/stop button.

• With automatic transaxleTo turn off the engine (START/RUNposition) or vehicle power (ON posi-tion), press the ENGINESTART/STOP button with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position. Whenyou press the ENGINESTART/STOP button without the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, theENGINE START/STOP button willnot change to the OFF position but tothe ACC position.

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)

ORP052002

CAUTIONYou are able to turn off theengine (START/RUN) or vehiclepower (ON), only when the vehi-cle is not in motion. In an emer-gency situation while the vehi-cle is in motion, you are able toturn the engine off and to theACC position by pressing theENGINE START/STOP button formore than 2 seconds or 3 timessuccessively within 3 seconds.If the vehicle is still moving, youcan restart the engine withoutdepressing the brake pedal bypressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button with theshift lever in the N (Neutral)position.

White

5 9


ACC(Accessory)

• With manual transaxlePress the engine start/stop buttonwhen the button is in the OFF posi-tion without depressing the clutchpedal.

• With automatic transaxlePress the ENGINE START/STOPbutton while it is in the OFF positionwithout depressing the brake pedal.If the ENGINE START/STOP buttonis in the ACC position for more than1 hour, the button is turned off auto-matically to prevent battery dis-charge.

ON

• With manual transaxlePress the engine start/stop buttonwhen the button is in the ACC posi-tion without depressing the clutchpedal.

• With automatic transaxlePress the ENGINE START/STOPbutton while it is in the ACC positionwithout depressing the brake pedal.The warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. Do notleave the ENGINE START/STOPbutton in the ON position for a longtime. The battery may discharge,because the engine is not running.

START/RUN

• With manual transaxleTo start the engine, depress theclutch pedal and brake pedal, thenpress the engine start/stop buttonwith the shift lever in the N (Neutral)position.

• With automatic transaxleTo start the engine, depress thebrake pedal and press the ENGINESTART/ STOP button with the shiftlever in the P (Park) or the N(Neutral) position. For your safety,start the engine with the shift lever inthe P (Park) position.

Orange Red Not illuminated


105

✽✽ NOTICEIf you press the ENGINESTART/STOP button withoutdepressing the clutch pedal for man-ual transaxle vehicles or withoutdepressing the brake pedal for auto-matic transaxle vehicles, the enginewill not start and the ENGINESTART/STOP button changes as fol-low:OFF ➔➔ ACC ➔➔ ON ➔➔ OFF or ACC

✽✽ NOTICEIf you leave the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ACC or ONposition for a long time, the batterywill discharge.

WARNING• Never press the ENGINE

START/STOP button while thevehicle is in motion except inan emergency. If the enginestops while the vehicle is inmotion, this would result inloss of directional control andbraking function, which couldcause an accident.

• Before leaving the driver'sseat, always make sure theshift lever is engaged in P(Park), set the parking brakefully and shut the engine off.Unexpected and sudden vehi-cle movement may occur ifthese precautions are nottaken.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never reach for the ENGINE

START/STOP button or anyother controls through thesteering wheel while the vehi-cle is in motion. The presenceof your hand or arm in thearea could cause loss of vehi-cle control, an accident andserious bodily injury or death.

• Do not place any movableobjects around the driver'sseat as they may move whiledriving, interfere with the driv-er and lead to an accident.

5 11


Starting the engine with asmart key (if equipped)1.Carry the smart key or leave it

inside the vehicle.2.Make sure the parking brake is

firmly applied3.Manual Transaxle - Depress the

clutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep theclutch pedal and brake pedaldepressed while starting the engine.Automatic transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

4.Press the ENGINE START/STOPbutton while depressing the brakepedal.

5.In extremely cold weather (below(-18°C) 0°F) or after the vehiclehas not been operated for severaldays, let the engine warm up with-out depressing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm,it should be started without depress-ing the accelerator.

• Even if the smart key is in the vehi-cle, if it is far away from you, theengine may not start.

• When the ENGINE START/STOPbutton is in the ACC position orabove, if any door is opened, thesystem checks for the smart key. Ifthe smart key is not in the vehicle,a message "key is not in the vehi-cle" will appear on the LCD display.And if all doors are closed, thechime will sound for 5 seconds.The indicator or warning will turnoff while the vehicle is moving.Always have the smart key withyou.

WARNINGThe engine will start, only whenthe smart key is in the vehicle.Never allow children or any per-son who is unfamiliar with thevehicle to touch the ENGINESTART/STOP button or relatedparts.

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while thevehicle is in motion, do notattempt to move the shift leverto the P (Park) position. If thetraffic and road conditions per-mit, you may put the shift leverin the N (Neutral) position whilethe vehicle is still moving andpress the ENGINE START/STOPbutton in an attempt to restartthe engine.


125

✽✽ NOTICE• If the battery is weak or the smart

key does not work correctly, youcan start the engine by pressingthe engine start/stop button withthe smart key.The side with the lock buttonshould contact the enginestart/stop button directly.When you press the enginestart/stop button directly with thesmart key, the smart key shouldcontact the button at a right angle.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the stop lamp fuse is blown,

you can't start the engine normal-ly. Replace the fuse with a newone. If it is not possible, you canstart the engine by pressing theENGINE START/STOP buttonfor 10 seconds while it is in theACC position. The engine canstart without depressing the brakepedal. But for your safety alwaysdepress the brake pedal beforestarting the engine.

CAUTIONDo not press the ENGINESTART/ STOP button for morethan 10 seconds except whenthe stop lamp fuse is blown.

ORP052003

5 13


Manual transaxle operation• The manual transaxle has 6 for-

ward gears.This shift pattern is imprinted onthe shift knob. The transaxle is fullysynchronized in all forward gearsso shifting to either a higher or alower gear is easily accomplished.

• Press the clutch pedal down fullywhile shifting, then release it slow-ly.If your vehicle is equipped with anignition lock switch, the engine willnot start when starting the enginewithout depressing the clutchpedal. (if equipped)

• The gearshift lever must bereturned to the neutral positionbefore shifting into R (Reverse).The button (1) located immediatelybelow the shift knob must be pulledupward while moving the shift leverto the R (Reverse) position. (ifequipped)

• Make sure the vehicle is complete-ly stopped before shifting into R(Reverse).Never operate the engine with thetachometer (rpm) in the red zone.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

CAUTION• When downshifting from fifth

gear to fourth gear, cautionshould be taken not to inad-vertently press the gear shiftlever sideways in such a man-ner that second gear isengaged. Such a drasticdownshift may cause theengine speed to increase tothe point that the tachometerwill enter the red-zone. Suchover-revving of the enginemay possibly cause enginedamage.

• Do not downshift more than 2gears or downshift the gearwhen the engine is running athigh speed (5,000 RPM orhigher). Such a downshiftingmay damage the engine.

OJD052004

The button (1) must be pushed whilemoving the shift lever.

The shift lever can be moved withoutpushing the button (1).


145

• During cold weather, shifting maybe difficult until the transaxle lubri-cant has warmed up. This is nor-mal and not harmful to thetransaxle.

• If you've come to a complete stopand it's hard to shift into 1st or R(Reverse), put the shift lever in N(Neutral) position and release theclutch. Press the clutch pedal backdown, and then shift into 1st or R(Reverse) gear position.

Using the clutchThe clutch should be pressed all theway to the floor before shifting, thenreleased slowly. The clutch pedalshould always be fully released whiledriving. Do not rest your foot on theclutch pedal while driving. This cancause unnecessary wear. Do notpartially engage the clutch to holdthe vehicle on an incline. This causesunnecessary wear. Use the footbrake or parking brake to hold thevehicle on an incline. Do not operatethe clutch pedal rapidly and repeat-edly.CAUTION

• To avoid premature clutchwear and damage, do notdrive with your foot resting onthe clutch pedal. Also, don’tuse the clutch to hold thevehicle stopped on an uphillgrade, while waiting for a traf-fic light, etc.

• Do not use the shift lever as ahandrest during driving, asthis can result in prematurewear of the transaxle shiftforks.

WARNING• Before leaving the driver’s

seat, always set the parkingbrake fully and shut theengine off. Then make surethe transaxle is shifted into1st gear when the vehicle isparked on a level or uphillgrade, and shifted into R(Reverse) on a downhillgrade. Unexpected and sud-den vehicle movement canoccur if these precautions arenot followed in the order iden-tified.

• If your vehicle has a manualtransaxle not equipped with aignition lock switch, it maymove and cause a seriousaccident when starting theengine without depressingthe clutch pedal while theparking brake is released andthe shift lever not in the N(neutral) position.

CAUTIONWhen operating the clutchpedal, depress the clutch pedaldown fully. If you don’t depressthe clutch pedal fully, the clutchmay be damaged or noise mayoccur.

5 15


DownshiftingWhen you must slow down in heavytraffic or while driving up steep hills,downshift before the engine starts tolabor. Downshifting reduces thechance of stalling and gives betteracceleration when you again need toincrease your speed. When the vehi-cle is traveling down steep hills,downshifting helps maintain safespeed and prolongs brake life.

Good driving practices• Never take the vehicle out of gear

and coast down a hill. This isextremely hazardous. Always leavethe vehicle in gear.

• Don't "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and mal-function. Instead, when you aredriving down a long hill, slow downand shift to a lower gear. When youdo this, engine braking will helpslow down the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to alower gear. This will help avoidover-revving the engine, which cancause damage.

• Slow down when you encountercross winds. This gives you muchbetter control of your vehicle.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shiftinto reverse. The transaxle can bedamaged if you do not. To shift intoreverse, depress the clutch, movethe shift lever to neutral, then shiftto the reverse position.

• Exercise extreme caution whendriving on a slippery surface. Beespecially careful when braking,accelerating or shifting gears. On aslippery surface, an abrupt changein vehicle speed can cause thedrive wheels to lose traction andthe vehicle to go out of control.


165

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a colli-

sion, an unbelted occupant issignificantly more likely to beseriously injured or killed thana properly belted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when cor-nering or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such assharp lane changes or fast,sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose controlof your vehicle at highwayspeeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop offthe roadway and the driveroversteers to reenter the road-way.

• In the event your vehicleleaves the roadway, do notsteer sharply. Instead, slowdown before pulling back intothe travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speedlimits.

5 17


Automatic transaxle operationThe automatic transaxle has 6 for-ward speeds and one reverse speed.The individual speeds are selectedautomatically, depending on theposition of the shift lever.

✽✽ NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehicle,if the battery has been disconnected,may be somewhat abrupt. This is anormal condition, and the shiftingsequence will adjust after shifts arecycled a few times by the TCM(Transaxle Control Module) orPCM (Powertrain Control Module).

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

ORP052019

++++ ((((UUUUPPPP))))

---- ((((DDDDOOOOWWWWNNNN))))

The shift lever can be shifted freely.

Press the lock release button when shifting.

Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.(If the shift lock system is not equipped, it is not necessary to depress the brake pedal.However, it is recommended to depress the brake pedal to avoid inadvertent movementof the vehicle.)


185

For smooth operation, depress thebrake pedal and the lock release but-ton when shifting from N (Neutral) toa forward or reverse gear.

Transaxle rangesThe indicator in the instrument clus-ter displays the shift lever positionwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

P (Park)Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into P (Park). Thisposition locks the transaxle and pre-vents the drive wheels from rotating.

WARNING - Automatictransaxle

• Always check the surroundingareas near your vehicle forpeople, especially children,before shifting the shift leverinto D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’sseat, always make sure theshift lever is in the P (Park)position; then set the parkingbrake fully and shut theengine off. Unexpected andsudden vehicle movementcan occur if these precautionsare not followed in the orderidentified.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to your

transaxle, do not acceleratethe engine in R (Reverse) orany forward gear position withthe brakes on.

• When stopped on an incline,do not hold the vehicle withthe engine power. Use theservice brake or the parkingbrake.

• Do not shift from N (Neutral)or P (Park) into D (Drive), or R(Reverse) when the engine isabove idle speed.

WARNING • Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion will causethe drive wheels to lock whichwill cause you to lose controlof the vehicle.

• Do not use the P (Park) posi-tion in place of the parkingbrake. Always make sure theshift lever is latched in the P(Park) position and set theparking brake fully.

• Never leave a child unattend-ed in a vehicle.

5 19


R (Reverse)Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)The wheels and transaxle are notengaged. The vehicle will roll freelyeven on the slightest incline unlessthe parking brake or service brakesare applied.

D (Drive)This is the normal forward drivingposition. The transaxle will automati-cally shift through a 6-gearsequence, providing the best fueleconomy and power.

For extra power when passing anoth-er vehicle or climbing grades,depress the accelerator fully, atwhich time the transaxle will auto-matically downshift to the next lowergear.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into D (Drive).

Sports modeWhether the vehicle is stationary orin motion, sports mode is selected bypushing the shift lever from the D(Drive) position into the manual gate.To return to D (Drive) range opera-tion, push the shift lever back into themain gate.

In sports mode, moving the shiftlever backwards and forwards willallow you to make gearshifts rapidly.In contrast to a manual transaxle, thesports mode allows gearshifts withthe accelerator pedal depressed.

CAUTIONThe transaxle may be damagedif you shift into P (Park) whilethe vehicle is in motion.

CAUTIONAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R(Reverse) while the vehicle is inmotion, except when “Rockingthe vehicle” explained in thissection.

ORP052020

Sports mode

++++ ((((UUUUPPPP))))

---- ((((DDDDOOOOWWWWNNNN))))


205

Up (+) : Push the lever forward onceto shift up one gear.

Down (-) : Pull the lever backwardsonce to shift down onegear.

✽✽ NOTICE• In sports mode, the driver must

execute upshifts in accordancewith road conditions, taking careto keep the engine speed below thered zone.

• In sports mode, only the 6 forwardgears can be selected. To reverseor park the vehicle, move the shiftlever to the R (Reverse) or P(Park) position as required.

• In sports mode, downshifts aremade automatically when thevehicle slows down. When thevehicle stops, 1st gear is automati-cally selected.

• In sports mode, when the enginerpm approaches the red zone shiftpoints are varied to upshift auto-matically.

(Continued)

(Continued)• To maintain the required levels of

vehicle performance and safety,the system may not execute cer-tain gearshifts when the shift leveris operated.

• When driving on a slippery road,push the shift lever forward intothe +(up) position. This causes thetransaxle to shift into the 2nd gearwhich is better for smooth drivingon a slippery road. Push the shiftlever to the -(down) side to shiftback to the 1st gear.

Paddle shifter (if equipped)

The paddle shifter is available whenthe shift lever is in the D position orthe sports mode.

ORP052021

5 21


With the shift lever in the D position The paddle shifter will operate whenthe vehicle speed is more than10km/h.Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter onceto shift up or down one gear and thesystem changes from automaticmode to manual mode.When the vehicle speed is lowerthan 10km/h, if you depress theaccelerator pedal for more than 5seconds or if you shift the shift leverfrom D (Drive) to sports mode andshift it from sports mode to D (Drive)again, the system changes frommanual mode to automatic mode.

With the shift lever in the sports mode Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter onceto shift up or down one gear.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you pull the [+] and [-] paddleshifters at the same time, you cannotshift the gear.

Shift lock system (if equipped)For your safety, the automatictransaxle has a shift lock systemwhich prevents shifting the transaxlefrom P (Park) into R (Reverse)unless the brake pedal is depressed.To shift the transaxle from P (Park)into R (Reverse):1.Depress and hold the brake pedal.2.Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.3.Move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with theshift lever in the P (Park) position, achattering noise near the shift levermay be heard. It is a normal condi-tion.

WARNINGAlways fully depress the brakepedal before and while shiftingout of the P (Park) position intoanother position to avoid inad-vertent motion of the vehiclewhich could injure persons inor around the vehicle.


225

Shift-lock overrideIf the shift lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) position into R(Reverse) position with the brakepedal depressed, continue depress-ing the brake, then do the following:1.Carefully remove the cap covering

the shift-lock access hole (1).2.Insert a key (or screwdriver) into

the access hole and press downon the key (or screwdriver).

3.Move the shift lever.4.Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer immediately.

Ignition key interlock system The ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P(Park) position. Even if the ignitionswitch is in the LOCK position, thekey also cannot be removed.If your vehicle is equipped withENGINE START/STOP button, thebutton will not change to the OFFposition unless the shift lever is in theP (Park) position.

Good driving practices• Never move the gear shift lever

from P (Park) to any other positionwith the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the gear shift lever intoP (Park) when the vehicle is inmotion.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shiftinto R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Never take the vehicle out of gearand coast down a hill. This may beextremely hazardous. Always leavethe vehicle in gear when moving.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and mal-function. Instead, when you aredriving down a long hill, slow downand shift to a lower gear. When youdo this, engine braking will helpslow down the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to alower gear. Otherwise, the lowergear may not be engaged.

ORP052022N

5 23


• Always use the parking brake. Donot depend on placing thetransaxle in P (Park) to keep thevehicle from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution whendriving on a slippery surface. Beespecially careful when braking,accelerating or shifting gears. On aslippery surface, an abrupt changein vehicle speed can cause thedrive wheels to lose traction andthe vehicle to go out of control.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing theaccelerator pedal.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a colli-

sion, an unbelted occupant issignificantly more likely to beseriously injured or killed thana properly belted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when cor-nering or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such assharp lane changes or fast,sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose controlof your vehicle at highwayspeeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop offthe roadway and the driveroversteers to reenter the road-way.

• In the event your vehicleleaves the roadway, do notsteer sharply. Instead, slowdown before pulling back intothe travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speedlimits.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehiclefree by moving it forward andbackward. Do not attempt thisprocedure if people or objectsare anywhere near the vehicle.During the rocking operationthe vehicle may suddenly moveforward or backward as itbecomes unstuck, causinginjury or damage to nearby peo-ple or objects.


245

Moving up a steep grade from astanding startTo move up a steep grade from astanding start, depress the brakepedal, shift the shift lever to D(Drive). Select the appropriate geardepending on load weight and steep-ness of the grade, and release theparking brake. Depress the accelera-tor gradually while releasing theservice brakes.When accelerating from a stop ona steep hill, the vehicle may have atendency to roll backwards.Shifting the shift lever into 2(Second Gear) will help preventthe vehicle from rolling back-wards.

5 25


Power brakesYour vehicle has power-assistedbrakes that adjust automaticallythrough normal usage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of astalled engine or some other reason,you can still stop your vehicle byapplying greater force to the brakepedal than you normally would. Thestopping distance, however, will belonger.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partiallydepleted each time the brake pedalis applied. Do not pump the brakepedal when the power assist hasbeen interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only whennecessary to maintain steering con-trol on slippery surfaces.

BRAKE SYSTEM

(Continued)• Wet brakes may impair the

vehicle’s ability to safely slowdown; the vehicle may alsopull to one side when thebrakes are applied. Applyingthe brakes lightly will indicatewhether they have beenaffected in this way. Alwaystest your brakes in this fash-ion after driving through deepwater.To dry the brakes, applythem lightly while maintaininga safe forward speed untilbrake performance returns tonormal.

• Always, confirm the positionof the brake and acceleratorpedal before driving. If youdon’t check the position of theaccelerator and brake pedalbefore driving, you maydepress the acceleratorinstead of the brake pedal. Itmay cause a serious accident.

WARNING - Brakes• Do not drive with your foot

resting on the brake pedal.This will create abnormal highbrake temperatures, exces-sive brake lining and padwear, and increased stoppingdistances.

• When descending a long orsteep hill, shift to a lower gearand avoid continuous applica-tion of the brakes. Continuousbrake application will causethe brakes to overheat andcould result in a temporaryloss of braking performance.

(Continued)


265

In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate whilethe vehicle is in motion, you canmake an emergency stop with theparking brake. The stopping dis-tance, however, will be much greaterthan normal.

Disc brakes wear indicatorWhen your brake pads are worn andnew pads are required, you will heara high-pitched warning sound fromyour front brakes or rear brakes. Youmay hear this sound come and go orit may occur whenever you depressthe brake pedal.Please remember that some drivingconditions or climates may cause abrake squeal when you first apply (orlightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-mal and does not indicate a problemwith your brakes.

WARNING - Brake wearThis brake wear warning soundmeans your vehicle needs serv-ice. If you ignore this audiblewarning, you will eventuallylose braking performance,which could lead to a seriousaccident.

CAUTION• To avoid costly brake repairs,

do not continue to drive withworn brake pads.

• Always replace the front orrear brake pads as pairs.

WARNING - Parkingbrake

Applying the parking brakewhile the vehicle is moving atnormal speeds can cause asudden loss of control of thevehicle. If you must use theparking brake to stop the vehi-cle, use great caution in apply-ing the brake.

WARNINGDo not operate the parkingbrake while the vehicle is mov-ing except in an emergency sit-uation. It could damage thevehicle system and endangerdriving safety.

5 27


Parking brake - Hand typeApplying the parking brake

To engage the parking brake, firstapply the foot brake and then withoutpressing the release button in, pullthe parking brake lever up as far aspossible.In addition it is recommended thatwhen parking the vehicle on a gradi-ent, the shift lever should be posi-tioned in the appropriate low gear onmanual transaxle vehicles or in the P(Park) position for automatictransaxle vehicles.

Releasing the parking brake

To release the parking brake, firstapply the foot brake and pull up theparking brake lever slightly. Secondlypress the release button (1) andlower the parking brake lever (2)while holding the button.

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brakeapplied will cause excessivebrake pad and brake rotor wear.

ORP052024

ORP052025


285

Check the brake warning light byturning the ignition switch ON (do notstart the engine). This light will beilluminated when the parking brake isapplied with the ignition switch in theSTART or ON position.Before driving, be sure the parkingbrake is fully released and the brakewarning light is off.If the brake warning light remains onafter the parking brake is releasedwhile the engine is running, theremay be a malfunction in the brakesystem. Immediate attention is nec-essary.

If at all possible, cease driving thevehicle immediately. If that is not pos-sible, use extreme caution whileoperating the vehicle and only con-tinue to drive the vehicle until youcan reach a safe location or repairshop.

WARNING• To prevent unintentional

movement when stopped andleaving the vehicle, do not usethe shift lever instead of theparking brake. Set the parkingbrake AND make sure the shiftlever is securely positioned in1st (First) gear or R (Reverse)for manual transaxleequipped vehicles and in P(Park) for automatic transaxleequipped vehicles.

• Never allow anyone who isunfamiliar with the vehicle totouch the parking brake. If theparking brake is releasedunintentionally, serious injurymay occur.

• All vehicles should alwayshave the parking brake fullyengaged when parking toavoid inadvertent movementof the vehicle which can injureoccupants or pedestrians.

W-75

5 29


Electric parking brake (EPB)(if equipped)Applying the parking brake

To apply the EPB (electric parkingbrake):Pull up the EPB switch.Make sure the warning light comeson.

✽✽ NOTICEOn a steep incline or when pulling atrailer if the vehicle does not standstill, do as follows:1. Apply the EPB.2. Pull up the EPB switch for more

than 3 seconds.

Releasing the parking brake

To release the EPB (electric parkingbrake), press the EPB switch in thefollowing condition:• Have the ignition switch or engine

start/stop button in the ON posi-tion.

• Depress the brake pedal.Make sure the brake warning lightgoes off.

ORP052026N

CAUTIONDo not operate the parkingbrake while the vehicle is mov-ing except in an emergency sit-uation. It could damage thevehicle system and endangerdriving safety.

ORP052027


305

To release EPB (electric parkingbrake) automatically:• Manual transaxle vehicle

1. Start the engine.2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.3. Close the driver's door, engine

hood and tailgate.4. Depress the clutch pedal with

the gear engaged.5. Depress the accelerator pedal

while releasing the clutch pedal.• Automatic transaxle vehicle

1. Start the engine.2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.3. Close the driver's door, engine

hood and tailgate.4. Depress the accelerator pedal

while the shift lever is in R(Rear), D (Drive).

• Shift lever in P (Park)With the engine running depressthe brake pedal and shift out of P(Park) to R (Rear) or D (Drive).

• Shift lever in N (Neutral)With the engine running depressthe brake pedal and shift out of N(Neutral) to R (Rear) or D (Drive).

Make sure the brake warning lightgoes off.

✽✽ NOTICE• For your safety, you can engage

the EPB even though the ignitionswitch or engine stop/start buttonis in the OFF position, but youcannot release it.

• For your safety, depress the brakepedal and release the parkingbrake manually with the EPBswitch when you drive downhill orwhen backing up the vehicle.

5 31


✽✽ NOTICE - Manual transaxleA vehicle towing a trailer on a hill oron an incline may slightly roll back-wards when starting the vehicle. Toprevent the situation follow thebelow instructions.1.Depress the clutch pedal and select

a gear.2.Keep pulling up the EPB switch.3.Depress the accelerator pedal and

slowly release the clutch pedal. 4.If the vehicle starts off with

enough driving power release theEPB switch.

Do not follow the above procedurewhen driving on a flat level ground.The vehicle may suddenly move for-ward.

EPB (electric parking brake) may beautomatically applied when: • The EPB is overheated• Requested by other systems

• If you try to drive off depressing theaccelerator pedal with the EPBapplied, but doesn't release auto-matically, a warning will sound anda message will appear.

• If the driver's seat belt is not fas-tened and any door, the enginehood or tailgate is opened, a warn-ing will sound and a message willappear.

• If there is a problem with the vehi-cle, a warning may sound and amessage may appear.

If the above situation occurs,depress the brake pedal and releaseEPB by pressing the EPB switch.

■ Type A ■ Type BCAUTION

• If the parking brake warninglight is still on even thoughthe EPB has been released,have the system be checkedby an authorized Kia dealer.

• Do not drive your vehicle withthe EPB applied. It may causeexcessive brake pad andbrake rotor wear.

ORP052028/ORP052029


325

EPB malfunction indicator (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates if theengine start/stop button is changedto the ON position and goes off inapproximately 3 seconds if the sys-tem is operation normally.If the EPB malfunction indicatorremains on, comes on while driving,or does not come on when the igni-tion switch or the engine start/stopbutton is changed to the ON position,this indicates that the EPB may havemalfunctioned.

CAUTION• A click sound may be heard

while operating or releasing theEPB, but these conditions arenormal and indicate that theEPB is functioning properly.

• When leaving your keys with aparking lot attendant or valet,make sure to inform him/herhow to operate the EPB.

• The EPB may malfunction ifyou drive with the EPB applied.

• When you automaticallyrelease EPB by depressingthe accelerator pedal, depressit slowly.

ORP052030/ORP052031


WARNING• To prevent unintentional

movement when stopped andleaving the vehicle, do not usethe shift lever in place of theparking brake. Set the parkingbrake and make sure the shiftlever is securely positioned inP (Park).

• Never allow anyone who isunfamiliar with the vehicle totouch the parking brake. If theparking brake is releasedunintentionally, serious injurymay occur.

• All vehicles should alwayshave the parking brake fullyengaged when parking toavoid inadvertent movementof the car which can injureoccupants or pedestrians.

5 33


If this occurs, have your vehiclechecked by an authorized Kia dealeras soon as possible.The EPB malfunction indicator mayilluminate when the ESC indicatorcomes on to indicate that the ESC isnot working properly, but it does notindicate a malfunction of the EPB.

Emergency brakingIf there is a problem with the brakepedal while driving, emergency brak-ing is possible by pulling up andholding the EPB switch. Braking ispossible only while you are holdingthe EPB switch.

WARNINGDo not operate the parkingbrake while the vehicle is mov-ing except in an emergency sit-uation.

CAUTION• The EPB warning light may

illuminate if the EPB switchoperates abnormally. Shut theengine off and turn it on againafter a few minutes. The warn-ing light will go off and theEPB switch will operate nor-mally. However, if the EPBwarning light is still on, havethe system checked by anauthorized Kia dealer.

• If the parking brake warninglight does not illuminate orblinks even though the EPBswitch was pulled up, the EPBis not applied.

• If the parking brake warninglight blinks when the EPBwarning light is on, press theswitch, then pull it up. Oncemore press it back to its origi-nal position and pull it backup. If the EPB warning doesnot go off, have the systemchecked by an authorized Kiadealer.


345

✽✽ NOTICEDuring emergency braking by theEPB, the parking brake warninglight will illuminate to indicate thatthe system is operating.

When the EPB (electric parkingbrake) does not releaseIf the EPB does not release normal-ly, take your vehicle to an authorizedKia dealer by loading the vehicle ona flatbed tow truck and have the sys-tem checked.

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)

WARNINGABS (or ESC) will not preventaccidents due to improper ordangerous driving maneuvers.Even though vehicle control isimproved during emergencybraking, always maintain a safedistance between you andobjects ahead. Vehicle speedsshould always be reduced dur-ing extreme road conditions.The braking distance for vehi-cles equipped with an anti-lockbraking system (or ElectronicStability Control System) maybe longer than for those withoutit in the following road condi-tions.

(Continued)

CAUTIONIf you continuously notice anoise or burning smell when theEPB is used for emergencybraking, have your vehiclechecked by an authorized Kiadealer.

5 35


The ABS continuously senses thespeed of the wheels. If the wheelsare going to lock, the ABS systemrepeatedly modulates the hydraulicbrake pressure to the wheels.When you apply your brakes underconditions which may lock thewheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-responding sensation in the brakepedal. This is normal and it meansyour ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum ben-efit from your ABS in an emergencysituation, do not attempt to modulateyour brake pressure and do not try topump your brakes. Press your brakepedal as hard as possible or as hardas the situation allows the ABS tocontrol the force being delivered tothe brakes.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehi-cle begins to move after the engine isstarted. These conditions are normaland indicate that the anti-lock brakesystem is functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake sys-tem, your vehicle still requires suf-ficient stopping distance. Alwaysmaintain a safe distance from thevehicle in front of you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannotprevent accidents resulting fromexcessive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brakesystem may result in a longer stop-ping distance than for vehiclesequipped with a conventionalbrake system.

(Continued)During these conditions thevehicle should be driven atreduced speeds:• Rough, gravel or snow-cov-

ered roads.• On roads where the road sur-

face is pitted or has differentsurface height.

The safety features of an ABS(or ESC) equipped vehicleshould not be tested by highspeed driving or cornering.Thiscould endanger the safety ofyourself or others.


365

✽✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, theengine may not run as smoothly andthe ABS warning light may turn onat the same time. This happensbecause of low battery voltage. Itdoes not mean your ABS has mal-functioned.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

CAUTION• When you drive on a road hav-

ing poor traction, such as anicy road, and have operatedyour brakes continuously, theABS will be active continuous-ly and the ABS warning lightmay illuminate. Pull your vehi-cle over to a safe place andstop the engine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light goes off, thenyour ABS system is normal.Otherwise, you may have aproblem with the ABS.Contact an authorized Kiadealer as soon as possible.

CAUTION• If the ABS warning light is on

and stays on, you may have aproblem with the ABS. In thiscase, however, your regularbrakes will work normally.

• The ABS warning light will stayon for approximately 3 sec-onds after the ignition switchis ON. During that time, theABS will go through self-diag-nosis and the light will go off ifeverything is normal. If thelight stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS.Contact an authorized Kiadealer as soon as possible.

W-78

5 37


Electronic stability control(ESC)

The Electronic Stability control(ESC) system is designed to stabi-lize the vehicle during corneringmaneuvers. ESC checks where youare steering and where the vehicle isactually going. ESC applies thebrakes on individual wheels andintervenes with the engine manage-ment system to stabilize the vehicle.

The Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system is an electronic sys-tem designed to help the driver main-tain vehicle control under adverseconditions. It is not a substitute forsafe driving practices. Factors includ-ing speed, road conditions and driv-er steering input can all affectwhether ESC will be effective in pre-venting a loss of control. It is still yourresponsibility to drive and corner atreasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.When you apply your brakes underconditions which may lock thewheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-responding sensation in the brakepedal. This is normal and it meansyour ESC is active.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehi-cle begins to move after the engine isstarted. These conditions are normaland indicate that the ElectronicStability Control System is function-ing properly.

ORP052032

WARNINGNever drive too fast accordingto the road conditions or tooquickly when cornering.Electronic stability control(ESC) will not prevent acci-dents. Excessive speed inturns, abrupt maneuvers andhydroplaning on wet surfacescan still result in serious acci-dents. Only a safe and attentivedriver can prevent accidents byavoiding maneuvers that causethe vehicle to lose traction.Even with ESC installed, alwaysfollow all the normal precau-tions for driving - including driv-ing at safe speeds for the condi-tions.


385

ESC operationESC ON condition

• When the ignition is turnedON, ESC and ESC OFFindicator lights illuminate forapproximately 3 seconds,then ESC is turned on.

• Press the ESC OFF but-ton for at least half a sec-ond after turning the igni-tion ON to turn ESC off.(ESC OFF indicator willilluminate). To turn theESC on, press the ESCOFF button (ESC OFFindicator light will go off).

• When starting the engine,you may hear a slight tick-ing sound. This is the ESCperforming an automaticsystem self-check and doesnot indicate a problem.

When operatingWhen the ESC is in opera-tion, the ESC indicator lightblinks.• When the Electronic

Stability Control is operat-ing properly, you can feel aslight pulsation in the vehi-cle. This is only the effectof brake control and indi-cates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of themud or driving on a slip-pery road, pressing theaccelerator pedal may notcause the engine rpm(revolutions per minute) toincrease.

ESC operation offESC OFF state

This car has 2 kinds of ESCoff states.If the engine stops whenESC is off, ESC remains off.Upon restarting the engine,the ESC will automaticallyturn on again.

• ESC off state 1To cancel ESC operation,press the ESC OFF button(ESC OFF ) shortly (ESCOFF indicator light (ESCOFF ) illuminates). At thisstate, the engine controlfunction does not operate. Itmeans the traction controlfunction does not operate.Brake control function onlyoperates.

-

5 39


• ESC off state 2To cancel ESC operation,press the ESC OFF button(ESC OFF ) for more than 3seconds. ESC OFF indicatorlight (ESC OFF ) illuminatesand ESC OFF warning chimewill sound. At this state, theengine control function andbrake control function do notoperate. It means the car sta-bility control function does notoperate any more.

Indicator light

When ignition switch is turned to ON,the indicator light illuminates, thengoes off if the ESC system is operat-ing normally.The ESC indicator light blinks when-ever ESC is operating or illuminateswhen ESC fails to operate.The ESC OFF indicator light comeson when the ESC is turned off withthe button.

■ ESC indicator light

■ ESC OFF indicator light

CAUTIONDriving with varying tire orwheel sizes may cause the ESCsystem to malfunction. Whenreplacing tires, make sure theyare the same size as your origi-nal tires.


405

ESC OFF usageWhen driving• ESC should be turned on for daily

driving whenever possible.• To turn ESC off while driving, press

the ESC OFF button while drivingon a flat road surface.

✽✽ NOTICE• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, ensure that theESC is turned off (ESC OFF lightilluminated). If the ESC is left on,it may prevent the vehicle speedfrom increasing, and result in falsediagnosis.

• Turning the ESC off does notaffect ABS or brake system opera-tion.

WARNINGNever press the ESC OFF but-ton while ESC is operating (ESCindicator light blinks).If ESC is turned off while ESC isoperating, the vehicle may slipout of control.

WARNINGThe Electronic Stability Controlsystem is only a driving aid; useprecautions for safe driving byslowing down on curved,snowy, or icy roads. Drive slow-ly and don’t attempt to acceler-ate whenever the ESC indicatorlight is blinking, or when theroad surface is slippery.

5 41


Vehicle stability management(VSM)This system provides furtherenhancements to vehicle stabilityand steering responses when a vehi-cle is driving on a slippery road or avehicle detects changes in coeffi-cient of friction between right wheelsand left wheels when braking.

VSM operationWhen the VSM is in operation, ESCindicator light ( ) blinks.When the vehicle stability manage-ment is operating properly, you canfeel a slight pulsation in the vehicleand/or abnormal steering responses(EPS). This is only the effect of brakeand EPS control and indicates noth-ing unusual.

The VSM does not operate when: • Driving on bank road such as gra-

dient or incline • Driving in reverse• ESC OFF indicator light ( )

remains on the instrument cluster• EPS indicator light remains on the

instrument cluster

VSM operation offIf you press the ESC OFF button toturn off the ESC, the VSM will alsocancel and the ESC OFF indicatorlight ( ) illuminates.To turn on the VSM, press the buttonagain. The ESC OFF indicator lightgoes out.

Malfunction indicatorThe VSM can be deactivated even ifyou don’t cancel the VSM operationby pressing the ESC OFF button. Itindicates that a malfunction hasbeen detected somewhere in theElectric Power Steering system orVSM system. If the ESC indicatorlight ( ) or EPS warning lightremains on, take your vehicle to anauthorized Kia dealer and have thesystem checked.

✽✽ NOTICE• The VSM is designed to function

above approximately 15 km/h (9mph) on curves.

• The VSM is designed to functionabove approximately 30 km/h (18mph) when a vehicle is braking ona split-mu road. The split-mu roadis made of surfaces which have dif-ferent friction forces.


425

Hill-start assist control (HAC)A vehicle has the tendency to rollback on a steep hill when it starts togo after stopping. The Hill-startAssist Control (HAC) prevents thevehicle from rolling back by applyingthe brakes automatically for about1.5 seconds. The brakes arereleased when the accelerator pedalis depressed or after about 1.5 sec-onds.

✽✽ NOTICE• The HAC does not operate when

the transaxle shift lever is in the P(Park) or N (Neutral) position.

• The HAC activates even thoughthe ESC is off but it does not acti-vate when the ESC has malfunc-tioned.

WARNING • The Vehicle Stability

Management system is not asubstitute for safe drivingpractices but a supplemen-tary function only. It is theresponsibility of the driver toalways check the speed andthe distance to the vehicleahead. Always hold the steer-ing wheel firmly while driving.

• Your vehicle is designed toactivate according to the dri-ver’s intention, even withinstalled VSM. Always followall the normal precautions fordriving at safe speeds for theconditions – including drivingin clement weather and on aslippery road.

• Driving with varying tire orwheel sizes may cause theVSM system to malfunction.When replacing tires, makesure they are the same size asyour original tires.

WARNING The HAC is activated only forabout 1.5 seconds, so when thevehicle is starting off alwaysdepress the accelerator pedal.

5 43


Good braking practices • Check to be sure the parking brakeis not engaged and the parkingbrake indicator light is out beforedriving away.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the vehicle is washed. Wetbrakes can be dangerous! Yourvehicle will not stop as quickly if thebrakes are wet. Wet brakes maycause the vehicle to pull to oneside.To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking actionreturns to normal, taking care tokeep the vehicle under control atall times. If the braking action doesnot return to normal, stop as soonas it is safe to do so and call anauthorized Kia dealer for assis-tance.

• Don't coast down hills with thevehicle out of gear.This is extreme-ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle ingear at all times, use the brakes toslow down, then shift to a lowergear so that engine braking willhelp you maintain a safe speed.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal.Resting your foot on the brakepedal while driving can be danger-ous because the brakes mightoverheat and lose their effective-ness. It also increases the wear ofthe brake components.

• If a tire goes flat while you are driv-ing, apply the brakes gently andkeep the vehicle pointed straightahead while you slow down. Whenyou are moving slowly enough for itto be safe to do so, pull off the roadand stop in a safe place.

WARNING • Whenever you leave or park

your vehicle, always set theparking brake as far as possi-ble and shift the vehicle to 1st(First) gear or R (Reverse) formanual transaxle, or P (Park)for automatic transaxle. If theparking brake is not fullyengaged, the vehicle maymove inadvertently and injureyourself and others.

• All vehicles should alwayshave the parking brake fullyengaged when parking toavoid inadvertent movementof the vehicle which can injureoccupants or pedestrians.


445

• If your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic transaxle, don't let yourvehicle creep forward. To avoidcreeping forward, keep your footfirmly on the brake pedal when thevehicle is stopped.

• Be cautious when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brakeand place the shift lever in P (auto-matic transaxle) or in first orreverse gear (manual transaxle). Ifyour vehicle is facing downhill, turnthe front wheels into the curb tohelp keep the vehicle from rolling. Ifyour vehicle is facing uphill, turnthe front wheels away from thecurb to help keep the vehicle fromrolling. If there is no curb or if it isrequired by other conditions tokeep the vehicle from rolling, blockthe wheels.

• Under some conditions your park-ing brake can freeze in theengaged position. This is most like-ly to happen when there is anaccumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or ifthe brakes are wet. If there is a riskthat the parking brake may freeze,apply it only temporarily while youput the shift lever in P (automatictransaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block therear wheels so the vehicle cannotroll. Then release the parkingbrake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on theupgrade with the acceleratorpedal.This can cause the transaxleto overheat. Always use the brakepedal or parking brake.

5 45


1. Cruise indicator2. Cruise set indicator

The cruise control system allows youto program the vehicle to maintain aconstant speed without pressing theaccelerator pedal.This system is designed to functionabove approximately 30 km/h (20mph).

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING • If the cruise control is left on

(CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster illuminat-ed), the cruise control can beswitched on accidentally.Keep the cruise control sys-tem off (CRUISE indicatorlight OFF) when the cruisecontrol is not in use, to avoidinadvertently setting a speed.

• Use the cruise control systemonly when traveling on openhighways in good weather.

• Do not use the cruise controlwhen it may not be safe tokeep the vehicle at a constantspeed, for instance, driving inheavy or varying traffic, or onslippery (rainy, icy or snow-covered) or winding roads orover 6% up-hill or down-hillroads.

• Pay particular attention to thedriving conditions wheneverusing the cruise control sys-tem.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Be careful when driving

downhill using the cruise con-trol system, which mayincrease the vehicle speed.

ORP052033N

CAUTIONDuring cruise-speed driving of amanual transaxle vehicle, do notshift into neutral withoutdepressing the clutch pedal,since the engine will be over-revved. If this happens, depressthe clutch pedal or release thecruise control ON-OFF switch.


465

✽✽ NOTICE• During normal cruise control

operation, when the SET switch isactivated or reactivated afterapplying the brakes, the cruisecontrol will energize after approx-imately 3 seconds. The delay isnormal.

• To activate cruise control, depressthe brake pedal at least once afterturning the ignition switch to theON position or starting the engine.This is to check if the brake switchwhich is important part to cancelcruise control is in normal condi-tion.

Cruise control switch

CRUISE : Turns cruise control sys-tem on or off.

CANCEL: Cancels cruise controloperation.

RES+: Resumes or increases cruisecontrol speed.

SET-: Sets or decreases cruise con-trol speed.

To set cruise control speed:

1. Press the CRUISE button on thesteering wheel to turn the systemon. The CRUISE indicator light inthe instrument cluster will illumi-nate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed,which must be more than 30 km/h(20 mph ).

✽✽ NOTICE - Manual transaxleFor manual transaxle vehicles, youshould depress the brake pedal atleast once to set the cruise controlafter starting the engine.

ORP052034N ORP052035N

5 47


3. Move the lever down (to SET-),and release it at the desiredspeed. The SET indicator light inthe instrument cluster will illumi-nate. Release the acceleratorpedal at the same time. Thedesired speed will automaticallybe maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle mayslow down or speed up slightly whilegoing uphill or downhill.

To increase cruise control setspeed:

Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever up (to RES+) and

hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.Release the lever at the speed youwant.

• Move the lever up (to RES+) andrelease it immediately.The cruising speed will increase by2km/h (or 1 mph) each time youmove the lever up (to RES+) in thismanner.

To decrease the cruisingspeed:

Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever down (to SET-) and

hold it. Your vehicle will graduallyslow down. Release the lever at thespeed you want to maintain.

• Move the lever down (to SET-) andrelease it immediately.The cruising speed will decreaseby 2 km/h (1 mph) each time youmove the lever down (to SET-) inthis manner.

ORP052037N

ORP052036N

ORP052036N


485

To temporarily accelerate withthe cruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarilywhen the cruise control is on,depress the accelerator pedal.Increased speed will not interferewith cruise control operation orchange the set speed.To return to the set speed, take yourfoot off the accelerator.

To cancel cruise control, doone of the following:

• Press the brake pedal.• Depress the clutch pedal if

equipped with a manual transaxle.• Shift into N (Neutral) with an auto-

matic transaxle.• Push the CANCEL switch located

on the steering wheel.• Decrease the vehicle speed lower

than the memory speed by 15km/h (9 mph ).

• Decrease the vehicle speed to lessthan approximately 25 km/h (15mph).

Each of these actions will cancelcruise control operation (the SETindicator light in the instrument clus-ter will go off), but it will not turn thesystem off. If you wish to resumecruise control operation, move up thelever (to RES+) located on yoursteering wheel.You will return to yourpreviously preset speed.

ORP052038N

5 49


To resume cruising speed atmore than approximately 30km/h (20 mph):

If any method other than theCRUISE button was used to cancelcruising speed and the system is stillactivated, the most recent set speedwill automatically resume when youmove the lever up (to RES+).It will not resume, however, if thevehicle speed has dropped belowapproximately 30 km/h (20 mph).

To turn cruise control off, doone of the following:

• Press the CRUISE button (theCRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will go off).

• Turn the ignition off.Both of these actions cancel cruisecontrol operation. If you want toresume cruise control operation,repeat the steps provided in “To setcruise control speed” on the previouspage.

ORP052037N

ORP052035N


505

Active ECO operation

Active ECO helps improve fuel effi-ciency by controlling certain engineand transaxle system operatingparameters. Fuel efficiency dependson the driver's driving habit and roadcondition.• When the Active ECO button is

pressed the ECO indicator (green)will illuminate to show that theActive ECO is operating.

• When the Active ECO is activated,it will remain on until the ActiveECO button is pressed again.Active ECO does not turn off whenthe engine is restarted. To turn offActive ECO, press the Active ECObutton again.

• If Active ECO is turned off, the sys-tem will return to normal mode.

When Active ECO is activated:• The acceleration may slightly be

reduced eventhough you depressthe accelerator fully.

• The air conditioner performancemay be limited.

• The shift pattern of the automatictransaxle may change.

• The engine noise may get louder.

The above situations are normalconditions when the active eco sys-tem is activated to improve fuel effi-ciency.

Limitation of Active ECO oper-ation:If the following conditions occur whileActive ECO is operating, the systemoperation is limited even thoughthere is no change in the ECO indi-cator.• When the coolant temperature is

low: The system will be limited untilengine performance becomes nor-mal.

• When driving up a hill: The systemwill be limited to gain power whendriving uphill because the enginetorque is restricted.

• When using sports mode: The sys-tem will be limited according to theshift location.

• When the accelerator pedal isdeeply depressed for a few sec-onds: The system will be limited,judging that the driver wants tospeed up.

ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM

ORP052023

5 51


Your vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, whereyou drive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects howmany miles (kilometers) you can getfrom a gallon (liter) of fuel.To operateyour vehicle as economically as pos-sible, use the following driving sug-gestions to help save money in bothfuel and repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a

moderate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" starts or full-throttle shiftsand maintain a steady cruisingspeed. Don't race between stop-lights. Try to adjust your speed tothe traffic so you don't have tochange speeds unnecessarily.Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos-sible. Always maintain a safe dis-tance from other vehicles so youcan avoid unnecessary braking.This also reduces brake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. Thefaster you drive, the more fuel yourvehicle uses. Driving at a moderatespeed, especially on the highway,is one of the most effective ways toreduce fuel consumption.

• Don't "ride" the brake or clutchpedal. This can increase fuel con-sumption and also increase wearon these components. In addition,driving with your foot resting on thebrake pedal may cause the brakesto overheat, which reduces theireffectiveness and may lead tomore serious consequences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pres-sure. Incorrect inflation, either toomuch or too little, results in unnec-essary tire wear. Check the tirepressures at least once a month.

• Be sure that the wheels arealigned correctly. Improper align-ment can result from hitting curbsor driving too fast over irregularsurfaces. Poor alignment causesfaster tire wear and may also resultin other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your vehicle in good condi-tion. For better fuel economy andreduced maintenance costs, main-tain your vehicle in accordancewith the maintenance schedule insection 7. If you drive your vehiclein severe conditions, more frequentmaintenance is required (see sec-tion 7 for details).

• Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi-mum service, your vehicle shouldbe kept clean and free of corrosivematerials. It is especially importantthat mud, dirt, ice, etc. not beallowed to accumulate on theunderside of the vehicle. This extraweight can result in increased fuelconsumption and also contribute tocorrosion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces-sary weight in your vehicle. Weightreduces fuel economy.

• Don't let the engine idle longerthan necessary. If you are waiting(and not in traffic), turn off yourengine and restart only whenyou're ready to go.

ECONOMICAL OPERATION


525

• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. Afterthe engine has started, allow theengine to run for 10 to 20 secondsprior to placing the vehicle in gear.In very cold weather, however, giveyour engine a slightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in avery high gear resulting in enginebucking. If this happens, shift to alower gear. Over-revving is racingthe engine beyond its safe limit.This can be avoided by shifting atthe recommended speed.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system isoperated by engine power so yourfuel economy is reduced when youuse it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offsetsome of this loss, slow down whendriving in these conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operatingcondition is important both for econ-omy and safety. Therefore, have anauthorized Kia dealer performscheduled inspections and mainte-nance.

WARNING - Engine offduringmotion

Never turn the engine off tocoast down hills or anytime thevehicle is in motion. The powersteering and power brakes willnot function properly withoutthe engine running. Instead,keep the engine on and down-shift to an appropriate gear forengine braking effect. In addi-tion, turning off the ignitionwhile driving could engage thesteering wheel lock resulting inloss of vehicle steering whichcould cause serious injury ordeath.

5 53


Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditionsare encountered such as water,snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz-ards, follow these suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra

distance for braking.• Avoid sudden braking or steering.• When braking with non-ABS

brakes pump the brake pedal witha light up-and-down motion untilthe vehicle is stopped.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand,use second gear. Accelerate slow-ly to avoid spinning the drivewheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, or other non-slip material under the drivewheels to provide traction whenstalled in ice, snow, or mud.

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicleto free it from snow, sand, or mud,first turn the steering wheel right andleft to clear the area around yourfront wheels. Then, shift back andforth between 1st (First) and R(Reverse) in vehicles equipped witha manual transaxle or R (Reverse)and any forward gear in vehiclesequipped with an automatictransaxle. Do not race the engine,and spin the wheels as little as pos-sible. If you are still stuck after a fewtries, have the vehicle pulled out by atow vehicle to avoid engine overheat-ing and possible damage to thetransaxle.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

WARNING - ABSDo not pump the brake pedal ona vehicle equipped with ABS.

WARNING - DownshiftingDownshifting with an automatictransaxle, while driving on slip-pery surfaces can cause anaccident. The sudden change intire speed could cause the tiresto skid. Be careful when down-shifting on slippery surfaces.

CAUTIONProlonged rocking may causeengine overheating, transaxledamage or failure, and tire dam-age.


545

✽✽ NOTICEThe ESC system (if equipped)should be turned OFF prior to rock-ing the vehicle.

Smooth cornering

Avoid braking or gear changing incorners, especially when roads arewet. Ideally, corners should alwaysbe taken under gentle acceleration. Ifyou follow these suggestions, tirewear will be held to a minimum.

WARNING - Spinningtires

Do not spin the wheels, espe-cially at speeds more than 56km/h (35 mph). Spinning thewheels at high speeds when thevehicle is stationary couldcause a tire to overheat whichcould result in tire damage thatmay injure bystanders.

OUN056051

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehiclefree by moving it forward andbackward. Do not attempt thisprocedure if people or objectsare anywhere near the vehicle.During the rocking operationthe vehicle may suddenly moveforward or backward as itbecomes unstuck, causinginjury or damage to nearby peo-ple or objects.

5 55


Driving at night

Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight,here are some important tips toremember:• Slow down and keep more dis-

tance between you and other vehi-cles, as it may be more difficult tosee at night, especially in areaswhere there may not be any streetlights.

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce theglare from other driver's head-lights.

• Keep your headlights clean andproperly aimed. (On vehicles notequipped with the automatic head-light aiming feature.) Dirty orimproperly aimed headlights willmake it much more difficult to seeat night.

• Avoid staring directly at the head-lights of oncoming vehicles. Youcould be temporarily blinded, and itwill take several seconds for youreyes to readjust to the darkness.

Driving in the rain

Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re notprepared for the slick pavement.Here are a few things to considerwhen driving in the rain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder

to see and will increase the dis-tance needed to stop your vehicle,so slow down.

• Keep your windshield wipingequipment in good shape. Replaceyour windshield wiper blades whenthey show signs of streaking ormissing areas on the windshield.

1VQA3003OCM053010


565

• If your tires are not in good condi-tion, making a quick stop on wetpavement can cause a skid andpossibly lead to an accident. Besure your tires are in good shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make iteasier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large pud-dles can affect your brakes. If youmust go through puddles, try todrive through them slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal brakingoperation returns.

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is nohigher than the bottom of the wheelhub. Drive through any water slowly.Allow adequate stopping distancebecause brake performance may beaffected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them sev-eral times while the vehicle is movingslowly.

Driving off-road Drive carefully off-road because yourvehicle may be damaged by rocks orroots of trees. Become familiar withthe off-road conditions where youare going to drive before you begindriving.

Highway drivingTiresAdjust the tire inflation pressures tospecification. Low tire inflation pres-sures will result in overheating andpossible failure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tireswhich may result in reduced tractionor tire failure.

✽✽ NOTICENever exceed the maximum tireinflation pressure shown on thetires.

WARNING• Underinflated or overinflated

tires can cause poor handling,loss of vehicle control, andsudden tire failure leading toaccidents, injuries, and evendeath. Always check tires forproper inflation before driv-ing. For proper tire pressures,refer to “Tires and wheels” insection 8.

• Driving on tires with no orinsufficient tread is danger-ous. Worn-out tires can resultin loss of vehicle control, col-lisions, injury, and even death.Worn-out tires should bereplaced as soon as possibleand should never be used fordriving. Always check the tiretread before driving your vehi-cle. For further informationand tread limits, refer to “Tiresand wheels” in section 7.

5 57


Fuel, engine coolant and engineoilHigh speed travel consumes morefuel than urban motoring. Do not for-get to check both the engine coolantand engine oil.

Drive beltA loose or damaged drive belt mayresult in overheating of the engine.


585

Severe weather conditions in thewinter result in greater wear andother problems. To minimize theproblems of winter driving, youshould follow these suggestions:

Snowy or icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, itmay be necessary to use snow tireson your tires. If snow tires are need-ed, it is necessary to select tiresequivalent in size and type of theoriginal equipment tires. Failure to doso may adversely affect the safetyand handling of your vehicle.Furthermore, speeding, rapid accel-eration, sudden brake applications,and sharp turns are potentially veryhazardous practices.During deceleration, use enginebraking to the fullest extent. Suddenbrake applications on snowy or icyroads may cause skids to occur. Youneed to keep sufficient distancebetween the vehicle in operation infront of your vehicle. Also, apply thebrake gently.

Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehi-cle, make sure they are radial tires ofthe same size and load range as theoriginal tires. Mount snow tires on allfour wheels to balance your vehicle’shandling in all weather conditions.Keep in mind that the traction provid-ed by snow tires on dry roads maynot be as high as your vehicle's orig-inal equipment tires.You should drivecautiously even when the roads areclear. Check with the tire dealer formaximum speed recommendations.Do not install studded tires withoutfirst checking local, state and munic-ipal regulations for possible restric-tions against their use.

WINTER DRIVING

WARNING - Snow tiresize

Snow tires should be equivalentin size and type to the vehicle'sstandard tires. Otherwise, thesafety and handling of yourvehicle may be adversely affect-ed.

1VQA3005

5 59


Use high quality ethylene gly-col coolantYour vehicle is delivered with highquality ethylene glycol coolant in thecooling system. It is the only type ofcoolant that should be used becauseit helps prevent corrosion in the cool-ing system, lubricates the waterpump and prevents freezing. Be sureto replace or replenish your coolantin accordance with the maintenanceschedule in section 7. Before winter,have your coolant tested to assurethat its freezing point is sufficient forthe temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens onthe battery system. Visually inspectthe battery and cables as describedin section 7. The level of charge inyour battery can be checked by anauthorized Kia dealer or a servicestation.

Change to "winter weight" oilif necessaryIn some climates it is recommendedthat a lower viscosity "winter weight"oil be used during cold weather. Seesection 8 for recommendations. Ifyou aren't sure what weight oil youshould use, consult an authorizedKia dealer.

Check spark plugs and igni-tion systemInspect your spark plugs asdescribed in section 7 and replacethem if necessary. Also check allignition wiring and components to besure they are not cracked, worn ordamaged in any way.

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing,squirt an approved de-icer fluid orglycerine into the key opening. If alock is covered with ice, squirt it withan approved de-icing fluid to removethe ice. If the lock is frozen internally,you may be able to thaw it out byusing a heated key. Handle the heat-ed key with care to avoid injury.

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the windowwasher system from freezing, add anapproved window washer anti-freezesolution in accordance with instruc-tions on the container. Window wash-er anti-freeze is available from anauthorized Kia dealer and most autoparts outlets. Do not use enginecoolant or other types of anti-freezeas these may damage the paint fin-ish.


605

Don’t let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engagedposition. This is most likely to hap-pen when there is an accumulationof snow or ice around or near therear brakes or if the brakes are wet.If there is a risk the parking brakemay freeze, apply it only temporarilywhile you put the gear shift lever in P(Park, automatic transaxle) or in firstor reverse gear (manual transaxle)and block the rear wheels so thevehicle cannot roll. Then release theparking brake.

Don't let ice and snow accu-mulate underneathUnder some conditions, snow andice can build up under the fendersand interfere with the steering. Whendriving in severe winter conditionswhere this may happen, you shouldperiodically check underneath thevehicle to be sure the movement ofthe front wheels and the steeringcomponents are not obstructed.

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of theweather, you should carry appropri-ate emergency equipment. Some ofthe items you may want to carryinclude tow straps or chains, flash-light, emergency flares, sand, shov-el, jumper cables, window scraper,gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blan-ket, etc.

5 61


If you are considering towing withyour vehicle, you should first checkwith your country's Department ofMotor Vehicles to determine theirlegal requirements.Since laws vary the requirements fortowing trailers, cars, or other types ofvehicles or apparatus may differ. Askan authorized Kia dealer for furtherdetails before towing.

You may require an additional wiringharness connector to install a trailerhitch. Please contact an authorizedKia dealer for more details.

Your vehicle can tow a trailer.* Toidentify what the vehicle traileringcapacity is for your vehicle, youshould read the information in“Weight of the trailer” that appearslater in this section.Remember that trailering is differentthan just driving your vehicle by itself.Trailering means changes in han-dling, durability, and fuel economy.Successful, safe trailering requirescorrect equipment, and it has to beused properly.

TRAILER TOWING

CAUTIONPulling a trailer improperly candamage your vehicle and resultin costly repairs not covered byyour warranty. To pull a trailercorrectly, follow the advice inthis section.

WARNING - Towing atrailer

If you don't use the correctequipment and/or drive improp-erly, you can lose control whenyou pull a trailer. For example, ifthe trailer is too heavy, thebrakes may not work well - oreven at all. You and your pas-sengers could be seriously orfatally injured. Pull a trailer onlyif you have followed all thesteps in this section.

WARNING - Weight limits

Before towing, make sure thetotal trailer weight, GCW (grosscombination weight), GVW(gross vehicle weight), GAW(gross axle weight) and trailertongue load are all within thelimits.


625

This section contains many time-tested, important trailering tips andsafety rules. Many of these areimportant for your safety and that ofyour passengers. Please read thissection carefully before you pull atrailer.

Load-pulling components such asthe engine, transaxle, wheel assem-blies, and tires are forced to workharder against the load of the addedweight. The engine is required tooperate at relatively higher speedsand under greater loads. This addi-tional burden generates extra heat.The trailer also adds considerably towind resistance, increasing thepulling requirements.

✽✽ NOTICE - Location of trailermounting

• The mounting hole for hitches arelocated on both sides of the under-cover behind the rear tires.

• Remove the under cover on therear bumper before installing atrailer hitch.

Hitches It's important to have the correcthitch equipment. Crosswinds, largetrucks going by, and rough roads area few reasons why you’ll need theright hitch. Here are some rules tofollow:• Will you have to make any holes in

the body of your vehicle when youinstall a trailer hitch? If you do, thenbe sure to seal the holes laterwhen you remove the hitch.If you don’t seal them, deadly car-bon monoxide (CO) from yourexhaust can get into your vehicle,as well as dirt and water.

• The bumpers on your vehicle arenot intended for hitches. Do notattach rental hitches or otherbumper-type hitches to them. Useonly a frame-mounted hitch thatdoes not attach to the bumper.

• Kia trailer hitch accessory is avail-able at an authorized Kia dealer.

ORP052051

ORP052058

5 63


Safety chains You should always attach chainsbetween your vehicle and your trail-er. Cross the safety chains under thetongue of the trailer so that thetongue will not drop to the road if itbecomes separated from the hitch.Instructions about safety chains maybe provided by the hitch manufactur-er or by the trailer manufacturer.Follow the manufacturer’s recom-mendation for attaching safetychains. Always leave just enoughslack so you can turn with your trail-er. And, never allow safety chains todrag on the ground.

Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a brak-ing system, make sure it conforms toyour state’s regulations and that it isproperly installed and operating cor-rectly.If your trailer weight exceeds themaximum allowed weight withouttrailer brakes, then the trailer will alsorequire its own brakes as well. Besure to read and follow the instruc-tions for the trailer brakes so you’ll beable to install, adjust and maintainthem properly.• Don’t tap into or modify your vehi-

cle's brake system.

WARNING - Trailerbrakes

Do not use a trailer with its ownbrakes unless you are absolute-ly certain that you have proper-ly set up the brake system. Thisis not a task for amateurs. Usean experienced, competenttrailer shop for this work.


645

Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Before settingout for the open road, you must getto know your trailer. Acquaint your-self with the feel of handling andbraking with the added weight of thetrailer. And always keep in mind thatthe vehicle you are driving is now agood deal longer and not nearly soresponsive as your vehicle is byitself.Before you start, check the trailerhitch and platform, safety chains,electrical connector(s), lights, tiresand mirror adjustment. If the trailerhas electric brakes, start your vehicleand trailer moving and then apply thetrailer brake controller by hand to besure the brakes are working.This letsyou check your electrical connectionat the same time.During your trip, check occasionallyto be sure that the load is secure,and that the lights and any trailerbrakes are still working.

Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving your vehicle without a trailer.This can help you avoid situationsthat require heavy braking and sud-den turns.

Passing You’ll need more passing distanceup ahead when you’re towing a trail-er. And, because of the increasedvehicle length, you’ll need to gomuch farther beyond the passedvehicle before you can return to yourlane. Due to the added load to theengine when going uphill the vehiclemay also take longer to pass than itwould on flat ground.

Backing up Hold the bottom of the steeringwheel with one hand. Then, to movethe trailer to the left, just move yourhand to the left. To move the trailer tothe right, move your hand to theright. Always back up slowly and, ifpossible, have someone guide you.

Making turns When you’re turning with a trailer,make wider turns than normal. Dothis so your trailer won’t strike softshoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,or other objects near the edge of theroad. Avoid jerky or sudden maneu-vers. Signal well in advance beforeturning or lane changes.

5 65


Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer, your vehiclehas to have a different turn signalflasher and extra wiring. The greenarrows on your instrument panel willflash whenever you signal a turn orlane change. Properly connected,the trailer lights will also flash to alertother drivers you’re about to turn,change lanes, or stop.When towing a trailer, the greenarrows on your instrument panel willflash for turns even if the bulbs onthe trailer are burned out. Thus, youmay think drivers behind you areseeing your signals when, in fact,they are not. It’s important to checkoccasionally to be sure the trailerbulbs are still working. You must alsocheck the lights every time you dis-connect and then reconnect thewires.Do not connect a trailer lighting sys-tem directly to your vehicle’s lightingsystem. Use only an approved trailerwiring harness.An authorized Kia dealer can assistyou in installing the wiring harness.

Driving on grades Reduce speed and shift to a lowergear before you start down a long orsteep downgrade. If you don’t shiftdown, you might have to use yourbrakes so much that they would gethot and no longer operate efficiently.On a long uphill grade, shift downand reduce your speed to around 70km/h (45 mph) to reduce the possi-bility of engine and transaxle over-heating.If your trailer weighs more than themaximum trailer weight without trail-er brakes and you have an automat-ic transaxle, you should drive in D(Drive) when towing a trailer.Operating your vehicle in D (Drive)when towing a trailer will minimizeheat build up and extend the life ofyour transaxle.

WARNING Failure to use an approved trail-er wiring harness could resultin damage to the vehicle electri-cal system and/or personalinjury.


665

Parking on hills Generally, if you have a trailerattached to your vehicle, you shouldnot park your vehicle on a hill. Peoplecan be seriously or fatally injured,and both your vehicle and the trailercan be damaged if they unexpected-ly roll downhill.However, if you ever have to parkyour trailer on a hill, here's how to doit:

1.Pull the vehicle into the parkingspace. Turn the steering wheel inthe direction of the curb (right ifheaded downhill, left if headed uphill).

2.If the vehicle has a manualtransaxle, place the vehicle in neu-tral. If the vehicle has an automatictransaxle, place the vehicle in P(Park).

3.Set the parking brake and shut offthe engine.

4.Place chocks under the trailerwheels on the down hill side of thewheels.

5.Start the vehicle, hold the brakes,shift to neutral, release the parkingbrake and slowly release thebrakes until the trailer chocksabsorb the load.

6.Reapply the brakes, reapply theparking brake and shift the vehicleto R (Reverse) for manualtransaxle or P (Park) for automatictransaxle.

7.Shut off the vehicle and release thevehicle brakes but leave the park-ing brake set.

CAUTION• When towing a trailer on steep

grades (in excess of 6%) payclose attention to the enginecoolant temperature gauge toensure the engine does notoverheat.If the needle of the coolanttemperature gauge movesacross the dial towards “H”(HOT), pull over and stop assoon as it is safe to do so, andallow the engine to idle until itcools down. You may proceedonce the engine has cooledsufficiently.

• You must decide drivingspeed depending on trailerweight and uphill grade toreduce the possibility ofengine and transaxle over-heating.

WARNING - Parking ona hill

Parking your vehicle on a hillwith a trailer attached couldcause serious injury or death,should the trailer break loose orbrake stops working.

5 67


When you are ready to leave afterparking on a hill 1. With the manual transaxle in

Neutral or automatic transaxle in P(Park), apply your brakes and holdthe brake pedal down while you:• Start your engine;• Shift into gear; and• Release the parking brake.

2. Slowly remove your foot from thebrake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clearof the chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick upand store the chocks.

Maintenance when trailer tow-ing Your vehicle will need service moreoften when you regularly pull a trail-er. Important items to pay particularattention to include engine oil, auto-matic transaxle fluid, axle lubricantand cooling system fluid. Brake con-dition is another important item tofrequently check. Each item is cov-ered in this manual, and the Indexwill help you find them quickly. Ifyou’re trailering, it’s a good idea toreview these sections before youstart your trip.Don’t forget to also maintain yourtrailer and hitch. Follow the mainte-nance schedule that accompaniedyour trailer and check it periodically.Preferably, conduct the check at thestart of each day’s driving. Mostimportantly, all hitch nuts and boltsshould be tight.

CAUTION• Due to higher load during

trailer usage, overheatingmight occur in hot days orduring uphill driving. If thecoolant gauge indicates over-heating, switch off the A/C andstop the vehicle in a safe areato cool down the engine.

• When towing check transaxlefluid more frequently.

WARNING - Parkingbrake

It can be dangerous to get outof your vehicle if the parkingbrake is not firmly set.If you have left the engine run-ning, the vehicle can move sud-denly. You or others could beseriously or fatally injured.


685

If you do decide to pull a trail-er Here are some important points ifyou decide to pull a trailer:• Consider using a sway control. You

can ask a hitch dealer about swaycontrol.

• Do not do any towing with yourvehicle during its first 2,000 km(1,200 miles) in order to allow theengine to properly break in. Failureto heed this caution may result inserious engine or transaxle dam-age.

• When towing a trailer, be sure toconsult an authorized Kia dealerfor further information on additionalrequirements such as a towing kit,etc.

• Always drive your vehicle at a mod-erate speed (less than 100 km/h(60 mph)).

• On a long uphill grade, do notexceed 70 km/h (45 mph) or theposted towing speed limit,whichever is lower.

• The chart contains important con-siderations that have to do withweight:

Engine

Item

Gasoline Engine

2.0L

Maximum trailerweight

Without brake system 454 (1,000)

With brake system 680 (1,499)

Maximum tongue weight 75 (165)

kg (lbs.)

To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you shouldread the information in “Weight of the Trailer” that appears later in this sec-tion.

5 69


Weight of the trailer

What is the maximum safe weight ofa trailer? It should never weigh morethan the maximum trailer weight withtrailer brakes. But even that can betoo heavy.It depends on how you plan to useyour trailer. For example, speed, alti-tude, road grades, outside tempera-ture and how often your vehicle isused to pull a trailer are all important.The ideal trailer weight can alsodepend on any special equipmentthat you have on your vehicle.

Weight of the trailer tongue

The tongue load of any trailer is animportant weight to measurebecause it affects the total grossvehicle weight (GVW) of your vehi-cle. This weight includes the curbweight of the vehicle, any cargo youmay carry in it, and the people whowill be riding in the vehicle. And if youwill tow a trailer, you must add thetongue load to the GVW becauseyour vehicle will also be carrying thatweight.

The trailer tongue should weigh amaximum of 10% of the total loadedtrailer weight, within the limits of themaximum permissible trailer tongueload. After you've loaded your trailer,weigh the trailer and then the tongue,separately, to see if the weights areproper. If they aren’t, you may beable to correct them simply by mov-ing some items around in the trailer.

C190E01JM

Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight

C190E02JM

Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight


705

WARNING - Trailer• Never load a trailer with more

weight in the rear than in thefront. The front should beloaded with approximately60% of the total trailer load;the rear should be loaded withapproximately 40% of the totaltrailer load.

• Never exceed the maximumweight limits of the trailer ortrailer towing equipment.Improper loading can result indamage to your vehicle and/orpersonal injury. Checkweights and loading at a com-mercial scale or highwaypatrol office equipped withscales.

• An improperly loaded trailercan cause loss of vehicle con-trol.

5 71


VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

ORP052064N/ORP052065N/ORP052066N/ORP052067N/ORP052068N/ORP052069N

Tire and loading information labelThe label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recom-mended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacityweight.


725

Vehicle capacity weight:5 persons : 375 kg (827 lbs.)7 persons : 525 kg (1,157 lbs.)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo. If your vehicle is equippedwith a trailer, the combined weightincludes the tongue load.

Seating capacity:Total - 5 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 3 persons)

- 7 persons (Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 5 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximumnumber of occupants including adriver, your vehicle may carry.However, the seating capacity maybe reduced based upon the weight ofall of the occupants, and the weightof the cargo being carried or towed.Do not overload the vehicle as thereis a limit to the total weight, or loadlimit including occupants and cargo,the vehicle can carry.

Towing capacity:- 2.0L Engine

Without trailer brakes: 454 kg (1,000 lbs)With trailer brakes: 680 kg (1,499 lbs)

Towing capacity is the maximumtrailer weight including its cargoweight, your vehicle can tow.

5 73


Cargo capacity:The cargo capacity of your vehiclewill increase or decrease dependingon the weight and the number ofoccupants and the tongue load, ifyour vehicle is equipped with a trail-er.

Steps for determining correct loadlimit1.Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXX kgor XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's plac-ard.

2.Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3.Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example, ifthe "XXX" amount equals 635 kg(1400 lbs.) and there will be five 68kg (150 lbs.) passengers in yourvehicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacityis 295 kg (650 lbs).(635-340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg or1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5.Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight may notsafely exceed the available cargoand luggage load capacity calcu-lated in Step 4.

6.If your vehicle will be towing a trail-er, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of your vehi-cle.


745

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weightand seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle'scapacity weight.

C190F01JM

Item Description Total

AVehicle Capacity 635 kg

Weight (1400 lbs)Subtract Occupant

B Weight 136 kg

68 kg (150 lbs) × 2(300 lbs)

CAvailable Cargo and 499 kg

Luggage weight (1100 lbs)

Example 1

A B C

C190F02JM




B Weight 340 kg

68 kg (150 lbs) × 5(750 lbs)



A B C

Example 2

C190F03JM




B Weight 390 kg

78 kg (172 lbs) × 5 (860 lbs)



A B C

Example 3

5 75


Certification labelThe certification label is located onthe driver's door sill at the center pil-lar.This label shows the maximumallowable weight of the fully loadedvehicle. This is called the GVWR(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). TheGVWR includes the weight of thevehicle, all occupants, fuel andcargo.This label also tells you the maxi-mum weight that can be supportedby the front and rear axles, calledGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).To find out the actual loads on yourfront and rear axles, you need to goto a weigh station and weigh yourvehicle.Your dealer can help you withthis. Be sure to spread out your loadequally on both sides of the center-line.

The label will help you decide howmuch cargo and installed equipmentyour vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle- like suitcases, tools, packages, oranything else - they are moving asfast as the vehicle. If you have to stopor turn quickly, or if there is a crash,the items will keep going and cancause an injury if they strike the driv-er or a passenger.

WARNING - Over loading

• Never exceed the GVWR foryour vehicle, the GAWR foreither the front or rear axleand vehicle capacity weight.Exceeding these ratings cancause an accident or vehicledamage.You can calculate theweight of your load by weigh-ing the items (or people)before putting them in thevehicle. Be careful not to over-load your vehicle.

• Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR, eitherthe maximum front or rearGAWR and vehicle capacityweight. If you do, parts,including tires on your vehiclecan break, and it can changethe way your vehicle handlesand braking ability. This couldcause you to lose control andcrash. Also, overloading canshorten the life of your vehi-cle.


765

WARNING• Overloading your vehicle can

cause heat buildup in yourvehicle's tires and possibletire failure that could lead to acrash.

• Overloading your vehicle cancause increased stopping dis-tances that could lead to acrash.

• A crash resulting from poorhandling vehicle damage, tirefailure, or increased stoppingdistances could result in seri-ous injury or death.

WARNING - Loose cargoItems you carry inside yourvehicle can strike and injureoccupants in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.• Put items in the cargo area of

your vehicle. Try to spread theweight evenly.

• Never stack items, like suit-cases, inside the vehicleabove the tops of the seats.

• Do not leave an unsecuredchild restraint in your vehicle.

• When you carry somethinginside the vehicle, secure it.

• Do not drive with a seat foldeddown unless necessary.

CAUTION• Overloading your vehicle may

cause damage. Repairs wouldnot be covered by your war-ranty. Do not overload yourvehicle.

• Using heavier suspensioncomponents to get addeddurability might not changeyour weight ratings. Ask yourdealer to help you load yourvehicle the right way.

5 77


This section will guide you in theproper loading of your vehicle and/ortrailer, to keep your loaded vehicleweight within its design rating capa-bility, with or without a trailer.Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of the vehi-cle design performance. Before load-ing your vehicle, familiarize yourselfwith the following terms for determin-ing your vehicle's weight ratings, withor without a trailer, from the vehicle'sspecifications and the certificationlabel:

Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicleincluding a full tank of fuel and allstandard equipment. It does notinclude passengers, cargo, or option-al equipment.

Vehicle curb weightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your deal-er plus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo weightThis figure includes all weight addedto the Base Curb Weight, includingcargo and optional equipment.

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed oneach axle (front and rear) - includingvehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowableweight that can be carried by a singleaxle (front or rear). These numbersare shown on the certification label.The total load on each axle mustnever exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plusactual Cargo Weight plus passen-gers.

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowableweight of the fully loaded vehicle(including all options, equipment,passengers and cargo). The GVWRis shown on the certification labellocated on the driver’s door sill.

VEHICLE WEIGHT GLOSSARY

What to do in an emergency

Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

In case of an emergency while driving. . . . . . . . . . 6-3• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing. . . . . . . 6-3• If you have a flat tire while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3• If engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

If the engine does not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4• If engine doesn’t turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4• If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4

Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5• Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5• Push-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

If the engine overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . . . . 6-9

• Low tire pressure indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10• TPMS malfunction indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11• Changing a tire with TPMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15• Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15• Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16• Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17• Use of temporary compact spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24• Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24• Removable towing hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25• Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26

6


26

ROAD WARNING Hazard warning flasher

The hazard warning flasher servesas a warning to other drivers to exer-cise extreme caution whenapproaching, overtaking, or passingyour vehicle.

It should be used whenever emer-gency repairs are being made orwhen the vehicle is stopped near theedge of a roadway.Depress the flasher switch with theignition switch in any position. Theflasher switch is located in the centerconsole switch panel. All turn signallights will flash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher oper-ates whether your vehicle is run-ning or not.

• The turn signals do not work whenthe hazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when usingthe hazard warning flasher whilethe vehicle is being towed.

ORP042112

6 3


IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVINGIf the engine stalls at a cross-road or crossingIf the engine stalls at a crossroad orcrossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push thevehicle to a safe place.

If you have a flat tire whiledrivingIf a tire goes flat while you are driv-ing:1.Take your foot off the accelerator

pedal and let the vehicle slowdown while driving straight ahead.Do not apply the brakes immedi-ately or attempt to pull off the roadas this may cause a loss of control.When the vehicle has slowed downto such a speed that it is safe to doso, brake carefully and pull off theroad. Drive off the road as far aspossible and park on a firm levelground. If you are on a dividedhighway, do not park in the medianarea between the two traffic lanes.

2.When the vehicle is stopped, turnon your emergency hazard flash-ers, set the parking brake and putthe transaxle in P (automatictransaxle) or reverse (manualtransaxle).

3.Have all passengers get out of thevehicle. Be sure they all get out onthe side of the vehicle that is awayfrom traffic.

4.When changing a flat tire, followthe instruction provided later in thissection.

If engine stalls while driving1.Reduce your speed gradually,

keeping a straight line. Move cau-tiously off the road to a safe place.

2.Turn on your emergency flashers.3.Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact anauthorized Kia dealer or seek otherqualified assistance.


46

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTIf the engine doesn't turn overor turns over slowly1.If your vehicle has an automatic

transaxle, be sure the shift lever isin N (Neutral) or P (Park) and theemergency brake is set.

2.Check the battery connections tobe sure they are clean and tight.

3.Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operatethe starter, the battery is dis-charged.

4.Check the starter connections tobe sure they are securely tight-ened.

5.Do not push or pull the vehicle tostart it. See instructions for "Jumpstarting".

If engine turns over normallybut does not start1.Check fuel level.2.With the ignition switch in the

LOCK position, check all connec-tors at the ignition coil and sparkplugs. Reconnect any that may bedisconnected or loose.

3.Check the fuel line in the enginecompartment.

4.If the engine still does not start, callan authorized Kia dealer or seekother qualified assistance.

WARNINGIf the engine will not start, donot push or pull the vehicle tostart it. This could result in acollision or cause other dam-age. In addition, push or pullstarting may cause the catalyticconverter (if equipped) to beoverloaded and create a firehazard.

6 5


EMERGENCY STARTING

Connect cables in numerical orderand disconnect in reverse order.

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous ifdone incorrectly. Therefore, to avoidharm to yourself or damage to yourvehicle or battery, follow these jumpstarting procedures. If in doubt, westrongly recommend that you have acompetent technician or towing serv-ice jump start your vehicle.

1VQA4001

Discharged battery

Jumper Cables

Booster battery

(-)

(+)

(+)(-)

CAUTIONUse only a 12-volt jumper sys-tem. You can damage a 12-voltstarting motor, ignition system,and other electrical partsbeyond repair by use of a 24-volt power supply (either two12-volt batteries in series or a24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - Battery• Keep all flames or sparks

away from the battery. Thebattery produces hydrogengas which may explode ifexposed to flame or sparks.If these instructions are notfollowed exactly, serious per-sonal injury and damage tothe vehicle may occur! If youare not sure how to follow thisprocedure, seek qualifiedassistance. Automobile bat-teries contain sulfuric acid.This is poisonous and highlycorrosive. When jump start-ing, wear protective glassesand be careful not to get acidon yourself, your clothing oron the vehicle.

• Do not attempt to jump startthe vehicle if the dischargedbattery is frozen or if the elec-trolyte level is low; the batterymay rupture or explode.

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery asthis may cause the battery torupture or explode causing seri-ous injury.


66

Jump starting procedure✽✽ NOTICEIf the battery is discharged, theengine can be started using a batteryof another vehicle and two jumpercables. Only use jumper cables withfully insulated clamp handles.To prevent personal injury or dam-age to both vehicles, adhere strictlyto the following procedure.

1.Make sure the booster battery is12-volt and that its negative termi-nal is grounded.

2.If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow the vehicles totouch.

3.Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4.Connect the jumper cables in theexact sequence shown in the illus-tration. First connect one end of ajumper cable to the positive termi-nal of the discharged battery (1),then connect the other end to thepositive terminal on the boosterbattery (2).Proceed to connect one end of theother jumper cable to the negativeterminal of the booster battery (3),then the other end to a solid, sta-tionary, metallic point (for example,the engine lifting bracket) awayfrom the battery (4). Do not con-nect it to or near any part thatmoves when the engine is cranked.

Do not allow the jumper cables tocontact anything except the correctbattery terminals or the correctground. Do not lean over the bat-tery when making connections.

5.Start the engine of the vehicle withthe booster battery and let it run at2,000 rpm, then start the engine ofthe vehicle with the dischargedbattery.

If the cause of your battery discharg-ing is not apparent, you should haveyour vehicle checked by an author-ized Kia dealer.

CAUTION - Batterycables

Do not connect the jumpercable from the negative terminalof the booster battery to thenegative terminal of the dis-charged battery. This can causethe discharged battery to over-heat and crack, releasing bat-tery acid.

6 7


Push-starting Your manual transaxle-equippedvehicle should not be push-startedbecause it might damage the emis-sion control system.Vehicles equipped with automatictransaxle cannot be push-started.Follow the directions in this sectionfor jump-starting.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge for-ward when the engine startscould cause a collision with thetow vehicle.


86

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIf your temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, you will experience aloss of power, or hear loud pinging orknocking, the engine is probably toohot. If this happens, you should:

1.Pull off the road and stop as soonas it is safe to do so.

2.Place the shift lever in P (automat-ic transaxle) or neutral (manualtransaxle) and set the parkingbrake. If the air conditioning is on,turn it off.

3.If engine coolant is running outunder the vehicle or steam is com-ing out from underneath the hood,stop the engine. Do not open thehood until the coolant has stoppedrunning or the steaming hasstopped. If there is no visible lossof engine coolant and no steam,leave the engine running andcheck to be sure the engine cool-ing fan is operating. If the fan is notrunning, turn the engine off.

4.Check to see if the water pumpdrive belt is missing. If it is notmissing, check to see that it istight. If the drive belt seems to besatisfactory, check for coolant leak-ing from the radiator, hoses orunder the vehicle. (If the air condi-tioning had been in use, it is nor-mal for cold water to be drainingfrom it when you stop).

5.If the water pump drive belt is bro-ken or engine coolant leaks, stopthe engine immediately and callthe nearest authorized Kia dealerfor assistance.

6.If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the enginetemperature has returned to nor-mal. Then, if coolant has been lost,carefully add coolant to the reser-voir to bring the fluid level in thereservoir up to the halfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keepingalert for further signs of overheat-ing. If overheating happens again,call an authorized Kia dealer forassistance.

WARNING - Under thehood

While the engine is running,keep hair, hands and clothingaway from moving parts suchas the fan and drive belts to pre-vent injury.

WARNINGDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. Thismay result in coolant beingblown out of the opening andcause serious burns.

CAUTIONSerious loss of coolant indi-cates there is a leak in the cool-ing system and this should bechecked as soon as possible byan authorized Kia dealer.

6 9


TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) (IF EQUIPPED)

Low tire pressure telltale/ TPMS malfunction indicator

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehi-cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-ard or tire inflation pressure label. (Ifyour vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pres-sure label, you should determine theproper tire inflation pressure forthose tires.)As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pres-sure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to theproper pressure. Driving on a signifi-cantly under-inflated tire causes thetire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reducesfuel efficiency and tire tread life, andmay affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire mainte-nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-bility to maintain correct tire pres-sure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumina-tion of the TPMS low tire pressuretelltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is notoperating properly. The TPMS mal-function indicator is combined withthe low tire pressure telltale. Whenthe system detects a malfunction,the telltale will flash for approximate-ly one minute and then remain con-tinuously illuminated. This sequencewill continue upon subsequent vehi-cle start-ups as long as the malfunc-tion exists. When the malfunctionindicator is illuminated, the systemmay not be able to detect or signallow tire pressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.

ORP062001■ Type A ■ Type B

ORP062013/ORP062012


106

✽✽ NOTICEIf the TPMS, Low Tire Pressureindicator do not illuminate for 3 sec-onds when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position or engineis running, or if they remain illumi-nated after coming on for approxi-mately 3 seconds, take your vehicleto your nearest authorized Kia deal-er and have the system checked.

Low tire pressure tell-tale

When the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning indicators are illumi-nated, one or more of your tires issignificantly under-inflated.If the telltale illuminates, immediatelyreduce your speed, avoid hard cor-nering and anticipate increased stop-ping distances. You should stop andcheck your tires as soon as possible.Inflate the tires to the proper pres-sure as indicated on the vehicle’splacard or tire inflation pressure labellocated on the driver’s side center pil-lar outer panel. If you cannot reach aservice station or if the tire cannothold the newly added air, replace thelow pressure tire with the spare tire.

Then the TPMS malfunction indicatorand the Low Tire Pressure telltalemay turn on and illuminate afterrestarting and about 20 minutes ofcontinuous driving before you havethe low pressure tire repaired andreplaced on the vehicle.

CAUTIONIn winter or cold weather, thelow tire pressure telltale may beilluminated if the tire pressurewas adjusted to the recom-mended tire inflation pressurein warm weather. It does notmean your TPMS is malfunction-ing because the decreased tem-perature leads to a proportionallowering of tire pressure.When you drive your vehiclefrom a warm area to a cold areaor from a cold area to a warmarea, or the outside temperatureis greatly higher or lower, youshould check the tire inflationpressure and adjust the tires tothe recommended tire inflationpressure.

6 11


TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System)malfunction indicator

The low tire pressure telltale will illu-minate after it blinks for approximate-ly one minute when there is a prob-lem with the Tire PressureMonitoring System. If the system isable to correctly detect an underinfla-tion warning at the same time as sys-tem failure then it will illuminate boththe TPMS malfunction and low tirepressure position telltales e.g. ifFront Left sensor fails, the TPMSmalfunction indicator illuminates, butif the Front Right, Rear Left, or RearRight tire is under-inflated, the lowtire pressure position telltales mayilluminate together with the TPMSmalfunction indicator.Have the system checked by anauthorized Kia dealer as soon aspossible to determine the cause ofthe problem.

WARNING - Low pressuredamage

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable andcan contribute to loss of vehiclecontrol and increased brakingdistances.Continued driving on low pres-sure tires can cause the tires tooverheat and fail.

CAUTION• The TPMS malfunction indica-

tor may be illuminated if thevehicle is moving around elec-tric power supply cables orradios transmitters such as atpolice stations, governmentand public offices, broadcast-ing stations, military installa-tions, airports, or transmittingtowers, etc. This can interferewith normal operation of theTire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).

• The TPMS malfunction indica-tor may be illuminated if snowchains are used or some sep-arate electronic devices suchas notebook computer, mobilecharger, remote starter ornavigation etc., are used in thevehicle.This can interfere withnormal operation of the TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS).


126

Changing a tire with TPMSIf you have a flat tire, the Low TirePressure telltale will come on. Havethe flat tire repaired by an authorizedKia dealer as soon as possible orreplace the flat tire with the sparetire.

Each wheel is equipped with a tirepressure sensor mounted inside thetire behind the valve stem. You mustuse TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-ommended that you always haveyour tires serviced by an authorizedKia dealer.

Even if you replace the low pressuretire with the spare tire, the Low TirePressure telltale will remain on untilthe low pressure tire is repaired andplaced on the vehicle.After you replace the low pressuretire with the spare tire, the TPMSmalfunction indicator may illuminateafter a few minutes because theTPMS sensor mounted on the sparewheel is not initiated.Once the low pressure tire is reinflat-ed to the recommended pressureand installed on the vehicle or theTPMS sensor mounted on thereplaced spare wheel is initiated byan authorized Kia dealer, the TPMSmalfunction indicator and the low tirepressure telltale will extinguish withina few minutes of driving.If the indicator is not extinguishedafter a few minutes of driving, pleasevisit an authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTIONIf an original mounted tire isreplaced with the spare tire, theTPMS sensor on the replacedspare wheel should be initiatedand the TPMS sensor on theoriginal mounted wheel shouldbe deactivated. If the TPMS sen-sor on the original mountedwheel located in the spare tirecarrier still activates, the tirepressure monitoring systemmay not operate properly. Havethe tire with TPMS serviced orreplaced by an authorized Kiadealer.

CAUTIONNEVER use a puncture-repair-ing agent to repair and/or inflatea low pressure tire. The tiresealant can damage the tirepressure sensor. If used, youwill have to replace the tire pres-sure sensor.

6 13


You may not be able to identify a lowtire by simply looking at it. Alwaysuse a good quality tire pressuregauge to measure the tire's inflationpressure. Please note that a tire thatis hot (from being driven) will have ahigher pressure measurement than atire that is cold (from sitting station-ary for at least 3 hours and drivenless than 1.6 km (1 mile) during that3 hour period).Allow the tire to cool before measur-ing the inflation pressure. Always besure the tire is cold before inflating tothe recommended pressure.A cold tire means the vehicle hasbeen sitting for 3 hours and driven forless than 1.6 km (1 mile) in that 3hour period.

CAUTIONDo not use any tire sealant ifyour vehicle is equipped with aTire Pressure MonitoringSystem. The liquid sealant candamage the tire pressure sen-sors.

WARNING - ProtectingTPMS

Tampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)components may interfere withthe system's ability to warn thedriver of low tire pressure con-ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-tions. Tampering with, modify-ing, or disabling the TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS) components may voidthe warranty for that portion ofthe vehicle.

WARNING - TPMS• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire dam-age caused by external fac-tors such as nails or roaddebris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-ity, immediately take your footoff the accelerator, apply thebrakes gradually and withlight force, and slowly move toa safe position off the road.


146

This device complies withIndustry Canada StandardRSS-210.Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1.This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2.This device must accept any inter-


WARNING Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliancecould void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.

6 15


IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIREJack and tools

The spare tire, jack, jack handle andwheel lug nut wrench are stored inthe luggage compartment.Remove the luggage under tray outof the way to reach the equipment.(1) Jack handle(2) Jack(3) Wheel lug nut wrench(4) Socket

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.To prevent the jack from “rattling”while the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

ORP062002

(Continued)• Be sure to use the correct

front and rear jacking posi-tions on the vehicle; neveruse the bumpers or any otherpart of the vehicle for jacksupport.

• The vehicle can easily roll offthe jack causing seriousinjury or death. No personshould place any portion oftheir body under a vehicle thatis supported only by a jack;use vehicle support stands.

• Do not start or run the enginewhile the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Make sure any children pres-ent are in a secure place awayfrom the road and from thevehicle to be raised with thejack.

WARNING - Changingtires

• Never attempt vehicle repairsin the traffic lanes of a publicroad or highway.

• Always move the vehicle com-pletely off the road and ontothe shoulder before trying tochange a tire. The jack shouldbe used on a firm levelground. If you cannot find afirm, level place off the road,call a towing service companyfor assistance.

(Continued)


166

Removing and storing thespare tire

Your spare tire is stored underneathyour vehicle, directly below the cargoarea.To remove the spare tire:1.Open the tailgate and luggage

under tray cover.2.Find the plastic hex bolt cover (1)

and remove the cover.

3.Connect the socket and wheel lugnut wrench.

4.Use the wheel lug nut wrench toloosen the bolt enough to lower thespare tire.Turn the wrench counterclockwiseuntil the spare tire reaches theground.

5.After the spare tire reaches theground, continue to turn thewrench counterclockwise, anddraw the spare tire outside. Neverrotate the wrench excessively, oth-erwise the spare tire carrier may bedamaged.

6.Remove the retainer (1) from thecenter of the spare tire.

ORP062004

ORP062003

OUN049014

6 17


To store the spare tire:1.Lay the tire on the ground with the

valve stem facing up.2.Place the wheel under the vehicle

and install the retainer (1) throughthe wheel center.

3.Turn the wrench clockwise until itclicks.

Changing tires

1.Park on a level surface and applythe parking brake firmly.

2.Shift the shift lever into R(Reverse) for manual transaxle orP (Park) for automatic transaxle.

3.Activate the hazard warning flash-er.

OUN049015

WARNINGEnsure the spare tire retainer isproperly aligned with the centerof the spare tire to prevent thespare tire “rattling”. Otherwise,it may cause the spare tire tofall off the carrier and lead to anaccident.

OED066033


186

4.Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5.Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositethe jack position.

6.Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter-clockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

ORP062014 ORP063017C

WARNING - Changing atire

• To prevent vehicle movementwhile changing a tire, alwaysset the parking brake fully,and always block the wheeldiagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.

• We recommend that thewheels of the vehicle beblocked, and that no personremain in a vehicle that isbeing jacked.

6 19


7.Place the jack at the front (1) orrear (2) jacking position closest tothe tire you are changing. Place thejack at the designated locationsunder the frame. The jacking posi-tions are plates welded to theframe with two tabs and a raiseddot to index with the jack.

8.Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 30 mm (1 in). Beforeremoving the wheel lug nuts, makesure the vehicle is stable and thatthere is no chance for movementor slippage.

ORP062011

WARNING - Jack location

To reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

ORP062015

ORP063015K


206

9.Loosen the wheel nuts and removethem with your fingers. Slide thewheel off the studs and lay it flat soit cannot roll away. To put thewheel on the hub, pick up thespare tire, line up the holes withthe studs and slide the wheel ontothem. If this is difficult, tip the wheelslightly and get the top hole in thewheel lined up with the top stud.Then jiggle the wheel back andforth until the wheel can be slidover the other studs.

10. To install the wheel, hold it on thestuds, put the wheel nuts on thestuds and tighten them fingertight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it iscompletely seated, then tightenthe nuts as much as possiblewith your fingers again.

11. Lower the vehicle to the groundby turning the wheel nut wrenchcounterclockwise.

WARNINGWheels may have sharp edges.Handle them carefully to avoidpossible severe injury. Beforeputting the wheel into place, besure that there is nothing on thehub or wheel (such as mud, tar,gravel, etc.) that prevents thewheel from fitting solidlyagainst the hub.If there is, remove it. If the con-tact of the mounting surfacebetween the wheel and hub isnot good, the wheel nuts couldcome loose and cause the lossof a wheel. Loss of a wheel mayresult in loss of control of thevehicle. This may cause seriousinjury or death.

6 21


Then position the wrench as shownin the drawing and tighten the wheelnuts. Be sure the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut. Do not standon the wrench handle or use anextension pipe over the wrench han-dle.Go around the wheel tighteningevery nut following the numericalsequence shown in the image untilthey are tight. Then double-checkeach nut for tightness. After changingthe wheels, have an authorized Kiadealer tighten the wheel nuts to theirproper torque as soon as possible.Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel:9~11 kg.m (65~79 lb.ft)

If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking oradjusting the tire pressure. If the capis not replaced, air may leak from thetire. If you lose a valve cap, buyanother and install it as soon as pos-sible.After you have changed wheels,always secure the flat tire in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

ORP063018C

CAUTIONYour vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud orvice-versa will not secure thewheel to the hub properly andwill damage the stud so that itmust be replaced.Note that most lug nuts do nothave metric threads. Be sure touse extreme care in checkingfor thread style before installingaftermarket lug nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult an author-ized Kia dealer.


226

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

Important - use of compact sparetire (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a com-pact spare tire. This compact sparetire takes up less space than a regu-lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than aconventional tire and is designed fortemporary use only.

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 420 kPa (60 psi).

✽✽ NOTICECheck the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

CAUTION• You should drive carefully

when the compact spare is inuse. The compact spareshould be replaced by theproper conventional tire andrim at the first opportunity.

• The operation of this vehicleis not recommended withmore than one compact sparetire in use at the same time.

WARNINGThe compact spare tire is foremergency use only. Do notoperate your vehicle on thiscompact spare at speeds over80 km/h (50 mph). The originaltire should be repaired orreplaced as soon as possible toavoid failure of the spare possi-bly leading to personal injury ordeath.

WARNING - Wheel studsIf the studs are damaged, theymay lose their ability to retainthe wheel.This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a collisionresulting in serious injuries.

WARNING - Inadequatespare tire pressure

Check the inflation pressuresas soon as possible afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjustit to the specified pressure, ifnecessary. Refer to “Tires andwheels” in section 8.

6 23


When using a compact spare tire,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should

you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); ahigher speed could damage thetire.

• Ensure that you drive slowlyenough for the road conditions toavoid all hazards. Any road hazard,such as a pothole or debris, couldseriously damage the compactspare.

• Any continuous road use of this tirecould result in tire failure, loss ofvehicle control, and possible per-sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately25 mm (1 inch), which could resultin damage to the vehicle.

• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic vehicle wash while thecompact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

• The compact spare tire should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snow tires,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the compact spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other vehicle com-ponents may occur.

• Do not use more than one compactspare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the com-pact spare tire is installed.


246

TOWINGTowing service

If emergency towing is necessary,we recommend having it done by anauthorized Kia dealer or a commer-cial tow-truck service. Proper liftingand towing procedures are neces-sary to prevent damage to the vehi-cle. The use of wheel dollies orflatbed is recommended.

For trailer towing guidelines informa-tion, refer to “Trailer towing” in sec-tion 5.

It is acceptable to tow the vehiclewith the rear wheels on the ground(without dollies) and the front wheelsoff the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or sus-pension components are damagedor the vehicle is being towed with thefront wheels on the ground, use atowing dolly under the front wheels.When being towed by a commercialtow truck and wheel dollies are notused, the front of the vehicle shouldalways be lifted, not the rear.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the EPB does not release normal-ly, we recommend taking your vehi-cle to an authorized Kia dealer byloading the vehicle on a flatbed towtruck and have the system checked.

CAUTION• Do not tow the vehicle back-

wards with the front wheels onthe ground as this may causedamage to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-typeequipment. Use wheel lift orflatbed equipment.

OED066013

OED066014

OED066011

OED066012

dolly

A

B

6 25


When towing your vehicle in anemergency without wheel dollies :1.Set the ignition switch in the ACC

position.2.Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).3.Release the parking brake.

Removable towing hook

1.Open the tailgate, and remove thetowing hook from the tool case.

2.Remove the hole cover pressingthe lower part of the cover on thebumper.

3.Install the towing hook by turning itclockwise into the hole until it isfully secured.

4.Remove the towing hook andinstall the cover after use.

CAUTION - Towing gear position

Always place the transaxle shiftlever in N (Neutral) when towingyour vehicle. Failure to place thetransaxle shift lever in N(Neutral) may cause internaldamage to the transaxle.

ORP062007

ORP062008

■ Front

■ Rear


266

Emergency towing

If towing is necessary, we recom-mend you have it done by anauthorized Kia dealer or a com-mercial tow truck service.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may betemporarily towed using a cable orchain secured to the emergency tow-ing hook under the front (or rear) ofthe vehicle. Use extreme cautionwhen towing the vehicle. A drivermust be in the vehicle to steer it andoperate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be doneonly on hard-surfaced roads for ashort distance and at low speeds.Also, the wheels, axles, power train,steering and brakes must all be ingood condition.• Do not use the towing hooks to pull

a vehicle out of mud, sand or otherconditions from which the vehiclecannot be driven out under its ownpower.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier thanthe vehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other fre-quently.

• Before emergency towing, checkthat the hook is not broken or dam-aged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply itsteadily with even force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, donot pull from the side or at a verti-cal angle. Always pull straightahead.

ORP062008

Front

RearORP062009

CAUTION• Attach a towing strap to the

tow hook.• Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks fortowing may damage the bodyof your vehicle.

• Use only a cable or chainspecifically intended for usein towing vehicles. Securelyfasten the cable or chain tothe towing hook provided.

6 27


• Use a towing strap less than 5 m (16 feet) long. Attach a white or redcloth (about 30 cm (12 inches)wide) in the middle of the strap foreasy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towingstrap is not loosened during tow-ing.

Emergency towing precautions• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so

the steering wheel isn’t locked.• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).• Release the parking brake.• Press the brake pedal with more

force than normal since you willhave reduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will berequired because the power steer-ing system will be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill,the brakes may overheat and brakeperformance will be reduced. Stopoften and let the brakes cool off.

If the car is being towed with all fourwheels on the ground, it can betowed only from the front. Be surethat the transmission is in neutral. Besure the steering is unlocked by plac-ing the ignition switch in the ACCposition. A driver must be in thetowed vehicle to operate the steeringand brakes.

WARNING Use extreme caution when tow-ing the vehicle.• Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving maneuvers whichwould place excessive stresson the emergency towinghook and towing cable orchain. The hook and towingcable or chain may break andcause serious injury or dam-age.

• If the disabled vehicle isunable to be moved, do notforcibly continue the towing.We recommend that you con-tact an authorized Kia dealeror a commercial tow truckservice for assistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straightahead as possible.

• Keep away from the vehicleduring towing.

OXM069009


286

CAUTION - Automatictransaxle

• If the car is being towed with allfour wheels on the ground, itcan be towed only from thefront. Be sure that the transaxleis in neutral. Be sure the steer-ing is unlocked by placing theignition switch in the ACC posi-tion. A driver must be in thetowed vehicle to operate thesteering and brakes.

• To avoid serious damage tothe automatic transaxle, limitthe vehicle speed to 15 km/h(10 mph) and drive less than1.5 km (1 mile) when towing.

• Before towing, check underyour vehicle for leaking auto-matic transaxle fluid. If theautomatic transaxle fluid isleaking, a flatbed equipmentor towing dolly must be used.

Maintenance

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Owner maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8Normal maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9Maintenance under severe usage conditions . . . . . . . . 7-23

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 7-25Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29

Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30

Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31Checking the coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31Changing the coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33

Radiator cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33Brake/clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35

Checking the brake/clutch fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35Checking the washer fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36

Automatic transaxle fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37

Checking the parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37

Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38

Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39

Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40Blade inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43Battery recharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45

Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46Recommended cold tire inflation pressures . . . . . . . 7-46Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50Tire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52Tire sidewall labeling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58Summer tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58Snow tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59

7

Radial-ply tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59Low aspect ratio tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61Fuse/relay panel description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65Instrument panel fuse panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66Engine compartment fuse panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-67

Appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75Exterior care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80

Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-821. Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-822. Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:

Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system. . . . 7-823. Exhaust emission control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-83

7

7 3

Maintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

ORP072002

1. Engine oil dipstick

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Engine coolant reservoir

4. Radiator cap

5. Brake/clutch* fluid reservoir

6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

7. Air cleaner

8. Positive battery terminal

9. Negative battery terminal

10. Fuse box* : if equipped

■■ NU 2.0L GDI

❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

Maintenance

47

MAINTENANCE SERVICESYou should exercise the utmost careto prevent damage to your vehicleand injury to yourself whenever per-forming any maintenance or inspec-tion procedures.Should you have any doubts con-cerning the inspection or servicing ofyour vehicle, we strongly recom-mend that you have an authorizedKia dealer perform this work.An authorized Kia dealer has factory-trained technicians and genuine Kiaparts to service your vehicle proper-ly. For expert advice and quality serv-ice, see an authorized Kia dealer.Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-cient servicing may result in opera-tional problems with your vehicle thatcould lead to vehicle damage, anaccident, or personal injury.

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsi-bility.

You should retain documents thatshow proper maintenance has beenperformed on your vehicle in accor-dance with the scheduled mainte-nance service charts shown on thefollowing pages. You need this infor-mation to establish your compliancewith the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle war-ranties.Detailed warranty information is pro-vided in your Warranty & ConsumerInformation manual.

Repairs and adjustments required asa result of improper maintenance ora lack of required maintenance arenot covered.We recommend you have your vehi-cle maintained and repaired by anauthorized Kia dealer. An authorizedKia dealer meets Kia’s high servicequality standards and receives tech-nical support from Kia in order to pro-vide you with a high level of servicesatisfaction.

7 5

Maintenance

Owner maintenance precau-tions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section,several procedures can be done onlyby an authorized Kia dealer with spe-cial tools.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance dur-ing the warranty period may affectwarranty coverage. For details, readthe separate Warranty & ConsumerInformation manual provided withthe vehicle. If you're unsure aboutany servicing or maintenance proce-dure, have it done by an authorizedKia dealer.

WARNING -Maintenance work

• Performing maintenance workon a vehicle can be danger-ous. You can be seriouslyinjured while performing somemaintenance procedures. Ifyou lack sufficient knowledgeand experience or the propertools and equipment to do thework, have it done by anauthorized Kia dealer.

• Working under the hood withthe engine running is danger-ous. It becomes even moredangerous when you wearjewelry or loose clothing.These can become entangledin moving parts and result ininjury. Therefore, if you mustrun the engine while workingunder the hood, make certainthat you remove all jewelry(especially rings, bracelets,watches, and necklaces) andall neckties, scarves, and sim-ilar loose clothing before get-ting near the engine or coolingfans.

Maintenance

67

OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checksand inspections that should be per-formed by the owner or an author-ized Kia dealer at the frequenciesindicated to help ensure safe,dependable operation of your vehi-cle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your deal-er as soon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checksare generally not covered by war-ranties and you may be charged forlabor, parts and lubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check the coolant level in coolant

reservoir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of

the exhaust or any smell ofexhaust fumes in the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steer-ing effort or looseness in the steer-ing wheel, or change in thestraight-ahead position.

• Notice if your vehicle constantlyturns slightly or “pulls” to one sidewhen traveling on smooth, levelroad.

• When stopping, listen and checkfor unusual sounds, pulling to oneside, increased brake pedal travelor “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in theoperation of your transaxle occurs,check the transaxle fluid level.

• Check the automatic transaxle P(Park) function.

• Check the parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your

vehicle (water dripping from the airconditioning system during or afteruse is normal).

WARNINGBe careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hotcoolant and steam may blowout under pressure. This couldcause burns or other seriousinjury.

7 7

Maintenance

At least monthly:• Check the coolant level in the

engine coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turnsignals and hazard warning flash-ers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall) :• Check the radiator, heater and air

conditioning hoses for leaks ordamage.

• Check the windshield washerspray and wiper operation. Cleanthe wiper blades with clean clothdampened with washer fluid.

• Check the headlight alignment.• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for

wear and function.• Check for worn tires and loose

wheel lug nuts.

At least once a year :• Clean the body and door drain

holes.• Lubricate the door hinges and

checks, and hood hinges.• Lubricate the door and hood locks

and latches.• Lubricate the door rubber weather-

strips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Check the power steering fluid

level.• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transaxle linkage and controls.• Clean the battery and terminals.• Check the brake/clutch fluid level.

Maintenance

87

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow Normal MaintenanceSchedule if the vehicle is usuallyoperated where none of the followingconditions apply. If any of the followingconditions apply, follow MaintenanceUnder Severe Usage Conditions.• Repeated short distance driving.• Driving in dusty conditions or

sandy areas.• Extensive use of brakes.• Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are being used.• Driving on rough or muddy roads.• Driving in mountainous areas.• Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation.• Driving for a prolonged period in

cold temperatures and/or extreme-ly humid climates.

• More than 50% driving in heavycity traffic during hot weatherabove 32°C (90°F).

If your vehicle is operated under theabove conditions, you shouldinspect, replace or refill more fre-quently than the following NormalMaintenance Schedule. After theperiods or distance shown in thechart, continue to follow the pre-scribed maintenance intervals.

7 9

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULEThe following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance.Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, thefrequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.*1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this mainte-

nance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss ofpower, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an author-ized Kia dealer for details.

*2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from yourauthorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

*3 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively.

Maintenance

107

7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 6 months

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Rotate tires (every 7,500 miles or 12 months)❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months)❑ Add fuel additive *2

(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)

❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean orreplace.


❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Rotate tires (every 7,500 miles or 12 months)❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake❑ Replace engine oil and filter



NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)


7 11

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)22,500 miles (36,000 km) or 18 months






❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid ❑ Inspect fuel filter *1

❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *1

❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank❑ Rotate tires (every 7,500 miles or 12 months)❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace air cleaner filter❑ Replace engine oil and filter




Maintenance

127




❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)❑ Rotate tires (every 7,500 miles or 12 months)❑ Replace engine oil and filter




❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake❑ Rotate tires (every 7,500 miles or 12 months)❑ Replace engine oil and filter




7 13

Maintenance







❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive belt *3 (First, 60,000 miles or 72 months

after every 15,000 miles or 24 months)❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball



❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank❑ Rotate tires (every 7,500 miles or 12 months)❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace air cleaner filter

(Continued)

Maintenance

147






(Continued)

❑ Replace engine oil and filter (60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 96 months)

❑ Add fuel additive *2



7 15

Maintenance


❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive belt *3 (First, 60,000 miles or 72 months


joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Rotate tires (every 7,500 miles or 12 months)❑ Replace climate control air filter










Maintenance

167




joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid❑ Inspect fuel filter *1


❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Rotate tires (every 7,500 miles or 12 months)❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)

(Continued)

(Continued)

❑ Replace air cleaner filter❑ Replace engine oil and filter





7 17

Maintenance









❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive belt *3 (First, 60,000 miles or 72 months


joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake❑ Rotate tires (every 7,500 miles or 12 months)❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated)

(First, 105,000 miles or 84 months after every 105,000 miles or 84 months)

❑ Replace engine oil and filter (105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 168 months)



Maintenance

187


❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)❑ Rotate tires (every 7,500 miles or 12 months)❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Replace engine oil and filter




7 19

Maintenance






❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank❑ Rotate tires (every 7,500 miles or 12 months)❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace air cleaner filter

(Continued)

(Continued)

❑ Replace engine oil and filter(120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 192 months)

❑ Replace coolant (First, 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 120 months afterevery 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months)




Maintenance

207






❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive belt *3 (First, 60,000 miles or 72 months


joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Rotate tires (every 7,500 miles or 12 months)❑ Replace climate control air filter






7 21

Maintenance












❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)❑ Rotate tires (every 7,500 miles or 12 months)❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)

(Continued)

Maintenance

227

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)No check, No service required

❑ Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)

(Continued)

❑ Replace air cleaner filter❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(150,000 miles (240,000 km) or 240 months)❑ Replace coolant

(First, 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 120 months after every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months)




7 23

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSThe following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Referto the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE ITEMMAINTENANCE

OPERATIONMAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING CONDITION

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER REVERY 6,000 KM (3,750 MILES) OR

6 MONTHSA, B, C, D, E, F,

G, H, I, J, K

AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E

SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY B, H

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 96,000 KM (60,000 MILES) A, C, E, F, G, I

MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 120,000 KM (75,000 MILES) A, C, E, F, G, I

(Continued)

Maintenance

247

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSA-Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles)

in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freez-ing temperature

B-Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis-tances

C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads

D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or invery cold weather

E-Driving in sandy areas

F -Driving in heavy traffic area over 32°C (90°F)G-Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roadH-Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rackI -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle

towingJ -Driving over 170 km/h (106 mph)K-Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

MAINTENANCE ITEMMAINTENANCE

OPERATIONMAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING CONDITION

FRONT DISC BRAKE/PADS, CALIPERSAND ROTORS

I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H

REAR DISC BRAKE/PADS, PARKINGBRAKE

I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE &BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPERARM BALL JOINT

I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, E, F, G, H, I

DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS IEVERY 120,000 KM (75,000 MILES) OR 6

MONTHSC, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (FOREVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E

7 25

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSEngine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified inthe maintenance schedule. If thevehicle is being driven in severe con-ditions, more frequent oil and filterchanges are required.

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oilsaturation and replace if necessary.Drive belts should be checked peri-odically for proper tension andadjusted as necessary.

Fuel filterA clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven,damage the emission system andcause multiple issues such as hardstarting. If an excessive amount offoreign matter accumulates in thefuel tank, the filter may requirereplacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run theengine for several minutes, andcheck for leaks at the connections.Fuel filters should be installed by anauthorized Kia dealer.

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses andconnections for leakage and dam-age. Have an authorized Kia dealerreplace any damaged or leakingparts immediately.

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler capshould be inspected at those inter-vals specified in the maintenanceschedule. Make sure that a newvapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor-rectly replaced.

Maintenance

267

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhoses (if equipped)Inspect the surface of hoses for evi-dence of heat and/or mechanicaldamage. Hard and brittle rubber,cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, andexcessive swelling indicate deterio-ration. Particular attention should bepaid to examine those hose surfacesnearest to high heat sources, suchas the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assurethat the hoses do not come in con-tact with any heat source, sharpedges or moving component whichmight cause heat damage ormechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps andcouplings, to make sure they aresecure, and that no leaks are pres-ent. Hoses should be replacedimmediately if there is any evidenceof deterioration or damage.

Air cleaner filterA Genuine Kia air cleaner filter isrecommended when the filter isreplaced.

Spark plugs Make sure to install new spark plugsof the correct heat range.

Cooling systemCheck the cooling system compo-nents, such as the radiator, coolantreservoir, hoses and connections forleakage and damage. Replace anydamaged parts.

CoolantThe coolant should be changed atthe intervals specified in the mainte-nance schedule.

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)Inspect the manual transaxle fluidaccording to the maintenance sched-ule.

7 27

Maintenance

Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)Automatic transaxle fluid should notbe checked under normal usageconditions.But in severe conditions, the fluidshould be changed at an authorizedKia dealer in accordance to thescheduled maintenance at the begin-ning of this chapter.

✽✽ NOTICEAutomatic transaxle fluid color isbasically red. As the vehicle is driv-en, the automatic transaxle fluid willbegin to look darker.This is a normal condition and youshould not judge the need to replacethe fluid based upon the changedcolor.

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration andany leakage. Replace any deteriorat-ed or damaged parts immediately.

Brake/Clutch (if equipped)fluid Check the brake fluid level in thebrake fluid reservoir. The level shouldbe between “MIN” and “MAX” markson the side of the reservoir. Use onlyhydraulic brake fluid conforming toDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake systemincluding the parking brake lever andcables.

Brake pads, calipers androtorsCheck the pads for excessive wear,discs for run out and wear, andcalipers for fluid leakage.

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connectionsfor looseness or damage. Retightento the specified torque.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transaxle mal-function and failure.Use only specified automatictransaxle fluid. (Refer to“Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 8.)

Maintenance

287

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engineoff, check for excessive free-play inthe steering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or dam-age. Check the dust boots and balljoints for deterioration, cracks, ordamage. Replace any damagedparts.

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots andclamps for cracks, deterioration, ordamage. Replace any damagedparts and, if necessary, repack thegrease.

Air conditioning refrigerant (if equipped)Check the air conditioning lines andconnections for leakage and dam-age.

7 29

Maintenance

ENGINE OILChecking the engine oil level

1. Be sure the vehicle is on levelground.

2. Start the engine and allow it toreach normal operating tempera-ture.

3. Turn the engine off and wait for afew minutes (about 5 minutes) forthe oil to return to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,and reinsert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again andcheck the level. The level shouldbe between F and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil tobring the level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oilfrom being spilled on engine com-ponents.

Use only the specified engine oil.(Refer to “Recommended lubricantsand capacities” in section 8.)

WARNING - Radiator hoseBe very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it maybe hot enough to burn you.

OVF071004R

OVFC071005

CAUTION• Do not overfill the engine oil. It

may damage the engine.• Do not spill engine oil, when

adding or changing engineoil. If you drop the engine oilon the engine room, wipe it offimmediately.

Maintenance

307

Changing the engine oil andfilterHave engine oil and filter changed byan authorized Kia dealer accordingto the Maintenance Schedule at thebeginning of this section.

WARNINGUsed engine oil may cause irri-tation or cancer of the skin ifleft in contact with the skin forprolonged periods of time. Usedengine oil contains chemicalsthat have caused cancer in lab-oratory animals. Always protectyour skin by washing yourhands thoroughly with soapand warm water as soon as pos-sible after handling used oil.

7 31

Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANTThe high-pressure cooling systemhas a reservoir filled with year-roundantifreeze coolant. The reservoir isfilled at the factory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level at least once a year, atthe beginning of the winter season,and before traveling to a colder cli-mate.

Checking the coolant level

WARNINGRemoving radiatorcap

• Never attempt to remove theradiator cap while the engineis operating or hot. Doing somight lead to cooling systemand engine damage. Also, hotcoolant or steam could causeserious personal injury.

• Turn the engine off and waituntil it cools down. Useextreme care when removingthe radiator cap. Wrap a thicktowel around it, and turn itcounterclockwise slowly tothe first stop. Step back whilethe pressure is released fromthe cooling system.

(Continued)

(Continued)When you are sure all thepressure has been released,press down on the cap, usinga thick towel, and continueturning counterclockwise toremove it.

• Even if the engine is not oper-ating, do not remove the radi-ator cap or the drain plugwhile the engine and radiatorare hot. Hot coolant andsteam may still blow outunder pressure, causing seri-ous injury.

Maintenance

327

Check the condition and connectionsof all cooling system hoses andheater hoses. Replace any swollenor deteriorated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F (MAX) and L (MIN) markson the side of the coolant reservoirwhen the engine is cool.If the coolant level is low, add enoughspecified coolant to provide protec-tion against freezing and corrosion.Bring the level to F (MAX), but do notoverfill. If frequent coolant addition isrequired, see an authorized Kia deal-er for a cooling system inspection.

Recommended engine coolant• When adding coolant, use only

deionized water or soft water foryour vehicle and never mix hardwater in the coolant filled at the fac-tory. An improper coolant mixturecan result in serious malfunction orengine damage.

• The engine in your vehicle has alu-minum engine parts and must beprotected by an ethylene-glycol-based coolant to prevent corrosionand freezing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the spec-ified coolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or lessthan 35% antifreeze, which wouldreduce the effectiveness of thesolution.

WARNING The electric motor(cooling fan) is con-trolled by enginecoolant temperature,refrigerant pressure

and vehicle speed. It may some-times operate even when theengine is not running. Useextreme caution when workingnear the blades of the coolingfan so that you are not injuredby a rotating fan blades. As theengine coolant temperaturedecreases, the electric motorwill automatically shut off. Thisis a normal condition.If your vehicle is equipped withGDI, the electric motor (coolingfan) may operate untill you dis-connect the negative batterycable.

OVF071006

7 33

Maintenance

For mixture percentage, refer to thefollowing table.

Changing the coolantHave the coolant changed by anauthorized Kia dealer according tothe Maintenance Schedule at thebeginning of this section.Put a thick cloth or fabric around theradiator cap before refilling thecoolant in order to prevent thecoolant from overflowing into engineparts such as the alternator.

WARNING Radiator cap

Do not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiatorare hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure.

OVF071007

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water-15°C (5°F) 35 65

-25°C (-13°F) 40 60

-35°C (-31°F) 50 50

-45°C (-49°F) 60 40

Maintenance

347

CAUTIONPut a thick cloth around theradiator cap before refilling thecoolant in order to prevent thecoolant from overflowing intoengine parts such as the alter-nator.

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility whensprayed on the windshieldand may cause loss of vehiclecontrol or damage the paintand body trim.

7 35

Maintenance

BRAKE/CLUTCH (IF EQUIPPED) FLUID Checking the brake/clutch*fluid level

Check the fluid level in the reservoirperiodically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.Before removing the reservoir capand adding brake/clutch* fluid, cleanthe area around the reservoir capthoroughly to prevent brake/clutch*fluid contamination.

* if equipped

If the level is low, add fluid to theMAX level. The level will fall withaccumulated mileage. This is a nor-mal condition associated with thewear of the brake linings and/orclutch disc (if equipped). If the fluidlevel is excessively low, have thebrake/clutch* system checked by anauthorized Kia dealer.

Use only the specified brake/clutch*fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubri-cants and capacities” in section 8.)

Never mix different types of fluid.OVF071008

WARNING - Loss ofbrake/clutch* fluid

In the event the brake/clutch*system requires frequent addi-tions of fluid, the vehicle shouldbe inspected by an authorizedKia dealer.

CAUTIONDo not allow brake/clutch* fluidto contact the vehicle's bodypaint, as paint damage willresult. Brake/clutch* fluid, whichhas been exposed to open airfor an extended time shouldnever be used as its quality can-not be guaranteed. It should bedisposed of properly. Don't putin the wrong kind of fluid. A fewdrops of mineral-based oil, suchas engine oil, in your brake/clutch* system can damagebrake/clutch* system parts.

WARNING - Brake/clutch* fluid

When changing and addingbrake/clutch* fluid, handle itcarefully. Do not let it come incontact with your eyes. If brake/clutch* fluid should come incontact with your eyes, immedi-ately flush them with a largequantity of fresh tap water. Haveyour eyes examined by a doctoras soon as possible.

Maintenance

367

It is recommended that the automat-ic transaxle fluid should be checkedby an authorized Kia dealer.In severe conditions, the fluid shouldbe changed at an authorized Kiadealer in accordance to the sched-uled maintenance at the beginning ofthis chapter.

Checking the washer fluidlevel

Check the fluid level in the washerfluid reservoir and add fluid if neces-sary. Plain water may be used ifwasher fluid is not available.However, use washer solvent withantifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

WASHER FLUIDAUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEFLUID

OVF071009

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility whensprayed on the windshieldand may cause loss of vehiclecontrol or damage to paintand body trim.

• Windshield washer fluidagents contain some amountsof alcohol and can be flamma-ble under certain circum-stances. Do not allow sparksor flame to contact the washerfluid or the washer fluid reser-voir. Damage to the vehicle oroccupants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid ispoisonous to humans and ani-mals. Do not drink and avoidcontacting windshield washerfluid. Serious injury or deathcould occur.

7 37

Maintenance

PARKING BRAKEChecking the parking brake

Check the stroke of the parkingbrake by counting the number of“clicks’’ heard while fully applying itfrom the released position. Also, theparking brake alone should securelyhold the vehicle on a fairly steepgrade. If the stroke is more or lessthan specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by an authorized Kiadealer.

Stroke : 6~8 “clicks’’ at a force of20kg (44 lbs, 196 N).

ORP052024

Maintenance

387

AIR CLEANER Filter replacement

It must be replaced when necessary,and should not be washed.You can clean the filter when inspect-ing the air cleaner element.Clean the filter by using compressedair.

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extreme-ly dusty or sandy areas, replace theelement more often than the usualrecommended intervals. (Refer to“Maintenance under severe usageconditions” in this section.)

OVF071010

CAUTION• Do not drive with the air clean-

er removed; this will result inexcessive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleanerfilter, be careful that dust ordirt does not enter the airintake, or damage may result.

• We recommend that you useparts for replacement from anauthorized Kia dealer.

7 39

Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)Filter inspectionThe climate control air filter shouldbe replaced according to the mainte-nance schedule. If the vehicle isoperated in severely air-pollutedcities or on dusty rough roads for along period, it should be inspectedmore frequently and replaced earlier.When you replace the climate controlair filter, replace it performing the fol-lowing procedure, and be careful toavoid damaging other components.

Maintenance

407

WIPER BLADES Blade inspection

✽✽ NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied byautomatic vehicle washes have beenknown to make the windshield diffi-cult to clean.

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer cleanadequately, the blades may be wornor cracked, and require replacement.

Front windshield wiper blade

1. Raise the wiper arm and turn thewiper blade assembly to exposethe plastic locking clip.

ORP072046

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specifiedwiper blade could result inwiper malfunction and failure.

1LDA5023

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm tofall against the windshield,since it may chip or crack thewindshield.

7 41

Maintenance

2. Compress the clip and slide theblade assembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

The following symbols should beheading for the front of the vehicle.

Rear window wiper blade

1. Raise the wiper arm and pull outthe wiper blade assembly.

1JBA7037

1JBA7038

OHM078062

ORP072066N

Maintenance

427

2. Install the new blade assembly byinserting the center part into theslot in the wiper arm until it clicksinto place.

3. Make sure the blade assembly isinstalled firmly by trying to pull itslightly.

To prevent damage to the wiper armsor other components, have anauthorized Kia dealer replace thewiper blade.

OHM078063

7 43

Maintenance

BATTERYFor best battery service• Keep the battery securely mount-

ed.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connec-

tions clean, tight, and coated withpetroleum jelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte fromthe battery immediately with asolution of water and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to beused for an extended time, discon-nect the battery cables.

WARNING - Battery dan-gers

Always read the follow-ing instructions carefullywhen handling a battery.

Keep lighted cigarettesand all other flames orsparks away from thebattery.

Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cellsand may explode if ignit-ed.

Keep batteries out of thereach of childrenbecause batteries con-tain highly corrosiveSULFURIC ACID. Do notallow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

(Continued)

(Continued)

If any electrolyte getsinto your eyes, flushyour eyes with cleanwater for at least 15 min-utes and get immediatemedical attention.If electrolyte gets onyour skin, thoroughlywash the contactedarea. If you feel pain orburning sensation, getmedical attention imme-diately.

Wear eye protectionwhen charging or work-ing near a battery.Always provide ventila-tion when working in anenclosed space.

(Continued)

Maintenance

447

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged

in a short time (because, for exam-ple, the headlights or interior lightswere left on while the vehicle wasnot in use), recharge it by slowcharging (trickle) for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load whilethe vehicle is being used, rechargeit at no more than 20-30A for twohours.

(Continued)An inappropriately dis-posed battery can beharmful to the environ-ment and human health.Dispose the batteryaccording to your locallaw(s) or regulation.

• When lifting a plastic-casedbattery, excessive pressureon the case may cause batteryacid to leak, resulting in per-sonal injury. Lift with a batterycarrier or with your hands onopposite corners.

• Never attempt to recharge thebattery when the batterycables are connected.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage.Never touch these compo-nents with the engine runningor the ignition switched on.

Failure to follow the abovewarnings can result in seriousbodily injury or death.

CAUTIONIf you connect unauthorizedelectronic devices to the bat-tery, the battery may be dis-charged. Never use unautho-rized devices.

7 45

Maintenance

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the bat-tery has been discharged or the bat-tery has been disconnected.• Auto down window (See section 4)• Sunroof (See section 4)• Trip computer (See section 4)• Climate control system

(See section 4)• Clock (See section 4)• Audio (See section 4)

WARNING• Before performing mainte-

nance or recharging the bat-tery, turn off all accessoriesand stop the engine.

• The negative battery cablemust be removed first andinstalled last when the batteryis disconnected.

(Continued)1.Turn off the battery charger

main switch.2.Unhook the negative clamp

from the negative battery ter-minal.

3.Unhook the positive clampfrom the positive battery ter-minal.

WARNING - Rechargingbattery

When recharging the battery,observe the following precau-tions:• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed inan area with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes,sparks, or flame near the bat-tery.

• Watch the battery duringcharging, and stop or reducethe charging rate if the batterycells begin gassing (boiling)violently or if the temperatureof the electrolyte of any cellexceeds 49°C (120°F).

• Wear eye protection whenchecking the battery duringcharging.

• Disconnect the battery charg-er in the following order.

(Continued)

Maintenance

467

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

Recommended cold tire infla-tion pressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less than1.6 km (one mile).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, top vehi-cle handling, and minimum tire wear.For recommended inflation pressurerefer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the driver’s side centerpillar.

WARNING - Tire underin-flation

Inflate your tires consistent withthe instructions provided in thismanual. Severe underinflation(70 kPa (10 psi) or more) canlead to severe heat build-up,causing blowouts, tread separa-tion and other tire failures thatcan result in the loss of vehiclecontrol.This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

OUB071018

7 47

Maintenance

CAUTION• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation also ispossible. Keep your tire pres-sures at the proper levels. If atire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by an author-ized Kia dealer.

• Overinflation produces aharsh ride, excessive wear atthe center of the tire tread, anda greater possibility of dam-age from road hazards.

WARNING - TireInflation

Overinflation or underinflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure. Thiscould result in loss of vehiclecontrol and potential injury.

CAUTION - Tire pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the

tires are cold. (After vehiclehas been parked for at leastthree hours or hasn't beendriven more than 1.6 km (onemile) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of yourspare tire each time you checkthe pressure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle.Be careful not to overload avehicle luggage rack if yourvehicle is equipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badlyworn, or if your tires havebeen damaged, replace them.

CAUTION• Warm tires normally exceed

recommended cold tire pres-sures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6psi ). Do not release air fromwarm tires to adjust the pres-sure or the tires will be under-inflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tireinflation valve caps. Withoutthe valve cap, dirt or moisturecould get into the valve coreand cause air leakage. If avalve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

Maintenance

487

Checking tire inflation pres-sureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

How to checkUse a good quality gauge to checktire pressure. You can not tell if yourtires are properly inflated simply bylooking at them. Radial tires maylook properly inflated even whenthey're underinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1.6 km (1 mile).

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire guage firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire guage. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

WARNING• Inspect your tires frequently

for proper inflation as well aswear and damage. Always usea tire pressure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too lit-tle pressure wear unevenlycausing poor handling, loss ofvehicle control, and suddentire failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and evendeath.The recommended coldtire pressure for your vehiclecan be found in this manualand on the tire label locatedon the driver's side center pil-lar.

• Worn tires can cause acci-dents. Replace tires that areworn, show uneven wear, orare damaged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tire. Kiarecommends that you checkthe spare every time youcheck the pressure of theother tires on your vehicle.

7 49

Maintenance

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 12,000 km miles (7,500) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness.Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section8. Disc brake pads should be inspected

for wear whenever tires are rotated.

Rotate radial tires that have anasymmetric tread pattern only fromfront to rear and not from right to left.Do not use the compact spare tire fortire rotation.

S2BLA790A

CBGQ0707A

Without a spare tire

Directional tires (if equipped)

WARNING• Do not use the compact spare

tire (if equipped) for tire rota-tion.

• Do not mix bias ply and radialply tires under any circum-stances. This may causeunusual handling characteris-tics that could result in death,severe injury, or propertydamage.

Maintenance

507

Wheel alignment and tire bal-ance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

Tire replacement

If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

CAUTION - Wheel weightImproper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's alu-minum wheels. Use onlyapproved wheel weights.

OEN076053

Tread wear indicator

WARNING - Replacingtires

To reduce the chance of seriousor fatal injuries from an acci-dent caused by tire failure orloss of vehicle control:• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or aredamaged. Worn tires cancause loss of braking effec-tiveness, steering control, andtraction.

• Do not drive your vehicle withtoo little or too much pressurein your tires. This can lead touneven wear and tire failure.

• When replacing tires, nevermix radial and bias-ply tireson the same vehicle.You mustreplace all tires (including thespare) if moving from radial tobias-ply tires.

(Continued)

7 51

Maintenance

Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

(Continued)• Using tires and wheels other

than the recommended sizescould cause unusual handlingcharacteristics and poor vehi-cle control, resulting in a seri-ous accident.

• Wheels that do not meet Kia’sspecifications may fit poorlyand result in damage to thevehicle or unusual handlingand poor vehicle control.

• The ABS works by comparingthe speed of the wheels. Thetire size affects wheel speed.When replacing tires, all 4tires must use the same sizeoriginally supplied with thevehicle. Using tires of a differ-ent size can cause the ABS(Anti-lock Brake System) andESC (Electronic StabilityControl) to work irregularly.

WARNINGA wheel that is not the correctsize may adversely affect wheeland bearing life, braking andstopping abilities, handlingcharacteristics, ground clear-ance, body-to-tire clearance,snow chain clearance,speedometer and odometer cal-ibration, headlight aim andbumper height.

Maintenance

527

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. Slow down whenever thereis rain, snow or ice on the road, toreduce the possibility of losing con-trol of the vehicle.

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

Tire sidewall labeling

This information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)P205/55R16 89H

P - Applicable vehicle type (tiresmarked with the prefix “P’’ areintended for use on passengervehicles or light trucks; however,not all tires have this marking).

205 - Tire width in millimeters.55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).16 - Rim diameter in inches.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

7 53

Maintenance

89 - Load Index, a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:6.0JX16

6.0 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.16 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger vehicles. Thespeed rating is part of the tire sizedesignation on the sidewall of thetire. This symbol corresponds to thattire's designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years old,based on the manufacturing date,(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1613 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2013.

S 180 km/h (112 mph)T 190 km/h (118 mph)H 210 km/h (130 mph)V 240 km/h (149 mph)Z 240 km/h (Above 149 mph)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

Maintenance

547

4. Tire ply composition and mate-rial

The number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

WARNING - Tire ageTires degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, we recommend that tiresbe replaced after approximatelysix (6) years of normal service.Heat caused by hot climates orfrequent high loading condi-tions can accelerate the agingprocess. Failure to follow thiswarning can result in suddentire failure, which could lead toa loss of control and an acci-dent involving serious injury ordeath.

7 55

Maintenance

7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found, whereapplicable, on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width.For example:TREADWEAR 440 TRACTION A TEMPERATURE A

Tread wearThe tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.

Tires degrade over time, even whenthey are not being used. Regardlessof the remaining tread, we recom-mend that tires be replaced afterapproximately six (6) years of nor-mal service. Heat caused by hot cli-mates or frequent high loading con-ditions can accelerate the agingprocess.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclesmay vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Thosegrades represent the tire’s ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.The traction grade assigned to thistire is based on straight-ahead brak-ing traction tests, and does notinclude acceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak traction char-acteristics.

WARNING The traction grade assigned tothis tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include accelera-tion, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

Maintenance

567

Temperature -A, B & C The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of perform-ance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.

Tire terminology and definitionsAir Pressure: The amount of airinside the tire pressing outward onthe tire. Air pressure is expressed inkilopascal (kPa) or pounds persquare inch (psi).Accessory Weight: This means thecombined weight of optional acces-sories. Some examples of optionalaccessories are, automatictransaxle, power seats, and air con-ditioning.Aspect Ratio: The relationship of atire's height to its width.Belt: A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.Bead: The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid at alternateangles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

WARNING - Tire tempera-ture

The temperature grade for thistire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentire failure. This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury.

7 57

Maintenance

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measured inkilopascals (kPa) or pounds persquare inch (psi) before a tire hasbuilt up heat from driving.Curb Weight: This means the weightof a motor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil andcoolant, but without passengers andcargo.DOT Markings: The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric des-ignator which can also identify thetire manufacturer, production plant,brand and date of production.GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight RatingGAWR FRT: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Front Axle.GAWR RR: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Rear axle.

Intended Outboard Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire, thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit forair pressure.Load Index: An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 that corre-sponds to the load carrying capacityof a tire.Maximum Inflation Pressure: Themaximum air pressure to which acold tire may be inflated. The maxi-mum air pressure is molded onto thesidewall.Maximum Load Rating: The loadrating for a tire at the maximum per-missible inflation pressure for thattire.Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:The sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by 68 kg(150 pounds).

Occupant Distribution: Designatedseating positions.Outward Facing Sidewall: The sideof a asymmetrical tire that has a par-ticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The outwardfacing sidewall bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same moldings onthe inner facing sidewall.Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks and multipurposevehicles.Recommended Inflation Pressure:Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-ed tire inflation pressure and shownon the tire placard.Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.Rim: A metal support for a tire andupon which the tire beads are seat-ed.Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Maintenance

587

Speed Rating: An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicating themaximum speed at which a tire canoperate.Traction: The friction between thetire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called "wearbars," that show across the tread of atire when only 2/32 inch of treadremains.UTQGS: Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards, a tire informationsystem that provides consumers withratings for a tire's traction, tempera-ture and treadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tire manufacturersusing government testing proce-dures. The ratings are molded intothe sidewall of the tire.Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-ber of designated seating positionsmultiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs.) plus therated cargo and luggage load.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tire due tocurb and accessory weight plusmaximum occupant and cargoweight.Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:Load on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to eachaxle its share of the curb weight,accessory weight, and normal occu-pant weight and driving by 2.Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-ly attached to a vehicle showing theoriginal equipment tire size and rec-ommended inflation pressure.

All season tires Kia specifies all season tires onsome models to provide good per-formance for use all year round,including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All season tires are identifiedby ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mudand Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snowtires have better snow traction thanall season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tires Kia specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior perform-ance on dry roads. Summer tire per-formance is substantially reduced insnow and ice. Summer tires do nothave the tire traction rating M+S(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.If you plan to operate your vehicle insnowy or icy conditions, Kia recom-mends the use of snow tires or allseason tires on all four wheels.

7 59

Maintenance

Snow tiresIf you equip your car with snow tires,they should be the same size andhave the same load capacity as theoriginal tires. Snow tires should beinstalled on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 28 kPa (4psi) more air pressure than the pres-sure recommended for the standardtires on the tire label on the driver'sside of the center pillar, or up to themaximum pressure shown on the tiresidewall, whichever is less.Do not drive faster than 120 km/h (75mph) when your vehicle is equippedwith snow tires.

Radial-ply tiresRadial-ply tires provide improvedtread life, road hazard resistance andsmoother high speed ride. The radi-al-ply tires used on this vehicle are ofbelted construction, and are selectedto complement the ride and handlingcharacteristics of your vehicle.Radial-ply tires have the same loadcarrying capacity as bias-ply or biasbelted tires of the same size and usethe same recommended inflationpressure. Mixing of radial-ply tireswith bias-ply or bias belted tires isnot recommended. Any combina-tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or biasbelted tires when used on the samevehicle will seriously deterioratevehicle handling. The best rule to fol-low is: Identical radial-ply tires shouldalways be used as a set of four.

Longer wearing tires can be moresusceptible to irregular tread wear. Itis very important to follow the tirerotation interval shown in this sectionto achieve the tread life potential ofthese tires. Cuts and punctures inradial-ply tires are repairable only inthe tread area, because of sidewallflexing. Consult your tire dealer forradial-ply tire repairs.

Maintenance

607

Low aspect ratio tire(if equipped)Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspectratio is lower than 50, are providedfor sporty looks.Because the low aspect ratio tiresare optimized for handling and brak-ing, it may be more uncomfortable toride in and there is more noise com-pare with normal tires.

CAUTIONBecause the sidewall of the lowaspect ratio tire is shorter thanthe normal, the wheel and tire ofthe low aspect ratio tire is easi-er to be damaged. So, follow theinstructions below.- When driving on a rough road

or off road, drive cautiouslybecause tires and wheels maybe damaged. And after driv-ing, inspect tires and wheels.

- When passing over a pothole,speed bump, manhole, or curbstone, drive slowly so that thetires and wheels are not dam-aged.

- If the tire is impacted, we rec-ommend that you inspect thetire condition or contact anauthorized Kia dealer.

- To prevent damage to the tire,inspect the tire condition andpressure every 3,000km.

CAUTION• It is not easy to recognize the

tire damage with your owneyes. But if there is the slight-est hint of tire damage, eventhough you cannot see the tiredamage with your own eyes,have the tire checked orreplaced because the tiredamage may cause air leak-age from the tire.

• If the tire is damaged by driv-ing on a rough road, off road,pothole, manhole, or curbstone, it will not be covered bythe warranty.

• You can find out the tire infor-mation on the tire sidewall.

7 61

Maintenance

FUSESA vehicle’s electrical system is pro-tected from electrical overload dam-age by fuses.This vehicle has 3 (or 4) fuse panels,one located in the driver’s side panelbolster, others in the engine com-partment near the battery.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, checkthe appropriate circuit fuse. If a fusehas blown, the element inside thefuse will be melted.If the electrical system does notwork, first check the driver’s sidefuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse withone of the same rating.Before replacing a blown fuse, dis-connect the negative battery cable.If the replacement fuse blows, thisindicates an electrical problem. Avoidusing the system involved and imme-diately consult an authorized Kiadealer.Three kinds of fuses are used: bladetype for lower amperage rating, car-tridge type, and multi fuse for higheramperage ratings.

✽✽ NOTICEThe actual fuse/relay panel labelmay differ from equipped items.

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire or alu-minum foil instead of theproper fuse - even as a tem-porary repair. It may causeextensive wiring damage anda possible fire.

CAUTION Do not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to removefuses because it may cause ashort circuit and damage thesystem.

Normal

Normal

■ Blade type

■ Cartridge type

■ Multi fuse type

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

ORB072110/ODM072020

Normal Blown

■ Battery fuse terminal

Maintenance

627

Instrument panel fuse replace-ment

1. Turn the ignition switch and allother switches off.

2. Open the fuse panel cover.

3. Pull the suspected fuse straightout. Use the removal tool providedin the engine compartment fusepanel.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace itif it is blown.

5. Push in a new fuse of the samerating, and make sure it fits tightlyin the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedKia dealer.If you do not have a spare, use afuse of the same rating from a circuityou may not need for operating thevehicle, such as the cigar lighterfuse.

CAUTION• When replacing an open fuse

or relay with a new one, makesure the new fuse or relay fitstightly into the clips. Theincomplete fastening fuse orrelay may cause the vehiclewiring and electric systemsdamage and a possible fire.

• Do not remove fuses, relaysand terminals fastened withbolts or nuts.The fuses, relaysand terminals may be fas-tened incompletely, and it maycause a possible fire. If fuses,relays and terminals fastenedwith bolts or nuts are open,consult with an authorized Kiadealer.

• Do not input any other objectsexcept fuses or relays intofuse/relay terminals such as adriver or wiring. It may causecontact failure and systemmalfunction.

ORP072014

ORP072015

7 63

Maintenance

If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work and thefuses are OK, check the fuse block inthe engine compartment. If a fuse isblown, it must be replaced.

Fuse switch

Always, put the fuse switch at the ONposition.If you move the switch to the OFFposition, some items such as audioand digital clock must be reset andtransmitter (or smart key) may notwork properly.

Engine compartment panel fusereplacement

1. Turn the ignition switch and allother switches off.

2. Remove the fuse box cover bypressing the tap and pulling up thecover.

3. Check the removed fuse; replace itif it is blown. To remove or insertthe fuse, use the fuse puller in theengine compartment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the samerating, and make sure it fits tightlyin the clips. If it fits loosely, consultan authorized Kia dealer.

ORP072016

CAUTIONAlways place the fuse switch inthe ON position while drivingthe vehicle.

ORP072017

Maintenance

647

Main fuse

If the main fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Turn off the engine.2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above.4. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating.5. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

Multi fuse

If the multi fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Turn off the engine.2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.3. Remove the fuse panel on the

right side in the engine compart-ment.

4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-ture above.

CAUTION - Fuse panel covers

After checking the fuse panel inthe engine compartment,securely install the fuse panelcover. If not, electrical failuresmay occur from water contact.

OJD072018OGD071020

7 65

Maintenance

5. Replace the fuse with a new oneof the same rating.

6. Reinstall in the reverse order ofremoval.

If the multi fuse is blown, consult anauthorized Kia dealer.

Fuse/relay panel descriptionInside the fuse/relay panel covers,you can find the fuse/relay labeldescribing fuse/relay name andcapacity.

Maintenance

667

Instrument panel fuse panel

✽✽ NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions inthis manual may be applicable toyour vehicle. It is accurate at thetime of printing. When you inspectthe fuse panel in your vehicle, referto the fuse panel label.


ORP072019

ORP073020C

7 67

Maintenance

Engine compartment fusepanel


OGD071023

ORP072022N

Maintenance

687

Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel)

No. Fuse rating Description Protected component

1 30A P/SEAT DRV4WAY : Driver Lumbar Support Switch6WAY : Driver Seat Manual Switch

2 25A P/WDW RHPower Window Relay RH, Driver/Passenger Safety Power Window Module, Rear Safety Power Window Module RH

3 25A P/WDW LHPower Window Relay LH, Driver/Passenger Safety PowerWindow Module, Rear Safety Power Window Module LH

4 20A DR LOCK Door Lock/Unlock Relay, Two Turn Unlock Relay

5 15A SPARE 1 -

6 20APOWER

OUTLET 1Cigarette Lighter, Rear Power Outlet

7 30A SPARE 2 -

8 7.5A MODULE 3Frt Seat Warmer Sw, Hlld Sw, Navigation, Amp, Rear Seat Warmer Ecu, Auto Hlld Ecu, Heater ControlUnit

9 20AS/HEATER FRT

SEAT VENTDriver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module

10 10A MODULE 6A/V & Navigation Head Unit (W/O ISG), Audio (W/O ISG), DC-DC Converter (With ISG), Digital Clock,Smart Key Control Module, BCM, Outside Mirror Switch, Outside Mirror

7 69

Maintenance


11 7.5A A/CON1 Cluster Ionizer, A/C Control Module, Blower Relay, PTC Relay

12 7.5A MODULE 5Head Lamp Washer Relay, Portable Lamp, Passenger Seat Warmer Module, Rear Seat Warmer Module,Driver Seat Warmer Module

13 10A HTD MIRR Driver/Passenger Outside Mirror, ECU, A/C Control Module

14 10AINTERIOR

LAMP

Glove Box Lamp, Luggage Lamp, Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Room Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, DoorWarning Sw, Foot Lamp LH/RH, Portable Lamp, Door Warning Sw, Puddle Lamp LH/RH, Personal LampLH/RH

15 10A SMART KEY 2 Immobilizer Module, Start Stop Button Switch

16 20A SUNROOF Panorama Sunroof

17 7.5A MODULE 1Electric Parking Brake Module, Rear Parking Assist Sensor, Smart Parking Assist Control Module, Crash PadLower Switch, Rear Parking Assist Sensor Buzzer, Tire Pressure Monitoring System

18 15A HTD STRG Steering Wheel Heater

19 10A ECU Immobilizer Module, Smart Key Control Module, ECU, Speed Sensor

20 15A WIPER Front Washer Motor, Rear Wiper Motor, Rear Wiper Relay

Maintenance

707


21 7.5A MEMORY 2 Rf Receiver

22 10A MEMORY 1Instrument Cluster, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, BCM, A/C Control Module, Digital Clock, Data LinkConnector, Buzzer

23 7.5A CLUSTER Instrument Cluster, DC-DC Converter (With ISG)

24 7.5A MDPS MDPS Unit

25 20A SPARE 3 -

26 7.5A START Start Relay, ECU, Ignition Lock Switch, Transaxle Range Switch, TCU, Smart Key Control Module

27 15A MULTI MEDIA A/V & Navigation Head Unit (W/O ISG), Audio (W/O ISG), DC-DC Converter (With ISG)

28 20A SMART KEY 1 Smart Key Control Module

29 15A A/BAG SRS Control Module

30 7.5A MODULE 2 Rear Seat Warmer Sw, ICM BOX (Fold’g Rly), AT LEVER Key Sol, ICM BOX (Turn Signal Sound)

7 71

Maintenance


31 7.5A MODULE 4 Body Control Module

32 7.5A MODULE 7 Body Control Module, Smart Key Control Module

33 15A TCU M/T : F35 (B/UP LAMP), A/T : Transaxle Range Switch, TCM (D4HB)

34 10A ABS ESC Control Module, ABS Control Module

35 7.5A A/CON 2 A/C Control Module

36 15A S/HEATER RR Rear Seat Warmer LH/RH

37 25A AMP AMP, DC-DC Converter (With ISG)

38 10A FOG LAMP RR ICM Relay Box (Rear Fog Lamp Relay)

Maintenance

727

Fuse Fuse rating Description Protected component

MULTIFUSE

80A MDPS MDPS Unit

60A IP_B+1Inner Fuse Panel, S/Heater RR, Smart Key 1, 2, P/WDW LH/RH, IPS-1/Arisu-1 (H/Lamp Low RH,H/Lamp Hi RH, Turn FR/RR), IPS-2 (Int Tail Lamp), IPS-4 (Drl Lamp LH/RH), IPS-3 (Frt Fog LampLH/RH)

40A ABS_1 ESC Control Module, ABS Control Module

40A ABS_2 ESC Control Module, ABS Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

40A IGN_2W/O Smart Key : Ignition Switch, START RELAY, Starter Fuse No: 26 With Smart Key : IG2 RELAY,START RELAY, IG2 Fuse No: 11, 12, 18, 20, 33

60A IP_B+2Inner Fuse Panel, P/seat DRV, Spare3, Fog Lamp RR, IPS-5/Arisu-2 (H/Lamp Low LH, H/Lamp Hi LH,Turn FL/RL), IPS-6 (EXT Tail Lamp LH/RH)

40A RR HTD RR HTD RELAY RR HTD, MIRR HTD

40A BLOWER BLOWER RLY, BLOWER MOTOR

FUSE

40A IG1W/O Smart Key : Ignition Switch With Smart Key : IG1 RELAY, ACC RELAY, INNER FUSE PANEL

(ACC Fuse No: 5, 6,10 IG1 Fuse No: 8,17,19, 23, 24, 30, 32, 34, 35)

30A EPB_1 Electric Parking Brake Module

Engine compartment main fuse panel

7 73

Maintenance

Fuse Fuse rating Description Protected component

FUSE

30A EPB_2 Electric Parking Brake Module

50A C/FAN C/FAN LO RELAY, C/FAN HI RELAY, C/FAN MOTOR

15A DEICER DEICER RELAY

15A STOP LAMP SSEM,STOP LAMP

40A EMS EMS Box (FUSE No. - 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9)

50A B+3 Inner Fuse Panel (Leak Current Autocut Device, Fuse No. - 4/9/14/16/21/22/25/27/31/38)

25A FRT_WIPER_LH FRT WIPER LH

25A FRT_WIPER_RH FRT WIPER RH

10A B/UP LP M/T : Back-up Lamp Switch, A/T : Transaxle Range Switch, TCU

15A ECU4 ECU

50A B+4 FRT WIPER LH/RH , ECU4

10A BRAKE_SWITCH STOP SIGNAL

20A H/LP_WASHER Head Lamp Washer Relay, Head Lamp Washer

30A P/OUTLET 2 P/OUTLET RELAY 2

7.5A SPARE SPARE

Maintenance

747

Relay Name Type

COOLING FAN LOW RELAY H/C MICRO

COOLING FAN HIGH RELAY 3725

BLOWER RELAY H/C MICRO

REAR DEFOGGER RELAY H/C MICRO

B/START (IG1) RELAY H/C MICRO

B/START (IG2) RELAY H/C MICRO

START RELAY H/C MICRO

B/START (ACC) RELAY H/C MICRO

DEICER RLY ISO MICRO

F/FUMP RLY H/C MICRO

H/LP WASHER RLY ISO MICRO

P/OUTLET2 RLY ISO MICRO

Fuse rating Description Relay Name

10A B/A HORN B/ALARM HORN RLY

15A ECU3 ECU

15A HORN Horn

10A INJECTORINJECTOR, ECU, FUEL PUMP RELAY

10A ECU2 ECU

20A IGN COIL Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4, Condenser

10A SENSOR2E/R Fuse & Relay Box (COOLING LOWRELAY), Oil Control Valve #1/#2

20A ECU1 ECU

10A SENSOR1Oxygen Sensor (UP/DOWN), VariableIntake Solenoid Valve, Purge ControlSolenoid Valve

10A SPARE SPARE

15A SPARE SPARE

20A SPARE SPARE

7 75

Maintenance

APPEARANCE CAREExterior careExterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warningand caution statements that appearon the label.

Finish maintenanceWashing To help protect your vehicle’s finishfrom rust and deterioration, wash itthoroughly and frequently at leastonce a month with lukewarm or coldwater.If you use your vehicle for off-roaddriving, you should wash it after eachoff-road trip. Pay special attention tothe removal of any accumulation ofsalt, dirt, mud, and other foreignmaterials. Make sure the drain holesin the lower edges of the doors androcker panels are kept clear andclean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similardeposits can damage your vehicle’sfinish if not removed immediately.Even prompt washing with plainwater may not completely remove allthese deposits. A mild soap, safe foruse on painted surfaces, may beused.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water.Do not allow soap to dry on the fin-ish.

After washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired, drythe brakes by applying them lightlywhile maintaining a slow forwardspeed.

CAUTION• Do not use strong soap, chem-

ical detergents or hot water,and do not wash the vehicle indirect sunlight or when thebody of the vehicle is warm.

• Be careful when washing theside windows of your vehicle.Especailly, with high-pressurewater. Water may leak throughthe windows and wet the inte-rior.

• To prevent damage to theplastic parts and lamps, donot clean with chemical sol-vents or strong detergents.

Maintenance

767

WaxingWax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehiclebefore waxing. Use a good qualityliquid or paste wax, and follow themanufacturer’s instructions. Wax allmetal trim to protect it and to main-tain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-als with a spot remover will usuallystrip the wax from the finish. Be sureto re-wax these areas even if the restof the vehicle does not yet need wax-ing.

CAUTION • Water washing in the engine

compartment including highpressure water washing maycause the failure of electricalcircuits located in the enginecompartment.

• Never allow water or other liq-uids to come in contact withelectrical/electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle asthis may damage them.

OJB037800

WARNING - Wet brakesAfter washing the vehicle, testthe brakes while driving slowlyto see if they have been affectedby water. If braking performanceis impaired, dry the brakes byapplying them lightly whilemaintaining a slow forwardspeed.

7 77

Maintenance

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quicklyrust and may develop into a majorrepair expense.

✽✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged andrequires any metal repair orreplacement, be sure the body shopapplies anti-corrosion materials tothe parts repaired or replaced.

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects,

use a tar remover, not a scraper orother sharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metal parts from corrosion, apply acoating of wax or chrome preser-vative and rub to a high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal partswith a heavier coating of wax orpreservative. If necessary, coat theparts with non-corrosive petroleumjelly or other protective compound.

CAUTION • Wiping dust or dirt off the

body with a dry cloth willscratch the finish.

• Do not use steel wool, abra-sive cleaners, or strong deter-gents containing highly alka-line or caustic agents onchrome-plated or anodizedaluminum parts. This mayresult in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause dis-coloration or paint deteriora-tion.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, testthe brakes while driving slowlyto see if they have been affectedby water. If braking performanceis impaired, dry the brakes byapplying them lightly whilemaintaining a slow forwardspeed.

Maintenance

787

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control maycollect on the underbody. If thesematerials are not removed, acceler-ated rusting can occur on underbodyparts such as the fuel lines, frame,floor pan and exhaust system, eventhough they have been treated withrust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle under-body and wheel openings with luke-warm or cold water once a month,after off-road driving and at the endof each winter. Pay special attentionto these areas because it is difficultto see all the mud and dirt. It will domore harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it.The lower edges of doors, rockerpanels, and frame members havedrain holes that should not beallowed to clog with dirt; trappedwater in these areas can cause rust-ing.

Aluminum or chrome wheel main-tenance The aluminum or chrome wheels arecoated with a clear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,

polishing compound, solvent, orwire brushes on aluminum orchrome wheels. They may scratchor damage the finish.

• Clean the wheel when it hascooled.

• Use only a mild soap or neutraldetergent, and rinse thoroughlywith water. Also, be sure to cleanthe wheels after driving on saltedroads. This helps prevent corro-sion.

• Avoid washing the wheels withhigh-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any alkaline or aciddetergents. It may damage andcorrode the aluminum or chromewheels coated with a clear protec-tive finish.

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corro-sionBy using the most advanced designand construction practices to combatcorrosion, we produces vehicles ofthe highest quality. However, this isonly part of the job. To achieve thelong-term corrosion resistance yourvehicle can deliver, the owner'scooperation and assistance is alsorequired.

Common causes of corrosionThe most common causes of corro-sion on your vehicle are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneaththe vehicle.

• Removal of paint or protectivecoatings by stones, gravel, abra-sion or minor scrapes and dentswhich leave unprotected metalexposed to corrosion.

7 79

Maintenance

High-corrosion areasIf you live in an area where your vehi-cle is regularly exposed to corrosivematerials, corrosion protection isparticularly important. Some of thecommon causes of accelerated cor-rosion are road salts, dust controlchemicals, ocean air and industrialpollution.

Moisture breeds corrosionMoisture creates the conditions inwhich corrosion is most likely tooccur. For example, corrosion isaccelerated by high humidity, partic-ularly when temperatures are justabove freezing. In such conditions,the corrosive material is kept in con-tact with the vehicle surfaces bymoisture that is slow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosivebecause it dries slowly and holdsmoisture in contact with the vehicle.Although the mud appears to be dry,it can still retain the moisture andpromote corrosion.

High temperatures can also acceler-ate corrosion of parts that are notproperly ventilated so the moisturecan be dispersed. For all these rea-sons, it is particularly important tokeep your vehicle clean and free ofmud or accumulations of other mate-rials. This applies not only to the vis-ible surfaces but particularly to theunderside of the vehicle.

To help prevent corrosionYou can help prevent corrosion fromgetting started by observing the fol-lowing:

Keep your vehicle cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion isto keep your vehicle clean and freeof corrosive materials. Attention tothe underside of the vehicle is partic-ularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion areawhere road salts are used, nearthe ocean, areas with industrialpollution, acid rain, etc., you shouldtake extra care to prevent corro-sion. In winter, hose off the under-side of your vehicle at least once amonth and be sure to clean theunderside thoroughly when winteris over.

• When cleaning underneath thevehicle, give particular attention tothe components under the fendersand other areas that are hiddenfrom view. Do a thorough job; justdampening the accumulated mudrather than washing it away willaccelerate corrosion rather thanprevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularlyeffective in removing accumulatedmud and corrosive materials.

Maintenance

807

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame mem-bers, be sure that drain holes arekept open so that moisture canescape and not be trapped insideto accelerate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your vehicle in a damp,poorly ventilated garage. This cre-ates a favorable environment for cor-rosion. This is particularly true if youwash your vehicle in the garage ordrive it into the garage when it is stillwet or covered with snow, ice ormud. Even a heated garage can con-tribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good con-ditionScratches or chips in the finishshould be covered with "touch-up"paint as soon as possible to reducethe possibility of corrosion. If baremetal is showing through, the atten-tion of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings arehighly corrosive and may damagepainted surfaces in just a few hours.Always remove bird droppings assoon as possible.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floormats and carpeting and cause corro-sion. Check under the mats periodi-cally to be sure the carpeting is dry.Use particular care if you carry fertil-izers, cleaning materials or chemi-cals in the car.These should be carried only inproper containers and any spills orleaks should be cleaned up, flushedwith clean water and thoroughlydried.

Interior careInterior general precautions Prevent chemicals such as perfume,cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean-er, and air freshener from contactingthe interior parts because they maycause damage or discoloration. Ifthey do contact the interior parts,wipe them off immediately.

CAUTION - Electrical components

Never allow water or other liq-uids to come in contact withelectrical/electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle as thismay damage them.

CAUTION - LeatherWhen cleaning leather products(steering wheel, seats etc.), useneutral detergents or low alco-hol content solutions. If you usehigh alcohol content solutionsor acid/alkaline detergents, thecolor of the leather may fade orthe surface may get stripped off.

7 81

Maintenance

Cleaning the upholstery and inte-rior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt fromvinyl with a whisk broom or vacuumcleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with avinyl cleaner.

Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-ric with a whisk broom or vacuumcleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-tion recommended for upholstery orcarpets. Remove fresh spots imme-diately with a fabric spot cleaner. Iffresh spots do not receive immediateattention, the fabric can be stainedand its color can be affected. Also, itsfire-resistant properties can bereduced if the material is not proper-ly maintained.

Cleaning the lap/shoulder beltwebbing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended forcleaning upholstery or carpet. Followthe instructions provided with thesoap. Do not bleach or re-dye thewebbing because this may weakenit.

Cleaning the interior windowglass If the interior glass surfaces of thevehicle become fogged (that is, cov-ered with an oily, greasy or waxyfilm), they should be cleaned withglass cleaner. Follow the directionson the glass cleaner container.

CAUTIONDo not scrape or scratch theinside of the rear window. Thismay result in damage to the rearwindow defroster grid.

CAUTIONUsing anything but recommend-ed cleaners and proceduresmay affect the fabric’s appear-ance and fire-resistant proper-ties.

Maintenance

827

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMThe emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warrantyinformation contained in theWarranty & Maintenance booklet inyour vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with anemission control system to meet allapplicable emission regulations.There are three emission controlsystems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control sys-tem(2) Evaporative emission control sys-tem(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper functionof the emission control systems, it isrecommended that you have yourvehicle inspected and maintained byan authorized Kia dealer in accor-dance with the maintenance sched-ule in this manual.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system)• To prevent the vehicle from mis-

firing during dynamometer test-ing, turn the Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system off bypressing the ESC switch.

• After dynamometer testing iscompleted, turn the ESC systemback on by pressing the ESCswitch again.

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilationsystem is employed to prevent airpollution caused by blow-by gasesbeing emitted from the crankcase.This system supplies fresh filtered airto the crankcase through the airintake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-bygases, which then pass through thePCV valve into the induction system.

2. Evaporative emission con-trol (including ORVR:Onboard Refueling VaporRecovery) system

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere.(The ORVR system is designed toallow the vapors from the fuel tank tobe loaded into a canister while refu-eling at the gas station, preventingthe escape of fuel vapors into theatmosphere.)

7 83

Maintenance

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed inthe canister are drawn into the surgetank through the purge control sole-noid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve(PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve iscontrolled by the Engine ControlModule (ECM); when the enginecoolant temperature is low duringidling, the PCSV closes so that evap-orated fuel is not taken into theengine. After the engine warms upduring ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel tothe engine.

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission ControlSystem is a highly effective systemwhich controls exhaust emissionswhile maintaining good vehicle per-formance.

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle couldaffect its performance, safety ordurability and may even violate gov-ernmental safety and emissions reg-ulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modifi-cation may not be covered underwarranty.• If you use unauthorized electronic

devices, it may cause the vehicle tooperate abnormally, wire damage,battery discharge and fire. For yoursafety, do not use unauthorizedelectronic devices.

Engine exhaust gas precautions(carbon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present

with other exhaust fumes.Therefore, if you smell exhaustfumes of any kind inside your vehi-cle, have it inspected and repairedimmediately. If you ever suspectexhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with allthe windows fully open. Have yourvehicle checked and repairedimmediately.

WARNING - ExhaustEngine exhaust gases containcarbon monoxide (CO). Thoughcolorless and odorless, it isdangerous and could be lethal ifinhaled. Follow the instructionson this page to avoid CO poi-soning.

Maintenance

847

• Do not operate the engine in con-fined or closed areas (such asgarages) any more than what isnecessary to move the vehicle in orout of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a shorttime with the engine running,adjust the ventilation system (asneeded) to draw outside air into thevehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stoppedvehicle for any extended time withthe engine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails tostart, excessive attempts to restartthe engine may cause damage tothe emission control system.

Operating precautions for catalyt-ic converters

Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-alytic converter emission controldevice.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for

gasoline engines.• Do not operate the vehicle when

there are signs of engine malfunc-tion, such as misfire or a noticeableloss of performance.

• Do not misuse or abuse theengine. Examples of misuse arecoasting with the ignition off anddescending steep grades in gearwith the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at highidle speed for extended periods (5minutes or more).

• Do not modify or tamper with anypart of the engine or emission con-trol system. All inspections andadjustments must be made by anauthorized Kia dealer.

WARNING - Fire• A hot exhaust system can

ignite flammable items underyour vehicle. Do not park, idleor drive the vehicle over ornear flammable objects, suchas grass, vegetation, paper,leaves, etc.

• The exhaust system and cat-alytic system are very hotwhile the engine is running orimmediately after the engineis turned off. Keep away fromthe exhaust and catalycticsystem, or you may getburned.Also, do not remove the heatsink around the exhaust sys-tem, do not seal the bottom ofthe vehicle or do not coat thevehicle for corrosion control.It may present a fire risk undercertain conditions.

7 85

Maintenance

• Avoid driving with a extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, dam-aging the catalytic converter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyt-ic converter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could voidyour warranties.


Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4Gross vehicle weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Luggage volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Recommended lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . 8-6

Recommended sae viscosity number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Vehicle certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

8


28

ENGINEItem Gasoline 2.0

Displacement cc (cu. in)

1,999 (121.9)

Bore x Stroke

mm (in.)81x97 (3.19x3.82)

Firing order 1-3-4-2No. of cylinders 4, In-line

DIMENSIONSItem mm (in)

Overall length 4,525 (178.1)Overall width 1,805 (71.1)Overall height 1,610 (63.4)

Front tread205/55 R16 1,573 (61.9)225/45 R17 1,569 (61.8)

P225/45 R18 1,563 (61.5)

Rear tread205/55 R16 1,586 (62.4)225/45 R17 1,582 (62.3)

P225/45 R18 1,576 (62.0)Wheelbase 2,750 (108.3)

8 3


BULB WATTAGE

* If equipped

Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type

Front

Headlamps (Low) 55 H11B

Headlamps (Low) - HID type* 35 D3S

Headlamps (High) 55 H7

Front turn signal lamps* 28 PY28/8W

Front position lamps* 28 PY28/8W

Front fog lamps* 35 H8

Side Repeater lamps* 5 WY5W

Front side marker* 5 W5W

Daytime running lamps*Bulb type 55 H7

LED type LED LED

Rear

Bulb type

Turn signal lamp 27 PY27W

Stop/Tail lamp 28 PY28/8W

Tail lamp 8 PY28/8W

Back-up lamp 16 W16W

LED typeStop/Tail lamp (Inside) LED LED

Stop/Tail lamp (Outside) LED LED

Rear side marker* 5 W5W

High mounted stop lamp* LED LED

License plate lamps 5 W5W

Interior

Map lamps 10 or LED 10W or LED

Room lampsType A 10 10W

Type B LED LED

Vanity mirror lamps 5 FESTOON

Luggage lamp 5 or LED FESTOON or LED

Portable lamp* LED LED


48

TIRES AND WHEELS

Item Tire sizeWheelsize

Inflation pressure kPa (psi) Wheel lug nuttorque Kg·m(lb·ft, N·m)

Normal load *1 Maximum load

Front Rear Front Rear

Full size tire

205/55R16 6.5J×16230(33)

230(33)

230(33)

230(33)

9~11 (65~79,88~107)

225/45R17 7.0J×17230(33)

230(33)

230(33)

230(33)

P225/45R18 7.5J×18230(33)

230(33)

230(33)

230(33)

Compact spare tire T125/80D16 4.0T×16420(60)

420(60)

420(60)

420(60)

CAUTIONWhen replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.

*1 : Normal load : Up to 3 persons

8 5


GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT Item Gasoline 2.0L

Gross vehicle weight

kg(lbs.)

M/T5 Seater GDI 2,000 (4,409)7 Seater GDI -

A/T5 Seater GDI 2,020 (4,453)7 Seater GDI 2,180 (4,806)

LUGGAGE VOLUMEltem 5 Seater 7 Seater

VDAMIN. 536 l (18.9 cu ft) 492 l (17.4 cu ft)MAX. 1,694 l (59.8 cu ft) 1,650 l (58.3 cu ft)

Min : Behind rear seat to upper edge of the seat back.Max : Behind front seat to roof.


68

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Volume ClassificationEngine oil *1 *2

(drain and refill)2.0L GDI 4.0 l (4.2 US qt.)

ILSAC GF-4, API SM or above, ACEA A5 or above

Manual transaxle fluid 2.0L GDI1.9 l ~ 2.0 l

(2.0~2.1 US qt.)API GL-4, SAE 75W/85

Automatic transaxle fluid 2.0L GDI 7.1 l (7.5 US qt.)

HK SYN MTF (SK), HD SYN MTF (HK SHELL), GS PAO MTF (GS CALTEX),

Kia genuine transaxle fluid (API GL-4, SAE 75W85),Consult an authorized Kia dealer for detail

Coolant M/T 6.3 l (6.7US qt.) Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water

(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)A/T 6.0 l (6.3US qt.)

Brake/clutch fluid0.7~0.8 l

(0.7~0.8 US qt.)FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Fuel 58 l (15.3 US gal.) Refer to “Fuel requirements” in chapter 1

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers the next page.*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel econo-

my by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure ineveryday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

M/T: Manual transaxleA/T: Automatic transaxle

8 7


Recommended SAE viscositynumberAlways be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug, ordipstick before checking or drainingany lubricant. This is especiallyimportant in dusty or sandy areasand when the vehicle is used onunpaved roads. Cleaning the plugand dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engine andother mechanisms that could bedamaged.

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) hasan effect on fuel economy and coldweather operation (engine start andengine oil flowability). Lower viscosi-ty engine oils can provide better fueleconomy and cold weather perform-ance, however, higher viscosityengine oils are required for satisfac-tory lubrication in hot weather.

Using oils of any viscosity other thanthose recommended could result inengine damage.When choosing an oil, consider therange of temperature your vehicle willbe operated in before the next oilchange. Proceed to select the recom-mended oil viscosity from the chart

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Engine Oil *1

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

10W-30

5W-20, 5W-30

*1 For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use theengine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API SM / ILSACGF-4). However, if the engine oil is not available in yourcountry, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil vis-cosity chart.


88

The vehicle identification number(VIN) is the number used in register-ing your vehicle and in all legal mat-ters pertaining to its ownership, etc.

The VIN is also on a plate attachedto the top of the dashboard. Thenumber on the plate can easily beseen through the windshield fromoutside.

The vehicle certification labelattatched on the driver’s side centerpillar gives the vehicle identificationnumber (VIN).

VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

ORP082001

■ Frame number

ORP082002

■ VIN label (if equipped)

ORP082004

8 9


The tires supplied on your new vehi-cle are chosen to provide the bestperformance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver'sside center pillar gives the tire pres-sures recommended for your vehicle.

The engine number is stamped onthe engine block as shown in thedrawing.

TIRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL

ORP082006

ENGINE NUMBER

OXM079101L

Index

II

Index

2I

A/V Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64Active ECO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47Air bags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44

Air bag warning label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57Inflation and non-inflation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66Occupant Detection System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45Side air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48

Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38Air ventilation seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153Airconditioning system

Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117

Alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-164Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34Appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75

Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80

Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149

Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-164Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-164Steering wheel audio control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-165

Auto defogging system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142Auto light position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

Paddle shifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Shift lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21Sports mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

Aux, USB and iPod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156

Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43Battery replacement (folding key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Battery replacement (smart key). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Bottle holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25

Anti-lock brake system (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34Electric parking brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Vehicle stability management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41

A

B

I 3

Index

Brakes/clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . 5-8

Camera (Rear view) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97Capacities (Lubricants) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Care

Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46

Cargo security screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145Central door lock switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23Checking the parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35

Lower anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37Tether anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40

Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24Cigarette lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149Clean air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39Combined instrument, see instrument cluster . . . . . . . 4-54Compact spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22

Compact spare tire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51Cool box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31Cooling fluid, see engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64

Dashboard illumination, see instrument panelillumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55

Dashboard, see instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54Day/night rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49Daytime running light (DRL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100Defogging (Windshield) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140

Auto defogging system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142Defroster (Rear window) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115Defrosting (Windshield) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Display illumination, see instrument panel

illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55Displays, see instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54Door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21

Central door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24

Drinks holders, see cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150

C

D

Index

4I

Driver's and passenger's front air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57Driving at night. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56

Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55ECM mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51Electric chromic mirror with compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50Electric parking brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Electric power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Emergency tailgate safety release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26Emergency while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Emission control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82

Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82Evaporative emission control System . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82Exhaust emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-83

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Engine compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29Engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Engine coolant temperature guage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57Engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Evaporative emission control System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82Exhaust emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-83Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . . . . 7-25Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75Exterior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162

Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162Exterior overview (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Exterior overview (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17Compact spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16

FLEX STEER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46Floor mat anchor(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156Floor under tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148Fluid

Brakes/clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36

Fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104Folding key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

E

F

I 5

Index

Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

Folding key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Folding the outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52Front seat adjustment - Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Front seat adjustment - power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Fuel Economy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Fuse switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61

Fuse switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65Instrument panel fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66Main fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64Multi fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64

Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145Gross vehicle weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Hazard warning flasher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53

Headlamp delay function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99Headlamp welcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114Headlight washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109Headlight welcome function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100Headrest(front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Headrest(rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Heated steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45Heater

Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117

Height adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22High beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45

How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Immobilizer system (folding key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8Immobilizer system (smart key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83Inflation and non-inflation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54

Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56Instrument panel illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55

G

H

I

Index

6I

LCD Display Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71Warnings and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75

Instrument panel fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Interior care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80Interior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149

Air ventilation seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149Aux, USB and iPod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156Bottle holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151Cargo security screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158Cigarette lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150Floor mat anchor(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156Luggage net holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157Portable lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-160Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151Side curtain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154

Interior lamp AUTO cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111

Interior lamp AUTO cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111Luggage room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112

Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113Interior light welcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114Interior overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Key positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

LabelAir bag warning label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60A/V Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64LCD Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61Turn By Turn Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64User Settings Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62Warning Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65

LCD Display Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55LCD Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60

J

K

L

I 7

Index

Lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99Auto light position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101Battery saver function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99Daytime running light (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104Headlamp delay function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99Headlight welcome function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100High beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100Turn signals and lane change signals. . . . . . . . . . . 4-103

Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100Loss of the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14Lower anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41Lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Luggage net holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157Luggage room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113Luggage tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147Luggage volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Main fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64Maintenance

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . . 7-25Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52

Maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Manual climate control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117Manual transaxle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49

Day/night rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49Electric chromic mirror with compass. . . . . . . . . . . 4-50Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51

Moonroof, see panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38Multi fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64

Occupant Detection System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58Oil (Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51

Folding the outside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52Outside Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58Overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

Paddle shifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38

P

O

M

Index

8I

Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42Sunroof open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39Sunshade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41

Parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27

Checking the parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37Portable lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-160Power brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155Power window lock button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30Precautions (seat belt). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31Pre-tensioner seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28Puddle lamp welcome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114

Rear parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11Rear view camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . 4-110Recommended cold tire inflation pressures . . . . . . . . . 7-46Recommended lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Recommended SAE viscosity number. . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162

Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112Rotation (Tire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49

Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Seat belt warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

3-point rear seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-253-point system seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Precautions (seat belt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31Pre-tensioner seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Seat belt warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Stowing the rear seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151Seatback pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Front seat adjustment - Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Front seat adjustment - power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Headrest(front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Headrest(rear). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11Seatback pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61Shift lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

R

S

I 9

Index

Side air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63Side curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17Loss of the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11Smart key precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54Snow tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58Spare tire

Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17Compact spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22Compact spare tire replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16

Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55Driving in flooded areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56Driving in the rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53Highway driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56Sports mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48

Starting difficulties, see engine will not start . . . . . . . . . 6-4Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43

Electric power steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43FLEX STEER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45Tilt and telescopic steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44

Steering wheel audio control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-165Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145

Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145Cool box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146Floor under tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145Luggage tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147

Stowing the rear seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27Sunglass holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147Sunroof open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39Sunshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

Emergency tailgate safety release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26Tether anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19

T

Index

10I

Tilt and telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44Tire and wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4Tire pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46

Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48Compact spare tire replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51Recommended cold tire inflation pressures. . . . . . . 7-46Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52Tire replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50Wheel replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61Transaxle

Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17Manual transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Transaxle Shift Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6Trip A/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71

Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72Trip A/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73

Trip Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71Trip Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71Turn By Turn Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103

User Settings Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62

Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71Vehicle stability management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41Vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77

Warning lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75Warning Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65Warnings and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36Welcome system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114

Headlamp welcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114Puddle lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114

U

V

W

I 11

Index

Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

Power window lock button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140Windshield washers (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108Windshield wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107Windshield wiper control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105Winter driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58

Snow tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105

Headlight washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . 4-110Windshield washers (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108Windshield wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107Windshield wiper control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105

3-point rear seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-253-point system seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

ETC

Date post:	12-Apr-2016
Category:	Documents
Upload:	alexander-colmenares-rincon
View:	44 times
Download:	1 times

manual kia rondo

Documents